WCP 123 - 128

Transmittal Page
Product CC C123/128,WC M123/128 Status Title Service Manual Part Number XXXXXXXX Date February 2004
2nd Draft Version
Please note the following: The xxxxxxxxxx is not available in all markets. This output is created from an electronic documentation (EDOC) database and is not optimised for hard copy. Please be aware of the following: Text may not appear to be in the logical order when flowing around figures. Text may continue on a following page without indication. Figures may not appear on the page containing the figure reference. EDOC hot link references can over write text. This manual includes all data from the following service bulletins: None
CC C123/128,WC M123/128 Service Manual 2nd Draft
March 2003
CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Service Documentation CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Service Manual XXXXXXXX February 2004 Prepared by: Xerox Europe Global Knowledge & Language Services Enterprise Centre P.O. Box 17 Bessemer Road Welwyn Garden City Hertfordshire AL7 1HE England. Copyright 2003 by Xerox Europe. All rights reserved. ***Xerox Private Data*** All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product trained service personnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or modules, components or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided service. While every care has been taken in the preparation of this manual, no liability will be accepted by Xerox Europe arising out of any inaccuracies or omissions. Xerox Europe, Xerox and all identifying numbers used in connection with the Xerox products mentioned in this publication are trademarks of Xerox. Other company trademarks are also acknowledged. Printed in the United Kingdom.
Revision Control List

Product: Title: Part Number: Revision:
CC C123/128,WC M123/128 Draft
Service Manual
xxxP xxxxxx
02/10
Documentation compatible with this revision.

EDOC (Compact Disc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxxxxxxx EDOC Supplement (hard copy wiring diagrams) . . . . . . xxxxxxxxx
Page
2-82 2-83 2-84 2-85 2-86 2-87 2-88 2-89 2-90 2-91 2-92 2-93 2-94 2-95 2-96 2-97 2-98 2-99 2-100 2-101 2-102 2-103 2-104 2-105 2-106 2-107 2-108 2-109 2-110 2-111 2-112 2-113 2-114 2-115 2-116 2-117 2-118 2-119 2-120 2-121 2-122
Rev.
Page
2-123 2-124 2-125 2-126 2-127 2-128 2-129 2-130 2-131 2-132 2-133 2-134 2-135 2-136 2-137 2-138 2-139 2-140 2-141 2-142 2-143 2-144
Rev.
Page
3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14
Rev.
Page
4-9 4-10 4-11 4-12 4-13 4-14 4-15 4-16 4-17 4-18 4-19 4-20 4-21 4-22 4-23 4-24 4-25 4-26 4-27 4-28 4-29 4-30 4-31 4-32 4-33 4-34 4-35 4-36 4-37 4-38 4-39 4-40 4-41 4-42 4-43 4-44 4-45 4-46 4-47 4-48 4-49
Rev.
Page
4-50 4-51 4-52 4-53 4-54 4-55 4-56 4-57 4-58 4-59 4-60 4-61 4-62 4-63 4-64 4-65 4-66 4-67 4-68 4-69 4-70 4-71 4-72 4-73 4-74 4-75 4-76 4-77 4-78 4-79 4-80 4-81 4-82 4-83 4-84 4-85 4-86 4-87 4-88 4-89 4-90
Rev.
Page Page
i ii iii iv v vi vii viii
Rev.
Page
2-46 2-47 2-48 2-49 2-50 2-51 2-52 2-53 2-54 2-55 2-56 2-57 2-58 2-59 2-60 2-61 2-62 2-63 2-64 2-65 2-66 2-67 2-68 2-69 2-70 2-71 2-72 2-73 2-74 2-75 2-76 2-77 2-78 2-79 2-80 2-81
Rev.
Rev.
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6
2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9
2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-17 2-18 2-19 2-20 2-21 2-22 2-23 2-24 2-25 2-26 2-27 2-28 2-29 2-30 2-31 2-32 2-33 2-34 2-35 2-36 2-37 2-38 2-39 2-40 2-41 2-42 2-43 2-44 2-45
3-1 3-2
4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8
Page
4-83 4-84 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-15 5-16 5-17 5-18 5-19 5-20 5-21 5-22 5-23 5-24 5-25 5-26 5-27 5-28 5-29 5-30 5-31 5-32 5-33 5-34 5-35 5-36 5-37 5-38 5-39 5-40 5-41 5-42 5-43 5-44 5-45 5-46 5-47 5-48 5-49 5-50 5-51 5-52
Rev.
Page
5-53 5-54 5-55 5-56 5-57 5-58 5-60 5-61 5-62 5-63 5-64 5-65 5-66 5-67 5-68 5-69 5-70 5-71 5-72 5-73 5-74 5-75 5-76 5-77 5-78 5-79 5-80 5-81 5-82 5-83 5-84 5-85 5-86 5-87 5-88 5-89 5-90 5-91 5-92 5-93 5-94 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 6-10 6-11 6-12 6-13
Rev.
Page
6-14 6-15 6-16 6-17 6-18 6-19 6-20 6-21 6-22 6-23 6-24 6-25 6-26 6-27 6-28 6-29 6-30 6-31 6-32 6-33 6-34 6-35 6-36 6-37 6-38 6-39 6-40 6-41 6-42 6-43 6-44 6-45 6-46 6-47 6-48 6-49 6-50 6-51 6-52 6-53 6-54 6-55 6-56 6-57 6-58 6-59 6-60 6-61 6-62 6-63 6-64 6-65 6-66 6-67 6-68
Rev.
Page
6-69 6-70 6-71 6-72 6-73 6-74 6-75 6-76 6-77 6-78 6-79 6-80 6-81 6-82 6-83 6-84 6-85 6-86 6-87 6-88 6-89 6-90 6-91 6-92 6-93 6-94 6-95 6-96 6-97 6-98 6-99 6-100 6-101 6-102 6-103 6-104 6-105 6-106 6-107 6-108 6-109 6-110 6-111 6-112 6-113 6-114 6-115 6-116 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6
Rev.
Page
7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-13 7-14 7-15 7-16 7-17 7-18 7-19 7-20 7-21 7-22 7-23 7-24 7-25 7-26 7-27 7-28 7-29 7-30 7-31 7-32 7-33 7-34 7-35 7-36 7-37 7-38 7-39 7-40 7-41 7-42 7-43 7-44 7-45 7-46 7-47 7-48 7-49 7-50 7-51 7-52 7-53 7-54 7-55 7-56 7-57 7-58 7-59 7-60 7-61
Rev.
Page
7-62 7-63 7-64 7-65 7-66 7-67 7-68 7-69 7-70 7-71 7-72 7-73 7-74 7-75 7-76 7-77 7-78 7-79 7-80 7-81 7-82 7-83 7-84 7-85 7-86 7-87 7-88 7-89 7-90 7-91 7-92 7-93 7-94 7-95 7-96 7-97 7-98 7-99 7-100 7-101 7-102 7-103 7-104 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11
Rev.
Page
8-12 8-13 8-14 8-15 8-16 8-17 8-18 8-19 8-20 8-21 8-22 8-23 8-24 8-25 8-26 8-27 8-28 8-29 8-30 8-31 8-32 8-33 8-34 8-35 8-36 8-37 8-38 8-39 8-40 8-41 8-42 8-43 8-44 8-45 8-46 8-47 8-48 8-49 8-50 8-51 8-52 8-53 8-54
Rev.
CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Service Documentation CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Service Documentation xxxxxxxxx 2nd Draft 04/10
Xerox Multinational Customer and Service Education 780 Salt Road Webster, New York 14580 2002 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. Xerox and all identifying numbers used in connection with the Xerox products mentioned in this publication are trademarks of the Xerox Corporation. ***Xerox Private Data*** All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product-trained service personnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or modules, components, or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided service. Xerox While Xerox has tried to make the documentation accurate, Xerox will have no liability arising out of any inaccuracies or omissions.
WARNING
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions documentation, may cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to subpart J of part 15 of FCC rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference in which case the user, at his own expense, will be required to correct the interference.
DC 236/238, CC C123/128,WC M123/128 No Product Name Assigned
12/05 ?-1
Section Name
Section Name
12/05 ?-2
DC 236/238, CC C123/128,WC M123/128 No Product Name Assigned
Introduction
About this Manual .......................................................................................................................... Organization.................................................................................................................................... How to Use this Documentation ..................................................................................................... Symbology and Nomenclature........................................................................................................ Translated Warnings ....................................................................................................................... iii iii iv v viii
2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12/05 i
Introduction
Introduction
12/05 ii
About this Manual

This Service Manual is part of the multinational documentation system for DocuColor xxxxx, WorkCentre M24 copier/printers. The Service Documentation is used in order to diagnose machine malfunctions, adjust components and has information which is used to maintain the product in superior operating condition. It is the controlling publication for a service call. Information on its use is found in the Introduction of the Service Documentation. This manual contains information that applies to NASG (XC) and ESG (XE) copiers.
Organization
This Service Manual is divided into eight sections. The titles of the sections and a description of the information contained in each section are contained in the following paragraphs:
Section 1: Service Call Procedures

This section contains procedures that determine what actions are to be taken during a service call on the machine and in what sequence they are to be completed. This is the entry level for all service calls.
Service Manual Revision

The Service Manual will be updated as the machine changes or as problem areas are identified.
Section 2: Status Indicator RAPs

This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting the Fault Code and non-Fault Code related faults (with the exception of image quality problems).
Section 3: Image Quality

This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting any image quality problems, as well as image quality specifications and image defect samples.
Section 4: Repairs/Adjustments
This section contains all the Adjustments and Repair procedures. Repairs Repairs include procedures for removal and replacement of parts which have the following special conditions: When there is a personnel or machine safety issue. When removal or replacement cannot be determined from the exploded view of the Parts List. When there is a cleaning or a lubricating activity associated with the procedure. When the part requires an adjustment after replacement. When a special tool is required for removal or replacement. Use the repair procedures for the correct order of removal and replacement, for warnings, cautions, and notes. Adjustments Adjustments include procedures for adjusting the parts that must be within specification for the correct operation of the system. Use the adjustment procedures for the correct sequence of operation for specifications, warnings, cautions and notes.
Section 5: Parts Lists

This section contains the Copier/Printer Parts List.
Section 6: General Procedures/Information

This section contains General Procedures, Diagnostic Programs, and Copier/Printer Information.
12/05 iii
Introduction
Section 7: Wiring Data

This section contains drawings, lists of plug/jack locations, and diagrams of the power distribution wire networks in the machine. Individual wire networks are shown in the Circuit Diagrams contained in Section 2. This section also contains the Block Schematic Diagrams.
How to Use this Documentation

The Service Call Procedures in Section 1 describe the sequence of activities used during the service call. The call must be entered using these procedures.
Section 9: Installation
This section contains installation information for various machine components.
Use of the Circuit Diagrams

Circuit Diagrams (CDs) are included in Sections 2 (Status Indicator RAPs) and 3 (Image Quality RAPs) of the Service Manual. All wirenets, with the exception of power distribution wirenets, are shown on the CDs. Power distribution wirenets are shown in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the Service Manual. The power distribution wirenets on the CDs will end at the terminal board for the power being distributed. Find the wirenet for that power and locate the terminal board on the wirenet. Use the wirenet to troubleshoot any power distribution wiring not shown on the CD.
Use of the Block Schematic Diagrams

Block Schematic Diagrams (BSDs) are included in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the Service Manual. The BSDs show the functional relationship of the electrical circuitry to any mechanical, or non-mechanical, inputs or outputs throughout the machine. Inputs and outputs such as motor drive, mechanical linkages, operator actions, and air flow are shown. The BSDs will provide an overall view of how the entire subsystem works. It should be noted that the BSDs no longer contain an Input Power Block referring to Chain 1. It will be necessary to refer to the Wirenets in order to trace a wire back to its source.
Introduction
12/05 iv
Symbology and Nomenclature

The following reference symbols are used throughout the documentation.
CAUTION The use of controls or adjustments other than those specified in the Laser Safety Training Program may result in an exposure to dangerous laser radiation. For additional information, review the Laser Safety Training program. An arrow points to the location to install, to gain access to, or to release an object.
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes

Warnings, Cautions, and Notes will be found throughout the Service Documentation. The words WARNING or CAUTION may be listed on an illustration when the specific component associated with the potential hazard is pointed out; however, the message of the WARNING or CAUTION is always located in the text. Their definitions are as follows:
WARNING
A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury. CAUTION A Caution is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment. NOTE: A Note is used whenever it is necessary to highlight an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, or statement. Figure 2 Customer Access Label This symbol indicates that a surface can be hot. Use caution when reaching in the machine to avoid touching the hot surfaces.
Machine Safety Icons

The following safety icons are displayed on the machine:
WARNING
This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service procedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized. The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam. Figure 3 Heated Surface Label Danger label indicates where electrical currents exist when the machine is closed and operating. Use caution when reaching in the machine.
WARNING
Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye.
Figure 4 Shock Hazard Label These symbols indicate components that may be damaged by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).
Figure 1 Laser Hazard Symbol Laser Hazard Statement DANGER INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM. Figure 5 ESD warning Label
12/05 v
Introduction
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Field Service Kit

The purpose of the ESD Protection Program is to preserve the inherent reliability and quality of electronic components that are handled by the Field Service Personnel. This program is being implemented now as a direct result of advances in microcircuitry technology, as well as a new acknowledgment of the magnitude of the ESD problem in the electronics industry today. This program will reduce Field Service costs that are charged to PWB failures. Ninety percent of all PWB failures that are ESD related do not occur immediately. Using the ESD Field Service Kit will eliminate these delayed failures and intermittent problems caused by ESD. This will improve product reliability and reduce callbacks.
The ESD Field Service Kit should be used whenever Printed Wiring Boards or ESD sensitive components are being handled. This includes activities like replacing or reseating of circuit boards or connectors. The kit should also be used in order to prevent additional damage when circuit boards are returned for repair. The instructions for using the ESD Field Service Kit can be found in ESD Field Service Kit Usage in the General Procedures section of the Service Documentation.
Illustration Symbols
Figure 6 shows symbols and conventions that are commonly used in illustrations.
Figure 6 Illustration Symbols Introduction 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12/05 vi
Signal Nomenclature
Refer to Figure 7 for an example of Signal Nomenclature used in Circuit Diagrams and BSDs.
DC Voltage Measurements in RAPs

The RAPs have been designed so that when it is required to use the DMM to measure a DC voltage, the first test point listed is the location for the red (+) meter lead and the second test point is the location for the black meter lead. For example, the following statement may be found in a RAP: There is +5 VDC from TP7 to TP68. In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP7 and the black meter lead on TP68. Another example of a statement found in a RAP might be: There is -15 VDC from TP21 to TP33. In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP21 and the black meter lead would be placed on TP33. If a second test point is not given, it is assumed that the black meter lead may be attached to the copier frame. Figure 7 Signal Nomenclature
Voltage Measurement and Specifications

Measurements of DC voltage must be made with reference to the specified DC Common, unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure. All measurements of AC voltage should be made with respect to the adjacent return or ACN wire. Table 1 Voltage Measurement and Specifications VOLTAGE INPUT POWER 220 V INPUT POWER 100 V INPUT POWER 120 V +5 VDC +24 VDC SPECIFICATION 198 VAC TO 242 VAC 90 VAC TO 135 VAC 90 VAC TO 135 VAC +4.75 VDC TO +5.25 VDC +23.37 VDC TO +27.06 VDC
Logic Voltage Levels

Measurements of logic levels must be made with reference to the specified DC Common, unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure. Table 2 Logic Levels VOLTAGE +5 VDC H/L SPECIFICATIONS H= +3.00 TO +5.25 VDC L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC +24 VDC H= +23.37 TO +27.06 VDC L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC
12/05 vii
Introduction
Translated Warnings
Introduction
Symbology and Nomenclature
WARNING
A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury. DANGER: Une note DANGER est utilise chaque fois qu'une procdure de maintenance ou qu'une manipulation prsente un risque de blessure si elle n'a pas t strictement observe.
WARNING
This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service procedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized. DANGER: L'quipement contient un faisceau laser invisible et aucune indication visible signale la prsence du faisceau laser. De ce fait le produit est class 3B pour tout ce qui concerne la maintenance. L'exposition directe des yeux au faisceau laser peut entraner des lsions visuelles. Les procdures de maintenance doivent tre ralises sans aucun changement comme indiqu dans la documentation. Le reprsentant Xerox lors d'interventions sur l'quipement doit respecter les consignes de scurit locales concernant les faisceaux laser. Ne pas placer d'objet rflchissant dans la zone du ROS quand il est ouvert. Ne pas regarder dans la zone du ROS lorsque la machine est sous tension et que le laser est en fonctionnement. The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam. DANGER: Les symboles et instructions suivants sont indiqus sur des tiquettes dans la machine et sont identifis dans la documentation technique et dans le manuel de formation. Quand ces symboles s'affichent le reprsentant Xerox est prvenu des risques encourus concernant une exposition au rayon laser.
WARNING
Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye. DANGER: Ne pas essayer de shunter les contacts laser pour quelques raisons que ce soit. Si le faisceau laser est dirig accidentellement vers les yeux il peut en rsulter des lsions oculaires permanentes.
3 Image Quality
TBD
4 Repairs and Adjustments

TBD
Introduction
12/05 viii
1 Service Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures.................................................................................................. Initial Actions ................................................................................................................... Call Flow.......................................................................................................................... Detailed Maintenance Activities (HFSI)........................................................................... Cleaning Procedures....................................................................................................... Final Actions.................................................................................................................... 3 3 4 4 5 5
12/05 1-1
Service Call Procedures
12/05 1-2

Service Strategy
The service strategy for the DocuColor xxxxx and WorkCentre M24 Copier/Printers is to perform any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) actions before attempting to repair any problems. Some problems will be corrected by this strategy without the need to diagnose them. The Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) will be used for any remaining problems. Problems that occur in the Basic Printer mode will be repaired before problems that occur when using the accessories. Image Quality problems should be repaired after all other problems are repaired.
Initial Actions
Purpose
The purpose of the Initial Action section of the Service Call Procedures is to determine the reason for the service call and to identify and organize the actions which must be performed.
Procedure
1. Gather the information about the service call and the condition of the copier/printer. a. Question the operator(s). Ask about the location of most recent paper jams. Ask about the image quality and the copier/printer performance in general, including any unusual sounds or other indications. After informing the customer, disconnect the machine from the customers network. Check that the power cords are in good condition, correctly plugged in the power source, and free from any defects that would be a safety hazard. Repair or replace the power cords as required. Check that the circuit breakers are not tripped. Inspect any rejected copies. Inquire as to, or otherwise determine, the paper quality and weight. The specified papers for optimum image quality with this machine are 24 lb. Xerox Color Xpressions Plus (XC) or 90 gsm Colotech + (XE). Look for any damage to the copies, oil marks, image quality defects, or other indications of a problem. Record the billing meter readings. Enter the Diagnostics Mode. NOTE: If a fault code is displayed while performing a diagnostics procedure, go to that fault code RAP and repair the fault. Return to Diagnostics and continue with the dC procedure that you were performing. g. Go to dC135 and determine what HSFI action is required based on the customer output volume. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance Activities section for the detailed HSFI information. Record any items that require action. Display and record the information in the dC118 Jam Counter, dC120 Fault Counter, and dC122 Shutdown History. Classify this information into categories: Information that is related to the problem that caused the service call. Information that is related to secondary problems. Information that does not require action, such as a single occurrence of a problem. i. 2. 3. 4. Check the Service Log for any recent activities that are related to the problem that caused the service call or any secondary problem.
b. c.

The Service Call Procedures are a guide for performing any service on this machine. The procedures are designed to be used with the Service Manual. Perform each step in order. Initial Actions The Initial Actions gather information about the condition of the machine and the problem that caused the service call. Call Flow Call Flow summarizes the sequence of the Service Call Procedures. Detailed Maintenance Activities This section provides the information needed to perform the dC135 High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) actions. Cleaning Procedures The cleaning procedures list what needs to be cleaned at each service call. Final Actions The Final Actions will test the copier/printer and return it to the customer. Administrative activities are also performed in the Final Actions.
d.
e. f.
h.
Perform any required HSFI activities identified above. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance Activities section. Exit diagnostics. Try to duplicate the problem by running the same jobs that the customer was running. Go to Call Flow.
12/05 1-3
Service Call Procedures, Initial Actions
Call Flow
This procedure should be performed at every service call.
Detailed Maintenance Activities (HFSI)

Procedure
1. Clean the ADC Sensor on every call. Enter Diagnostics and select dC135. Perform the Service Actions in Table 1 for any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) counters that are over threshold or approaching the threshold. Using the customer's output volume numbers (high, medium, or low volume), evaluate which HFSI actions should be accomplished now to avoid an additional service call in the near future. Refer to Cleaning Procedures for detailed cleaning instructions. Table 1 High Frequency Service Items Counter 954-800 954-801 954-802 954-803 954-805 954-806 954-807 956-802 955-806 Name Tray 1 Feed counter Tray 2 Feed counter Tray 3 Feed counter Tray 4 Feed counter MSI Feed counter Bias Transfer Roll Fuser IIT Scan Document Feed Threshold 300K 300K 300K 300K T.B.D 300K 175K T.B.D T.B.D Service Action to be performed Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll. Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll. Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll. Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll. Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Pad. Replace the Bias Transfer Roll. Replace the Fuser. No action required - counter only. No action required - counter only. 2. 3.
Initial Actions
Ask the operator about the problem. If the problem appears to be related to operator error, or an attempt to perform a job outside of the machine specifications, assist the customer in learning the correct procedure.
Procedure
TBD
4.
Call Flow, Detailed Maintenance Activities
12/05 1-4
Cleaning Procedures
Purpose
The purpose is to provide cleaning procedures to be performed at every call.
Final Actions
Purpose
The intent of this procedure is to be used as a guide to follow at the end of every service call.
Procedure
CAUTION Do not use any solvents unless directed to do so by the Service Manual. General Cleaning Use a dry lint free cloth or a lint free cloth moistened with water for all cleaning unless directed otherwise by the Service Manual. Wipe with a dry lint free cloth if a moistened cloth is used. 1. 2. Feed Components (Rolls and Pads) Follow the General Cleaning procedure above. ROS Windows Use the cleaning wand to clean the ROS windows (follow the procedure in the User Guide). 3. 4. 5. Toner Dispense Units Vacuum the Toner Dispense units. Jam Sensors Clean the sensors with a dry cotton swab. Scanner a. b. c. d. 6. Switch off the power and allow the Exposure Lamp to cool off. Using the optical Cleaning Cloth, clean the front and rear of the Document Glass, Document Cover, White Reference Strip, Reflector, and Mirror. Clean the Exposure Lamp with a clean cloth and Film Remover. Clean the Lens with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and lint free cloth.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. Ensure that the exterior of the copier/printer and the adjacent area are clean. Use a dry cloth or a cloth moistened with water to clean the copier/printer. Do not use solvents. Check the supply of consumables. Ensure that an adequate supply of consumables is available according to local operating procedures. Complete the Service Log. Perform the following steps to make a copy of the Demonstration Original for the Customer: a. b. c. d. e. 5. 6. 7. Load Tray 1 with 8.5 x 11 inch (A4) or 11 x 17 inch paper. Place the Test Pattern on the glass with the short edge of the test pattern registered to the left edge of the glass. Select Tray 1 and make a single copy. Print out the Machine Settings (Configuration Report). Store this report with the service log in Inner Cover. Ask the customer to verify the Print and Scan functions. Present the copies to the customer.
Reconnect the machine to the customer network. Verify function. Issue copy credits as needed. Discuss the service call with the customer to ensure that the customer understands what has been done and is satisfied with the results of the service call.
DADF Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the rolls with a clean cloth and Film Remover as required.
7.
Finisher Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the Finisher with a dry lint free cloth.
12/05 1-5
Cleaning Procedures, Final Actions
Cleaning Procedures, Final Actions
12/05 1-6
2 Status Indicator RAPs

Others
Chain-Link None Tray1 Cassette Size Fail ................................................................................... Chain-Link None Tray2 Cassette Size Fail .................................................................................... Chain-Link None Tray3 Cassette Size Fail ................................................................................... Chain-Link None Tray4 Cassette Size Fail .................................................................................... Chain-Link None No Paper In The Select Paper Tray ................................................................... Chain-Link None Paper Size Mismatch In Length......................................................................... Chain-Link None Paper Size Mismatch In Width .......................................................................... SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP.............................................................................................................. 5 5 6 6 7 8 9 9 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 31 32 33 33 34 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 43 10-318 Hot-Sagging recovery Fail ................................................................................................. 10-398 Fuser Fan Fail ..................................................................................................................... 44 44 47 48 50 51 53 54 55 56 56 57 57 58 58 59 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 74 75 76 77 78 79 79 80 81 83 83 84 84
Finisher
12-112 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR ON JAM................................................................................ 12-111 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR OFF JAM .............................................................................. 12-122 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR ON JAM ............................................................................... 12-121 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR OFF JAM.............................................................................. 12-152 Finisher Compile Exit SNR ON JAM ................................................................................ 12-151 Finisher Compile Exit SNR OFF JAM .............................................................................. 12-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM (TBD) ........................................................................................... 12-901 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR Static JAM ............................................................................ 12-902 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR Static JAM ............................................................................ 12-904 Finisher Compile Exit SNR Static JAM............................................................................. 12-905 Finisher Compile paper SNR Static JAM .......................................................................... 12-211 Stacker Tray Fail ................................................................................................................ 12-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Fail ........................................................................................... 12-212 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail ........................................................................................... 12-221 Front Tamper Home SNR ON Fail .................................................................................... 12-222 Rear Tamper Home SNR ON Fail...................................................................................... 12-223 Front Tamper Home SNR OFF Fail................................................................................... 12-224 Rear Tamper Home SNR OFF Fail .................................................................................... 12-281 Eject Clamp Home SNR ON Fail....................................................................................... 12-282 Eject Clamp Home SNR OFF Fail ..................................................................................... 12-283 Set Clamp Home SNR ON Fail.......................................................................................... 12-284 Set Clamp Home SNR OFF Fail ........................................................................................ 12-291 Stapler Fail.......................................................................................................................... 12-293 Stapler Front corner SNR ON Fail ..................................................................................... 12-294 Stapler Front corner SNR OFF Fail.................................................................................... 12-295 Stapler Move SNR ON Fail................................................................................................ 12-296 Stapler Move SNR OFF Fail .............................................................................................. 12-960 Stacker Tray FULL (No Mix): Finisher ............................................................................. 12-961 Stacker Tray FULL (Mix size): Finisher............................................................................ 12-945 Staple Pin Empty ................................................................................................................ 12-910 Staple Pin Not Ready.......................................................................................................... 12-916 Staple NG: Finisher ............................................................................................................ 12-925 Stacker Lower Safty: Finisher ............................................................................................ 12-944 Stacker Set Over Count: Finisher ....................................................................................... 12-967 Scratch Sheet Compile: Finisher ....................................................................................... 12-302 Finisher Front Cover Open................................................................................................. 12-303 Finisher H-X'port Cover Open ........................................................................................... 12-301 Finisher TOP Cover Open ..................................................................................................
DADF
05-275 DADF RAM Fail ................................................................................................................ 05-280 DADF EEPROM Fail......................................................................................................... 05-283 DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail.......................................................................................... 05-284 DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail ........................................................................................... 05-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Fail ................................................................................................ 05-906 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam.................................................................................. 05-907 CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Sensor Static Jam ............................................................................ 05-908 CVT-DADF Reg. Sensor Static Jam .................................................................................. 05-913 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Static Jam ................................................................................ 05-915 CVT-DADF #1 APS Static Jam ......................................................................................... 05-916 CVT-DADF #2 APS Static Jam ......................................................................................... 05-917 CVT-DADF #3 APS Static Jam ......................................................................................... 05-121 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor On Jam ...................................................................................... 05-122 CVT-DADF Simplex/Side1 Pre-Reg.Sensor On Jam ....................................................... 05-123 CVT-DADF Simplex/Side1 Reg.Sensor On Jam............................................................... 05-125 CVT-DADF Reg.Sensor Off Jam....................................................................................... 05-131 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor On Jam On Inverting............................................................... 05-132 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor On Jam .................................................................................... 05-134 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam.................................................................................... 05-135 CVT-DADF Side2 Pre-Reg.Sensor On Jam ...................................................................... 05-136 CVT-DADF Side2 Reg.Sensor On Jam ............................................................................. 05-139 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam.................................................................................... 05-141 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor Off Jam ..................................................................................... 05-196 Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size ................................................................................. 05-197 Prohibit Combine Size Jam ................................................................................................ 05-198 Too Short Size Jam............................................................................................................. 05-199 Too long Size Jam ............................................................................................................. 05-302 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open .................................................................................... 05-304 CVT Platen I/L Open.......................................................................................................... 05-305 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open On Running................................................................ 05-307 CVT Platen I/L Open On Running .....................................................................................
Fuser
10-327 Fuser On Time Fail............................................................................................................. 10-320 Over Heat Temp Fail .......................................................................................................... 10-313 Control Thermistor Fail ...................................................................................................... 10-314 Side STS Fail ...................................................................................................................... 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
NVM
41-340 RAM Read/Write Check Fail ............................................................................................. 41-363 NVM Data Defect............................................................................................................... 41-362 NVM Read/Write Cannot Be Executed ............................................................................. 41-364 CPU Power To Access NVM Is Not Enough.....................................................................
12/05 2-1
Status-indicator-raps
41-366 CRUM ASIC Fail ............................................................................................................... 41-210 Tray Module NVM Out-Of-Order...................................................................................... 41-211Tray Module NVM R/W Error............................................................................................
85 85 86 87 88 89 89 90 91 92 93 93 95 95 96 97 97 98 98 99 99 100 101 102 102 103 104 104 105 107 109 111 112 113 115 116 117 117
Tray 3
73-101 F/O#3 SNR On Jam (Tray3 Feed)...................................................................................... 73-102 F/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray3 Feed)...................................................................................... 73-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray3 Feed) ........................................................................................ 73-210 Tray3 Lift Up/No Tray Fail................................................................................................ 73-211 Tray3 Size Sensor Broken .................................................................................................. 119 120 122 123 123 125 126 128 129 130 131 133 135 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 146 147 147 148 149 150 150 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 158 159 160 161
Drives
42-325 Main Motor Fail ................................................................................................................. 42-323 Drum Motor Fail.................................................................................................................
Communication
47-311 Dup Module Communication Fail ..................................................................................... 47-211 OCT1 Fail ........................................................................................................................... 47-212 OCT2 Fail ........................................................................................................................... 47-312 Exit Module Communication Fail ...................................................................................... 47-310 Finisher Communication Fail ............................................................................................. 47-213 Finisher Type Fail............................................................................................................... 47-313 Tray Module Communication Fail .....................................................................................
Tray 4
74-101 F/O#4 SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed)...................................................................................... 74-103 F/O#3 SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed)...................................................................................... 74-102 F/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed)...................................................................................... 74-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed) ........................................................................................ 74-210 Tray4 Lift Up/No Tray Fail................................................................................................ 74-211 Tray4 Size Sensor Broken ..................................................................................................
MSI
75-135 Regi SNR On JAM (MSI Feed) .........................................................................................
ROS
61-315 Laser Power Fail................................................................................................................. 61-321 ROS Motor Fail .................................................................................................................. 61-333 ROS Fan Defect..................................................................................................................
JAM & Cover Open

77-329 Main Motor Stop Error....................................................................................................... 77-310 Image Ready Error ............................................................................................................. 77-131 DUP Wait SNR On Jam ..................................................................................................... 77-113 Exit SNR2 Off Jam............................................................................................................. 77-109 Exit SNR2 On Jam ............................................................................................................. 77-103 Exit SNR1 Off Jam............................................................................................................. 77-106 Exit SNR1 On Jam ............................................................................................................. 77-101 Regi SNR Off Jam (Too Long) .......................................................................................... 77-101 Regi SNR Off Jam (Too Short) .......................................................................................... 77-129 Regi SNR On Jam (DUP Feed. Stop Case)........................................................................ 77-130 Regi SNR On Jam (DUP Feed. Non-stop Case) ................................................................ 77-902 Exit SNR2 Static Jam ......................................................................................................... 77-901 Exit SNR1 Static Jam ......................................................................................................... 77-900 Regi SNR Static Jam .......................................................................................................... 77-904 F/O#2 SNR Static Jam ....................................................................................................... 77-905 F/O#3 SNR Static Jam ....................................................................................................... 77-906 F/O#4 SNR Static Jam ....................................................................................................... 77-907 DUP Wait SNR Static Jam ................................................................................................. 77-211 TM Type Error ................................................................................................................... 77-301 IOT L/H Cover Open.......................................................................................................... 77-300 IOT Front Cover Open ....................................................................................................... 77-309 L/H-L Cover Open ............................................................................................................. 77-305 TM (2TM or TTM) Cover Open ........................................................................................ 77-308 L/H-H Cover Open ............................................................................................................. 77-307 DUP Cover Open................................................................................................................
IIT
62-277 IPS-DADF Communication Fail ........................................................................................ 62-310 IPS-Controller Communication Fail................................................................................... 62-210 IIT Hot Line Fail ................................................................................................................ 62-345 IPS EEPROM Fail .............................................................................................................. 62-211 IPS EEPROM Fail (Local) ................................................................................................. 62-360 CARRIDGE Position Fail ................................................................................................. 62-371 Lamp Illumination Fail....................................................................................................... 62-389 CARRIDGE Over Run Fail................................................................................................ 62-362 X Hard Fail ......................................................................................................................... 62-380 AGC Fail ............................................................................................................................ 62-386 AOC Fail ............................................................................................................................ 62-392 IPS PWB Fail .................................................................................................................... 62-790 Pre IPS X Recognition Fail ................................................................................................ 62-300 Platen I/L Open...................................................................................................................
EEP ROM
63-310 Extension EEPROM Fail....................................................................................................
Shading
65-312 Shading Data Fail ...............................................................................................................
Tray 1
71-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray1 Feed) ........................................................................................ 71-210 Tray1 Lift Up /No Tray Fail ............................................................................................... 71-211 Tray 1 Size Sensor Broken .................................................................................................
Drum
91-912 Drum Cartridge Set Fail ..................................................................................................... 91-913 Drum Cartridge Life Over .................................................................................................. 91-914 Drum cartridge CRUM Communication Fail..................................................................... 91-915 Drum Cartridge CRUM Data Write Fail ............................................................................ 91-916 Drum Cartridge CRUM ID Fail ......................................................................................... 91-401 Drum Life Was Near To End .............................................................................................
Tray 2
72-101 F/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray2 Feed)...................................................................................... 72-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray2 Feed) ........................................................................................ 72-210 Tray2 Lift Up/No Tray fail................................................................................................. 72-211 Tray2 Size Sensor Broken .................................................................................................. Status-indicator-raps
12/05 2-2
Process Control
92-910 ATC SNR Fail .................................................................................................................... 92-660 ATC SNR Fail .................................................................................................................... Warning Temperature SNR Fail ..................................................................................................... Warning Humidity SNR Fail .......................................................................................................... Warning 12-961 Stacker Tray FULL(No Mix) :Finisher .............................................................. Warning 12-960 Stacker Tray FULL(Mix Size) :Finisher ............................................................ 92-661 Temperature SNR Fail........................................................................................................ 92-662 Humidity SNR Fail............................................................................................................. 163 164 164 165 165 166 166 167 169 170 170 171 172 173 174 175
Toner Supply
93-312 Toner Dispense Motor Fail................................................................................................. 93-912 Toner Cartridge Empty Fail................................................................................................ 93-924 Toner cartridge CRUM Communication Fail..................................................................... 93-925 MCU Toner Cartridge CRUM Data Write Fail.................................................................. 93-926 Toner Cartridge CRUM ID Fail ......................................................................................... 93-400 Toner Cartridge Was NEAR Empty................................................................................... 93-406 Toner Cartridge Was PRENEAR Empty ...........................................................................
Duplex (PH)
H2-8 DUP MODULE Type Fail ...................................................................................................
12/05 2-3
12/05 2-4
Chain-Link None Tray1 Cassette Size Fail

The tray is in place but the ON/OFF pattern for Tray Size Switch is not defined.

Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2, and replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. H4-1 is generated. Y N Replace the failed part of the Tray 1 Actuator. Check installation of the Tray 1 Size Sensor. The Tray 1 Size Sensor is installed properly. Y N Correct the installation of the Tray 1 Size Sensor. Go to the SIZE SWITCH FIP.
Procedure
12/05 2-5
Chain-Link None Tray1 Cassette Size Fail , Chain-


Procedure
Procedure
Chain-Link None Tray3 Cassette Size Fail , Chain-
12/05 2-6
Chain-Link None No Paper In The Select Paper Tray

No paper is loaded in the tray. This message appears for all trays. This describes the case of Tray 1 as an example. For other trays, change the Part No./Connector No./Diag. code as follows. Table 1 Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 MSI
N Replace the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PLn.n).
Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). For MSI
Procedure
For Trays 1 to 4 Check the actuator of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PLn.n). The actuator is normal without deformation or damage. Y N Replace the actuator. Execute DC330[7-7][71-106]. Run the actuator of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ101, PJ601 and PJ409. PJ101, PJ601 and PJ409 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ101, PJ601 and PJ409 properly. Check the wire between J101 and J409 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J101 and J409 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-12 (+) and GND (-). Run the actuator of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12/05 2-7
Chain-Link None No Paper In The Select Paper Tray
Chain-Link None Paper Size Mismatch In Length

The length of the paper size is incorrect.
A Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Feed paper from another tray. Same problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set properly. Y N Set the guide properly. Check operations of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator moves properly. Y N Set the guide properly. Check installation of the Size Switch PWB. The Size Switch PWB is installed properly. Y N Install the Size Switch PWB properly. Go to the SIZE SWITCH FIP. Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ104 properly. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). A Status-indicator-raps
Chain-Link None Paper Size Mismatch In Length
12/05 2-8
Chain-Link None Paper Size Mismatch In Width

The width of the paper size is incorrect.
SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP

For other trays, change the Part No./Connector No./Diag. code as follows. Table 1 Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 MSI
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Feed paper from another tray. Problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set properly. Y N Set the guide properly. Check operations of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator moves properly. Y N Set the guide properly. Check installation of the Size Switch PWB. The Size Switch PWB is installed properly. Y N Install the Size Switch PWB properly. Go to the SIZE SWITCH FIP. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Execute DC330[7-26][71-119]. Run the SW 5 of the Tray 1 Size Sensor. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ109 and PJ412. PJ109 and PJ412 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ109 and PJ412 properly. Check the wire between J109 and J412 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J109 and J412 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P412-4 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P412-1 (+) and GND (-). Run SW 5 of the Tray Size Sensor. The voltage has changed. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Tray 1 Size Sensor. Execute DC330[7-1][071-100]. Run the SWs 1 to 4 of the Tray 1 Size Sensor in sequence. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ109 and PJ412. PJ109 and PJ412 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ109 and PJ412 properly. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12/05 2-9 B Status-indicator-raps
Chain-Link None Paper Size Mismatch In Width,
B Check the wire between J109 and J412 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J109 and J412 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P412-4 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P412-3 (+) and GND (-). Run SWs 1 to 4 of the Tray 1 Size Sensor. The voltage has changed. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Tray 1 Size Sensor.
A Status-indicator-raps
SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP
12/05 2-10
05-275 DADF RAM Fail

The DADF PWB RAM has failed in the Read/Write operation.
05-280 DADF EEPROM Fail

The DADF-EEPROM has failed in the Read/Write operation.
Procedure
Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. [005-275] has occurred again. Y N End Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. [005-280] has occurred again. Y N End Remove the EEPROM (PLn.n) and install it again. Turn on the power again. [005-280] occurred again. Y N End Replace the EEPROM (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. has
12/05 2-11
05-275 DADF RAM Fail, 05-280 DADF EEPROM Fail
05-283 DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail

After Nudger Solenoid ON, the Nudger Sensor is not turned ON.
N Replace the Nudger Motor (PLn.n).
Procedure
Operate the Feed Head mechanism manually. The smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that interfere operations. Feed Head mechanism moves
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P786-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Nudger Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Execute DC330[][]. Block the Nudger Sensor receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ788 and PJ786. PJ788 and PJ786 are connected properly. Y N Connect the PJ788 and PJ786 properly. Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-). Block the Nudger Sensor receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Nudger Sensor. Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[][]. Running sound of the Nudger Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ787 and PJ786. PJ787 and PJ786 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ787 and PJ786 properly. Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Nudger Motor (PLn.n) (between J787-XX and J787-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. A Status-indicator-raps
05-283 DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail
12/05 2-12
05-284 DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail

The combinations of outputs from the APS Sensor 1, APS Sensor 2, and APS Sensor 3 are abnormal.
Procedure
Execute DC330[062-251]. Block the APS Sensor 1 receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ777 and PJ761. PJ777 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ777 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-). Block the APS Sensor 1 receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the APS Sensor 1. Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-). Block the APS Sensor 2 receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the APS Sensor 2. Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Execute DC330[][]. Block the APS Sensor 3 receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ779 and PJ785. PJ779 and PJ785 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ779 and PJ785 properly. Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-). Block the APS Sensor 3 receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the APS Sensor 3. Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Execute DC330[062-253]. Block the APS Sensor 2 receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ778 and PJ761. PJ778 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ778 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). A B 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
12/05 2-13
05-284 DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail
05-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Fail

The Nudger Position SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Nudger Lift Motor started reverse rotation.
B Measure the resistance of the Nudger Motor (PLn.n) (between J787-XX and J787-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Nudger Motor (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P786-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Nudger Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Operate the Feed Head mechanism manually. The smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that interfere operations. Feed Head mechanism moves
Execute DC330[005-225]. Block the Nudger Sensor receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ788 and PJ786. PJ788 and PJ786 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ788 and PJ786 properly. Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-). Block the Nudger Sensor receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Nudger Sensor. Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[005-090]. Running sound of the Nudger Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ787 and PJ786. PJ787 and PJ786 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ787 and PJ786 properly. Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B Status-indicator-raps
05-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Fail
12/05 2-14
05-906 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam

Paper remains on the Feed Sensor.
05-907 CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Sensor Static Jam

Paper remains on the Pre-Reg. Sensor.
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-205]. Place paper in front of the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ769 and PJ758. PJ769 and PJ758 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ769 and PJ758 properly. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-206]. Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ781 and PJ761. PJ781 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ781 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
12/05 2-15
05-906 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam, 05-907
05-908 CVT-DADF Reg. Sensor Static Jam

Paper remains on the Reg. Sensor.
05-913 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Static Jam

Paper remains on the Invert Sensor.
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-110]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ782 and PJ761. PJ782 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ782 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-211]. Place paper in front of the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ780 and PJ761. PJ780 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ780 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Invert Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
05-908 CVT-DADF Reg. Sensor Static Jam, 05-913
12/05 2-16
05-915 CVT-DADF #1 APS Static Jam

Paper remains on the APS Sensor 1.

Procedure
Execute DC330[005-218]. Block the APS Sensor 1 receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ777 and PJ761. PJ777 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ777 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-). Block the APS Sensor 1 receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the APS Sensor 1. Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-219]. Block the APS Sensor 2 receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ778 and PJ761. PJ778 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ778 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-). Block the APS Sensor 2 receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the APS Sensor 2. Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
12/05 2-17
05-915 CVT-DADF #1 APS Static Jam, 05-916 CVT-

05-121 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor On Jam

The Feed Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after the first-out feed operation had started (Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex mode.
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-220]. Block the APS Sensor 3 receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ779 and PJ785. PJ779 and PJ785 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ779 and PJ785 properly. Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-). Block the APS Sensor 3 receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the APS Sensor 3. Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-205]. Place paper in front of the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ769 and PJ758. PJ769 and PJ758 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ769 and PJ758 properly. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[005-001]. The Feed Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ764 and PJ754. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the DADF Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n).
B 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
05-917 CVT-DADF #3 APS Static Jam, 05-121 CVT-
12/05 2-18
B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
05-122 CVT-DADF Simplex/Side1 Pre-Reg.Sensor On Jam

The Pre-Reg. Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after the Pre Feed operation had started for the first sheet (Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex or Simplex mode. The Pre-Reg. Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after the Pre Feed operation had started for the second sheets onwards (Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex mode.
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-206]. Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ781 and PJ761. PJ781 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ781 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[005-001]. The Feed Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ764 and PJ754. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the DADF Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n). A B Status-indicator-raps
12/05 2-19
05-121 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor On Jam, 05-122
05-123 CVT-DADF Simplex/Side1 Reg.Sensor On Jam

The Reg. Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after pre-registration had started (Feed Motor On (CCW)).
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-110]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ782 and PJ761. PJ782 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ782 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[005-001]. The Feed Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ764 and PJ754. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the DADF Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n).
05-122 CVT-DADF Simplex/Side1 Pre-Reg.Sensor On
12/05 2-20
05-125 CVT-DADF Reg.Sensor Off Jam

The Reg. Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time after Pre Regi Sensor had turned OFF during Read operation.
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-110]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ782 and PJ761. PJ782 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ782 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[005-001]. The Feed Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ764 and PJ754. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Feed Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n).
A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12/05 2-21
B Status-indicator-raps
05-123 CVT-DADF Simplex/Side1 Reg.Sensor On
05-131 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor On Jam On Inverting

The Invert Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after Regi Sensor had turned On during Invert operation.
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-211]. Place paper in front of the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ780 and PJ761. PJ780 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ780 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Invert Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ765 and PJ755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Regi Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ765 and PJ755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Regi Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n).
05-125 CVT-DADF Reg.Sensor Off Jam, 05-131 CVT-
12/05 2-22
B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
05-132 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor On Jam

The Invert Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after the Read Speed Control operation had started (Regi Motor On (CCW)).
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-211]. Place paper in front of the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ780 and PJ761. PJ780 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ780 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Invert Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ765 and PJ755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Regi Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n).
05-131 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor On Jam On Invert-
05-134 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam

The Invert Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time after Regi Sensor had turned Off during Invert operation.
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-211]. Place paper in front of the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ780 and PJ761. PJ780 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ780 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Invert Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ765 and PJ755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Regi Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n).
05-132 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor On Jam, 05-134 CVT-
12/05 2-24
05-135 CVT-DADF Side2 Pre-Reg.Sensor On Jam

The Pre-Reg. Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after the Invert operation had started (Regi Motor On (CW)) at Invert.
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it operates properly. Y N Install the Invert Gate properly. Execute DC330[005-206]. Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ781 and PJ761. PJ781 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ781 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ765 and PJ755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
05-134 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam, 05-135
B Measure the resistance of the Regi Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
05-136 CVT-DADF Side2 Reg.Sensor On Jam

The Reg. Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after the Pre-Reg. Sensor had turned On at Invert.
Procedure
Execute DC330[][]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ782 and PJ761. PJ782 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ782 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[005-001]. The Feed Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ764 and PJ754. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Feed Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n).
Execute DC330[005-072]. Operating sound of the Nip Release Solenoid (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ766 and PJ756. PJ766 and PJ756 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ766 and PJ756 properly. Measure the resistance of the Nip Release Solenoid (PLn.n) (between J766-1 and J7662). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Nip Release Solenoid (PLn.n). Check the wire between J756 and J766 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J756 and J766 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
05-135 CVT-DADF Side2 Pre-Reg.Sensor On Jam, 05-
12/05 2-26
05-139 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam

The Invert Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time after the Regi Sensor had turned Off during Read operation.
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it operates properly. Y N Install the Invert Gate properly. Execute DC330[005-211]. Place paper in front of the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ780 and PJ761. PJ780 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ780 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Invert Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ765 and PJ755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
05-136 CVT-DADF Side2 Reg.Sensor On Jam, 05-
B Measure the resistance of the Regi Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
05-141 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor Off Jam

The Pre-Regi Sensor turned Off before the Feed Sensor was turned Off.
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-205]. Place paper in front of the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ769 and PJ758. PJ769 and PJ758 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ769 and PJ758 properly. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Execute DC330[005-015]. Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ781 and PJ761. PJ781 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ781 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
05-139 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam, 05-141 CVT-
12/05 2-28
B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
05-196 Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size

The sizes of the second document onwards are different from that of the first document.
Procedure
Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ765 and PJ755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Regi Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the DADF PWB.
12/05 2-29
05-141 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor Off Jam, 05-196
05-197 Prohibit Combine Size Jam

A prohibited size combination was detected.
05-198 Too Short Size Jam

The system detected a document with a length shorter than 115mm in the slow scan direction.
Procedure
Procedure
Check the document size. The document size is within the specification. Y N Use the correct paper size. Execute DC330[005-205]. Place paper in front of the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ769 and PJ758. PJ769 and PJ758 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ769 and PJ758 properly. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[005-206]. Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ781 and PJ761. PJ781 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ781 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. A
05-197 Prohibit Combine Size Jam, 05-198 Too Short
12/05 2-30
A Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
05-199 Too long Size Jam

The system detected a document with the following length in the slow scan direction: Simplexmode: 672.4mm or longer Duplexmode: 480.1mm or longer
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Check the document size. The document size is within the specification. Y N Use the correct paper size. Check for wear and paper powder in the Feed Roll. The Feed Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Feed Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[005-205]. Place paper in front of the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ769 and PJ758. PJ769 and PJ758 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ769 and PJ758 properly. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[005-206]. Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The has changed. display
12/05 2-31
05-198 Too Short Size Jam, 05-199 Too long Size
N Check the connections of PJ781 and PJ761. PJ781 and PJ761 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ781 and PJ761 properly. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-).Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).
05-302 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open

The Feeder Cover Interlock is open.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Feeder Cover. The Feeder Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Correct the installation and deformation of the Feeder Cover. Check installation of the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch. The Feeder Cover Interlock Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch properly. Execute DC330[][]. Open/close the Feeder Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ753, F1, and F2. PJ753, F1, and F2 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ753, F1, and F2 properly. Check the wire between J753 and F1, and between J753 and F2 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wires between J753 and F1, and between J753 and F2 are conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between J753-2 and J753-1) of the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J753-2 and J753-1 is connecting successfully when the Feeder Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB. Replace the DADF PWB.
05-199 Too long Size Jam , 05-302 CVT Feeder Cover
12/05 2-32
05-304 CVT Platen I/L Open

The Platen Interlock is open.
05-305 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open On Running

The system detected the Feeder Cover Interlock is opened while the DADF is running (RUN/ SUSPEND).
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Correct the installation and deformation of the Platen Cover. Check installation of the Platen Cover Switch. The Platen Cover Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the Platen Cover Switch properly. Execute DC330[][]. Open/close the Platen Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ727 and PJ722. PJ727 and PJ722 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ727 and PJ722 properly. Check the wire between J727 and J722 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J727 and J722 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between J722-10 and J722-11) of the Platen Cover Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J722-10 and J722-11 is connecting successfully when the Platen Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the Platen Cover Switch (PLn.n). Replace the IPS PWB.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Feeder Cover. The Feeder Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Correct the installation and deformation of the Feeder Cover. Check installation of the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch. The Feeder Cover Interlock Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch properly. Execute DC330[][]. Open/close the Feeder Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ753, F1, and F2. PJ753, F1, and F2 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ753, F1, and F2 properly. Check the wire between J753 and F1, and between J753 and F2 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wires between J753 and F1, and between J753 and F2 are conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between J753-2 and J753-1) of the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J753-2 and J753-1 is connecting successfully when the Feeder Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (PLn.n). Replace the DADF PWB.
Replace the IPS PWB, and the DADF PWB in sequence. Replace the DADF PWB.
12/05 2-33
05-304 CVT Platen I/L Open, 05-305 CVT Feeder
05-307 CVT Platen I/L Open On Running

The Platen Interlock is open while the DADF is running (RUN/SUSPEND).
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Correct the installation and deformation of the Platen Cover. Check installation of the Platen Cover Switch. The Platen Cover Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the Platen Cover Switch properly. Execute DC330[][]. Open/close the Platen Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ727 and PJ722. PJ727 and PJ722 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ727 and PJ722 properly. Check the wire between J727 and J722 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J727 and J722 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between J722-10 and J722-11) of the Platen Cover Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J722-10 and J722-11 is connecting successfully when the Platen Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the Platen Cover Switch (PLn.n). Replace the IPS PWB. Replace the IPS PWB, and the DADF PWB in sequence.
05-307 CVT Platen I/L Open On Running
12/05 2-34
10-327 Fuser On Time Fail

The Control Thermistor did not detect READY temperature within the specific time after the Main Lamp had turned ON during warm up. The Control Thermistor did not detect specific temperature within the specific time after the Main Lamp had turned ON during standby. The Control Thermistor did not detect specific temperature within the specific time after the Sub Lamp had turned ON during standby. The Control Thermistor did not detect empty rotation finishing temperature within the specified time after empty rotation had started. The Control Thermistor did not detect specific temperature within the specific time after the Main Lamp had turned ON during printing. The Control Thermistor did not detect specific temperature within the specific time after the Sub Lamp had turned ON during printing.
N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J6 and J600 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J6 and J600 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the wire between J401 and J523 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J6 and J600 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the fuser unit (PLn.n), power unit (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check for paper wrapping on the fuser. The fuser is normal with no paper wrapping it. Y N Remove the wrapped paper. Check installation of fuser unit. The fuser unit is securely installed. Y N Install the fuser unit securely. Check contact points of Thermstat. The contact points are closed. Y N Close the contact points. Check the resistance of the Main Lamp. The resistance between J600-3 and J600-7 is approx. OO Ohm and below. Y N Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). Check the resistance of the Sub Lamp. The resistance between J600-3 and J600-1 is approx. OO Ohm and below. Y N Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). Check the resistance of the Center STS. The resistance between J600-5 and J600-6 is approx. OO Ohm and below. Y N Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). Check the resistance of the Side STS. The resistance between J600-2 and J600-4 is approx. OO Ohm and below. Y N Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.
12/05 2-35
10-327 Fuser On Time Fail
10-320 Over Heat Temp Fail

The Control Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specific value. The Lamp Change Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specific value. After recovery, it
10-313 Control Thermistor Fail

The circuit of Control Thermistor is opened.
NOTE: When NVM50-19=0, U4-2 occurs and becomes NVM50-20-1. becomes NVM50-20=0.
Procedure
Check installation of fuser unit. The fuser unit is securely installed. Y N Install the fuser unit securely. Check contact points of Thermstat. The contact points are closed. Y N Close the contact points. Check the resistance of the Center STS. The resistance between J600-5 and J600-6 is approx. OO Ohm and below. Y N Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Unit (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check resistance of Center STS. The resistance between J600-5 and J600-6 is approx. OO Ohm and below. Y N Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). Check resistance of Side STS. The resistance between J600-2 and J600-4 is approx. OO Ohm and below. Y N Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). Check the wire between J410 and J600 for a short circuit. The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting successfully without a short circuit. Y N Repair the short circuit. Check the wire between J401 and J523 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J6 and J600 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the fuser unit (PLn.n), power unit (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
10-320 Over Heat Temp Fail, 10-313 Control Ther-
12/05 2-36
10-314 Side STS Fail

Procedure
Check installation of fuser unit. The fuser unit is securely installed. Y N Install the fuser unit securely. Check contact points of Thermstat. The contact points are closed. Y N Close the contact points. Check the resistance of the Side STS. The resistance between J600-2 and J600-4 is approx. OO Ohm and below. Y N Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the fuser unit (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
10-318 Hot-Sagging recovery Fail

The Control Thermistor (SideSTS/FS2) detected that the machine does not recover from HotSagging after the specific time.
Procedure
Check for paper wrapping on the fuser. The fuser is normal with no paper wrapping it. Y N Remove the wrapped paper. Check installation of fuser unit. The fuser unit is securely installed. Y N Install the fuser unit securely. Close the LH Cover and IOT Front Cover. Execute DCnnn[nnn-nnn]. Running sound of the Main Motor can be heard. Y N Go to the Main Drive Assy FIP. Check the resistance of the Side STS. The resistance between J600-2 and J600-4 is approx. OO Ohm and below. Y N Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the fuser unit (PLn.n), power unit (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
12/05 2-37
10-314 Side STS Fail, 10-318 Hot-Sagging recovery
10-398 Fuser Fan Fail

The Fuser Fan has a failure.
Procedure
Turn ON the power. Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). The Fuser Fan (PLn.n) is rotating. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J40B-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
is
Check the wire between J214-13 and J40B-2 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J214-13 and J40B-2 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Drive PWB 3 pin (+) and 2 pin (-). The approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Drive PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J40B-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 0VDC. Y N Measure the voltage between the Drive PWB 3 pin (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). Check the wire between J214-14 and J40B-1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J214-14 and J40B-1 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Drive PWB (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
10-398 Fuser Fan Fail
12/05 2-38
12-112 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR ON JAM

The Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after Engine Exit SNR 1 had turned ON.
Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[12-28][12-190]. Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8380 and PJ8390. PJ8380 and PJ8390 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8380 and PJ8390 properly. Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8380 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-13 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[12-1][12-90]. Running sound of the Finisher H-X'Port Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ8379 and PJ8390. PJ8379 and PJ8390 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8379 and PJ8390 properly.
B Check the wire between J8379 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8379 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Finisher H-X'port Motor (PLn.n) (between J8379-XX and J8379-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Finisher H-X'port Motor (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8390-9 (+) and GND (-), and between P8390-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher H-X'port Motor (PLn.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).
A B 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12/05 2-39
12-112 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR ON JAM
12-111 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR OFF JAM

The Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Finisher HX'port Ent. SNR had turned ON.
Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[12-28][12-190]. Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8380 and PJ8390. PJ8380 and PJ8390 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8380 and PJ8390 properly. Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8380 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-13 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[12-1][12-90]. Running sound of the Finisher H-X'Port Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ8379 and PJ8390. PJ8379 and PJ8390 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8379 and PJ8390 properly.
12-111 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR OFF JAM
12/05 2-40
12-122 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR ON JAM

The Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Finisher HX'port Ent. SNR had turned ON.
Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[12-29][12-191]. Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Exit. SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8381 and PJ8390. PJ8381 and PJ8390 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8381 and PJ8390 properly. Check the wire between J8381 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8381 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-6 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[12-1][12-90]. Running sound of the Finisher H-X'Port Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ8379 and PJ8390. PJ8379 and PJ8390 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8379 and PJ8390 properly.
12/05 2-41
12-122 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR ON JAM
12-121 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR OFF JAM

The Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Finisher HX'port Exit SNR had turned ON.
Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[12-29][12-191]. Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Exit. SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8381 and PJ8390. PJ8381 and PJ8390 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8381 and PJ8390 properly. Check the wire between J8381 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8381 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-6 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[12-1][12-90]. Running sound of the Finisher H-X'Port Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ8379 and PJ8390. PJ8379 and PJ8390 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8379 and PJ8390 properly.
12-121 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR OFF JAM
12/05 2-42
12-152 Finisher Compile Exit SNR ON JAM

The Finisher Compile Exit SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Finisher HX'port Exit SNR had turned ON.
Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[12-34][12-150]. Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Exit SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850. PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850 properly. Check the wire between J8814 and J8850 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8814 and J8850 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-9 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
B Check the wire between J8800 and J8846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8800 and J8846 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8846-5 (+) and GND (-), and between P8846-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PLn.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Exit SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher Compile Exit SNR (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[12-3][12-1]. Running sound of the Finisher Transport Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ8800 and PJ8846. PJ8800 and PJ8846 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8800 and PJ8846 properly.
12/05 2-43
12-152 Finisher Compile Exit SNR ON JAM
12-151 Finisher Compile Exit SNR OFF JAM

The Finisher Compile Exit SNR did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Finisher Compile Exit SNR had turned ON.
Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[12-34][12-150]. Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Exit SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850. PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850 properly. Check the wire between J8814 and J8850 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8814 and J8850 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-9 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
B Check the wire between J8800 and J8846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8800 and J8846 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8846-5 (+) and GND (-), and between P8846-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PLn.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Exit SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher Compile Exit SNR (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[12-3][12-1]. Running sound of the Finisher Transport Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ8800 and PJ8846. PJ8800 and PJ8846 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8800 and PJ8846 properly.
12-151 Finisher Compile Exit SNR OFF JAM
12/05 2-44
12-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM (TBD)

The Finisher Compile Paper SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Eject Motor had turned ON.
B Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-6 (+) and GND (-), and between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Execute DC330[12-35][12-151]. Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Paper SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8806 and PJ8848. PJ8806 and PJ8848 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8806 and PJ8848 properly. Check the wire between J8806 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8806 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-6 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-5 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Paper SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher Compile Paper SNR (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[12-41][12-81] and [12-42][12-82] alternately. The Eject Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8801 and PJ8846. PJ8801 and PJ8846 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8801 and PJ8846 properly. Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8801 and J8846 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PLn.n) (between J8801-XX and J8801-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n). A B 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12/05 2-45
12-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM (TBD)
12-901 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR Static JAM

Paper remains on the Finisher H-'port Ent. SNR.
12-902 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR Static JAM

Paper remains on the Finisher H-'port Exit SNR.
Procedure
Execute DC330[12-28][12-190]. Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8380 and PJ8390. PJ8380 and PJ8390 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8380 and PJ8390 properly. Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8380 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-13 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Execute DC330[12-29][12-191]. Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Exit. SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8381 and PJ8390. PJ8381 and PJ8390 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8381 and PJ8390 properly. Check the wire between J8381 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8381 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-6 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).
12-901 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR Static JAM, 12-902
12/05 2-46
12-904 Finisher Compile Exit SNR Static JAM

Paper remains on the Finisher Compile Exit SNR.
12-905 Finisher Compile paper SNR Static JAM

Paper remains on the Finisher Compile Paper SNR.
Procedure
Execute DC330[12-34][12-150]. Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Exit SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850. PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850 properly. Check the wire between J8814 and J8850 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8814 and J8850 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-9 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Procedure
Execute DC330[12-35][12-151]. Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Paper SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8806 and PJ8848. PJ8806 and PJ8848 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8806 and PJ8848 properly. Check the wire between J8806 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8806 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-6 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Exit SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher Compile Exit SNR (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-5 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Paper SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher Compile Paper SNR (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).
12/05 2-47
12-904 Finisher Compile Exit SNR Static JAM, 12-
12-211 Stacker Tray Fail

The Stacker Height Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Stacker Tray had started ascending.
12-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Fail

The Stacker Tray Upper Limit Sensor remained ON when the Stacker Tray had started descending.
Procedure
Procedure
12-211 Stacker Tray Fail, 12-212 Stacker Tray Upper
12/05 2-48
12-212 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail

The Stacker Tray Full Stack detection remained ON when the Stacker Tray had started ascending. [Full Stack is detected based on the combination of ON/OFF of the Stacker Stack A Sensor and Stacker Stack B Sensor]
12-221 Front Tamper Home SNR ON Fail

The Front Tamper Home SNR did not turn ON within 800ms after the Front Tamper had started moving to the home position.
Procedure
Operate the Tamper mechanism manually. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that interfere operations. Execute DC330[13-39][12-220]. Block the Front Tamper Home SNR receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8807 and PJ8848. PJ8807 and PJ8848 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8807 and PJ8848 properly. Check the wire between J8807 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8807 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-3 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-2 (+) and GND (-). Block the Front Tamper Home SNR receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Home SNR. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[13-11][13-20] and [13-14][13-23] alternately. The Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8823 and PJ8848. PJ8823 and PJ8848 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8823 and PJ8848 properly. Check the wire between J8823 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8823 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
12-212 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail, 12-221 Front
B Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n) (between J8823-XX and J8823-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-8 (+) and GND (-), and between P8848-11 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
12-222 Rear Tamper Home SNR ON Fail

The Rear Tamper Home SNR did not turn ON within 800ms after the Rear Tamper had started moving to the home position.
Procedure
Operate the Tamper mechanism manually. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that interfere operations. Execute DC330[13-40][12-221]. Block the Rear Tamper Home SNR receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8805 and PJ8848. PJ8805 and PJ8848 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8805 and PJ8848 properly. Check the wire between J8805 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8805 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-9 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-8 (+) and GND (-). Block the Rear Tamper Home SNR receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Home SNR. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[13-17][13-26] and [13-20][13-29] alternately. The Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8824 and PJ8848. PJ8824 and PJ8848 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8824 and PJ8848 properly. Check the wire between J8824 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8824 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
12-221 Front Tamper Home SNR ON Fail, 12-222 Rear
12/05 2-50
B Measure the resistance of the Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n) (between J8824-XX and J8824-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-2 (+) and GND (-), and between P8848-5 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
12-223 Front Tamper Home SNR OFF Fail

The Front Tamper Home SNR did not turn OFF within the specified time after move from the Front Tamper Home position has started.
Procedure
Operate the Tamper mechanism manually. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that interfere operations. Execute DC330[13-39][12-220]. Block the Front Tamper Home SNR receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8807 and PJ8848. PJ8807 and PJ8848 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8807 and PJ8848 properly. Check the wire between J8807 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8807 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-3 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-2 (+) and GND (-). Block the Front Tamper Home SNR receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Home SNR. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[13-11][13-20] and [13-14][13-23] alternately. The Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8823 and PJ8848. PJ8823 and PJ8848 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8823 and PJ8848 properly. Check the wire between J8823 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8823 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
12-222 Rear Tamper Home SNR ON Fail, 12-223
B Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n) (between J8823-XX and J8823-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-8 (+) and GND (-), and between P8848-11 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
12-224 Rear Tamper Home SNR OFF Fail

The Rear Tamper Home SNR did not turn OFF within the specified time after move from the Rear Tamper Home position had started.
Procedure
Operate the Tamper mechanism manually. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that interfere operations. Execute DC330[13-40][12-221]. Block the Rear Tamper Home SNR receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8805 and PJ8848. PJ8805 and PJ8848 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8805 and PJ8848 properly. Check the wire between J8805 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8805 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-9 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-8 (+) and GND (-). Block the Rear Tamper Home SNR receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Home SNR. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[13-17][13-26] and [13-20][13-29] alternately. The Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8824 and PJ8848. PJ8824 and PJ8848 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8824 and PJ8848 properly. Check the wire between J8824 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8824 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
12-223 Front Tamper Home SNR OFF Fail, 12-224
12/05 2-52
B Measure the resistance of the Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n) (between J8824-XX and J8824-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-2 (+) and GND (-), and between P8848-5 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
12-281 Eject Clamp Home SNR ON Fail

The Eject Clamp Home SNR did not turn ON within 500ms after the Eject Clamp had started ascending.
Procedure
Operate the Eject Clamp mechanism manually. The smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that interfere operations. Eject Clamp mechanism moves
Execute DC330[12-38][12-250]. Block the Eject Clamp Home SNR receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8803 and PJ8849. PJ8803 and PJ8849 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8803 and PJ8849 properly. Check the wire between J8803 and J8849 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8803 and J8849 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-6 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-5 (+) and GND (-). Block the Eject Clamp Home SNR receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home SNR. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[12-41][12-81] and [12-42][12-82] alternately. The Eject Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8801 and PJ8846. PJ8801 and PJ8846 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8801 and PJ8846 properly. Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8801 and J8846 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12/05 2-53 B Status-indicator-raps
12-224 Rear Tamper Home SNR OFF Fail, 12-281
B Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PLn.n) (between J8801-XX and J8801-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-6 (+) and GND (-), and between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
12-282 Eject Clamp Home SNR OFF Fail

The Eject Clamp Home SNR did not turn OFF within 200ms after the Eject Clamp had started descending.
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-5 (+) and GND (-). Block the Eject Clamp Home SNR receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home SNR. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[12-41][12-81] and [12-42][12-82] alternately. The Eject Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8801 and PJ8846. PJ8801 and PJ8846 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8801 and PJ8846 properly. Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8801 and J8846 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A Status-indicator-raps B 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12-281 Eject Clamp Home SNR ON Fail, 12-282 Eject
12/05 2-54
12-283 Set Clamp Home SNR ON Fail

The Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn ON within 200ms after the Set Clamp had started operation.
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-5 (+) and GND (-). Block the Eject Clamp Home SNR receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home SNR. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[12-41][12-81] and [12-42][12-82] alternately. The Eject Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8801 and PJ8846. PJ8801 and PJ8846 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8801 and PJ8846 properly. Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8801 and J8846 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12/05 2-55 B Status-indicator-raps
12-282 Eject Clamp Home SNR OFF Fail, 12-283 Set
12-284 Set Clamp Home SNR OFF Fail

The Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Set Clamp had completed operation.
Procedure
Execute DC330[12-46][12-86]. The Clamp Clutch (PLn.n) starts operating. Y N Check the connections of PJ8822 and PJ8848. PJ8822 and PJ8848 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8822 and PJ8848 properly. Check the wire between J8822 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8822 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Clamp Clutch (PLn.n) (between J8822-XX and J8822-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Clamp Clutch (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-5 (+) and GND (-). Block the Eject Clamp Home SNR receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home SNR. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[12-41][12-81] and [12-42][12-82] alternately. The Eject Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8801 and PJ8846. PJ8801 and PJ8846 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8801 and PJ8846 properly. Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8801 and J8846 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A Status-indicator-raps B 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12-283 Set Clamp Home SNR ON Fail, 12-284 Set
12/05 2-56
12-291 Stapler Fail

The system did not detect the Staple Home SNR has switched from OFF to ON within the specified time after the Stapler Motor had turned ON (Forward rotation). The Staple Home SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Stapler Motor had turned ON (Reverse rotation).
Procedure
Execute DC330[13-29][13-46] and [13-30][13-47] alternately. Running sound of the Stapler Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ8819 and PJ8847. PJ8819 and PJ8847 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8819 and PJ8847 properly. Check the wire between J8819 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8819 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Staple Head and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Execute DC330[13-45][12-244]. Execute DC330[13-29][13-46] and [13-30][13-47] alternately. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8818 and PJ8852. PJ8818 and PJ8852 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8818 and PJ8852 properly. Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the FINISHER PWB. Replace the Staple Head and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the FINISHER PWB. voltage
Execute DC330[12-46][12-86]. The Clamp Clutch (PLn.n) starts operating. Y N Check the connections of PJ8822 and PJ8848. PJ8822 and PJ8848 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8822 and PJ8848 properly. Check the wire between J8822 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8822 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Clamp Clutch (PLn.n) (between J8822-XX and J8822-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Clamp Clutch (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).
12/05 2-57
12-284 Set Clamp Home SNR OFF Fail, 12-291 Sta-
12-293 Stapler Front corner SNR ON Fail

The Stapler Front Corner SNR did not turn ON within 2sec after move to front corner had started. The Stapler Front Corner SNR remained ON when move from front corner had started.
B Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8847-3 (+) and GND (-), and between P8847-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Execute DC330[13-42][12-241]. Block the Stapler Front Corner SNR receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8813 and PJ8850. PJ8813 and PJ8850 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8813 and PJ8850 properly. Check the wire between J8813 and J8850 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8813 and J8850 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-3 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-2 (+) and GND (-). Block the Stapler Front Corner SNR receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Stapler Front Corner SNR. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[13-25][13-42] and [13-28][13-45] alternately. The Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8820 and PJ8847. PJ8820 and PJ8847 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8820 and PJ8847 properly. Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8820 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) (between J8820-XX and J8820-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n). A B Status-indicator-raps 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12-293 Stapler Front corner SNR ON Fail
12/05 2-58
12-294 Stapler Front corner SNR OFF Fail

The Stapler Front Corner SNR did not turn OFF when move from front corner had completed. The Stapler Front Corner SNR did not turn OFF within 200ms after move from front corner had started.
N Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n).
Procedure
Execute DC330[13-42][12-241]. Block the Stapler Front Corner SNR receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8813 and PJ8850. PJ8813 and PJ8850 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8813 and PJ8850 properly. Check the wire between J8813 and J8850 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8813 and J8850 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-3 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8847-3 (+) and GND (-), and between P8847-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-2 (+) and GND (-). Block the Stapler Front Corner SNR receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Stapler Front Corner SNR. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[13-25][13-42] and [13-28][13-45] alternately. The Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8820 and PJ8847. PJ8820 and PJ8847 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8820 and PJ8847 properly. Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8820 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) (between J8820-XX and J8820-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12/05 2-59
12-294 Stapler Front corner SNR OFF Fail
12-295 Stapler Move SNR ON Fail

The Staple Move Sensor did not turn ON within 2sec after move to the Staple position had started and the Staple Move Sensor had turned OFF. The Staple Move Sensor did not turn ON after move to the Staple position had completed.
B Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8847-3 (+) and GND (-), and between P8847-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Execute DC330[13-42][12-241]. Block the Staple Move Sensor receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8817 and PJ8852. PJ8817 and PJ8852 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8817 and PJ8852 properly. Check the wire between J8817 and J8852 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8817 and J8852 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-8 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-7 (+) and GND (-). Block the Staple Move Sensor receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Staple Home SNR. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[13-25][13-42] and [13-28][13-45] alternately. The Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8820 and PJ8847. PJ8820 and PJ8847 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8820 and PJ8847 properly. Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8820 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) (between J8820-XX and J8820-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n). A B Status-indicator-raps 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12-295 Stapler Move SNR ON Fail
12/05 2-60
12-296 Stapler Move SNR OFF Fail

The Staple Move Sensor did not turn OFF within 500ms after move to the Staple position had started and the Staple Move Sensor had turned OFF. The STAPLE MOVE SENSOR turned OFF after STAPLE POSITION has been fixed. The Staple Move Sensor did not turn OFF within 500ms after it had turned ON when paper passed through the Dual Staple 1 while moving to the Rear Staple position.
N Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8847-3 (+) and GND (-), and between P8847-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Execute DC330[13-42][12-241]. Block the Staple Move Sensor receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8817 and PJ8852. PJ8817 and PJ8852 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8817 and PJ8852 properly. Check the wire between J8817 and J8852 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8817 and J8852 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-8 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-7 (+) and GND (-). Block the Staple Move Sensor receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Staple Home SNR. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[13-25][13-42] and [13-28][13-45] alternately. The Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8820 and PJ8847. PJ8820 and PJ8847 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8820 and PJ8847 properly. Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8820 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) (between J8820-XX and J8820-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Status-indicator-raps
12/05 2-61
12-296 Stapler Move SNR OFF Fail
12-960 Stacker Tray FULL (No Mix): Finisher

Procedure
12-961 Stacker Tray FULL (Mix size): Finisher

Procedure
12-960 Stacker Tray FULL (No Mix): Finisher, 12-961
12/05 2-62
12-945 Staple Pin Empty

The Staple Pin is nearly empty. The cartridge has not been installed.
12-910 Staple Pin Not Ready

The Staple Pin has not reached to the Ready position.
Procedure
Execute DC330[13-43][12-242]. Install/remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The display has changed. Y N Check the Staple Pin Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The installation part is normal without failure or foreign substances. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the connections of PJ8818 and PJ8852. PJ8818 and PJ8852 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8818 and PJ8852 properly. Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the FINISHER PWB. voltage
Procedure
Execute DC330[13-XX][12-XXX]. Install/remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The display has changed. Y N Check the Staple Pin Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The installation part is normal without failure or foreign substances. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the connections of PJ8818 and PJ8852. PJ8818 and PJ8852 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8818 and PJ8852 properly. Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the FINISHER PWB. voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-4 (+) and GND (-). Install/remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to 0VDC. Y N Replace the FINISHER PWB. Replace the Staple Head and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the FINISHER PWB.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-3 (+) and GND (-). Install/remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to 0VDC. Y N Replace the FINISHER PWB. Replace the Staple Head and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the FINISHER PWB.
12/05 2-63
12-945 Staple Pin Empty, 12-910 Staple Pin Not
12-916 Staple NG: Finisher

The system did not detect the Staple Home SNR has switched from OFF to ON within the specified time after the Stapler Motor had turned ON (Forward rotation). The Staple Home SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Stapler Motor had turned ON (Reverse rotation).
12-925 Stacker Lower Safty: Finisher

The Stacker Height SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Stacker Motor had turned ON (descending). The Stacker Height SNR did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Stacker Motor had turned ON (descending).
Procedure
Execute DC330[13-29][13-46] and [13-30][13-47] alternately. Running sound of the Stapler Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ8819 and PJ8847. PJ8819 and PJ8847 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8819 and PJ8847 properly. Check the wire between J8819 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8819 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Staple Head and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Execute DC330[13-45][12-244]. Execute DC330[13-29][13-46] and [13-30][13-47] alternately. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8818 and PJ8852. PJ8818 and PJ8852 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8818 and PJ8852 properly. Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the FINISHER PWB. Replace the Staple Head and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the FINISHER PWB. voltage
Procedure
Check the guide for foreign substances and deformation. Foreign substances or deformation is found in the Guide. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[13-56][12-267]. Place paper in front of the Stacker Height SNR receiver. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8815, PJ8825, and PJ8850. PJ8815, PJ8825, and PJ8850 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8815, PJ8825, and PJ8850 properly. Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-3 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). voltage
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-2 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Stacker Height SNR receiver. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[13-31][13-60] and [13-32][13-61] alternately. The Stacker Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ8827 and PJ8847. PJ8827 and PJ8847 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8827 and PJ8847 properly. Measure the resistance of the Stacker Motor (PLn.n) (between J8827-1 and J8827-2). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Stacker Motor (PLn.n). A B 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12-916 Staple NG: Finisher, 12-925 Stacker Lower
12/05 2-64
B Check the wire between J8827 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8827 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).
12-944 Stacker Set Over Count: Finisher

The number of stapled copies exceeded the capacity of the Stacker Tray.
Procedure
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. [12-944] has occurred again. Y N End Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). connectors are connected
12/05 2-65
12-925 Stacker Lower Safty: Finisher, 12-944 Stack-
12-967 Scratch Sheet Compile: Finisher

Scratch sheet (abnormal paper) was output to the Finisher Compiler Tray.
12-302 Finisher Front Cover Open

The Finisher Front Cover is open.
Procedure
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. [12-976] has occurred again. Y N End Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n). connectors are connected
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Finisher Front Cover. The Finisher Front Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Install the Finisher Front Cover properly and correct its deformation. Check installation of the Finisher Front Cover Switch. The Finisher Front Cover Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the Finisher Front Cover Switch properly. Execute DC330[13-54][12-302]. Open/close the Finisher Front Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8809 and PJ8851. PJ8809 and PJ8851 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8809 and PJ8851 properly. Check the wire between J8809 and J8851 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8809 and J8851 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between J8809-3 and J8809-4) of the Finisher Front Cover Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J8809-3 and J8809-4 is connecting successfully when the Finisher Front Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the Finisher Front Cover Switch (PLn.n). Replace the FINISHER PWB. Replace the FINISHER PWB.
12-967 Scratch Sheet Compile: Finisher , 12-302 Fin-
12/05 2-66
12-303 Finisher H-X'port Cover Open

The Finisher H-X'port Cover is open.
12-301 Finisher TOP Cover Open

The Finisher Top Cover is open.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Finisher H-X'port Cover. The Finisher H-X'port Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Install the Finisher H-X'port Cover properly and correct its deformation. Check installation of the Finisher H-X'port Cover Sensor. The Finisher H-X'port Cover Sensor is installed properly. Y N Install the Finisher H-X'port Cover Sensor properly. Execute DC330[13-53][12-303]. Open/close the Finisher H-X'port Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8382 and PJ8390. PJ8382 and PJ8390 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8382 and PJ8390 properly. Check the wire between J8382 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8382 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-7 (+) and GND (-). The is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher H-X'port Cover Sensor (PLn.n). voltage
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Finisher Top Cover. The Finisher Top Cover can be opened/ closed properly. Y N Install the Finisher Top Cover properly and correct its deformation. Check installation of the Finisher Top Cover Switch. The Finisher Top Cover Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the Finisher Top Cover Switch properly. Execute DC330[13-55][12-301]. Open/close the Finisher Top Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ8808 and PJ8851. PJ8808 and PJ8851 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ8808 and PJ8851 properly. Check the wire between J8808 and J8851 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8808 and J8851 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between J8808-3 and J8808-4) of the Finisher Top Cover Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J8808-3 and J8808-4 is connecting successfully when the Finisher Top Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the Finisher Top Cover Switch (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB. Replace the Finisher PWB.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-8 (+) and GND (-). Open/close the Finisher H-X'port Cover. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher H-X'port Cover Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the FINISHER PWB. Replace the FINISHER PWB.
12/05 2-67
12-303 Finisher H-X'port Cover Open, 12-301 Fin-
12-303 Finisher H-X'port Cover Open, 12-301 Finisher
12/05 2-68
41-340 RAM Read/Write Check Fail

The MCU PWB RAM has failed in the Read/Write operation.
41-363 NVM Data Defect

NVM data error has occurred in the MCU PWB.
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. The same trouble has occurred again. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. The same trouble has occurred again. Y N End Remove the NVM (PLn.n) and install it again. Turn on the power again. The has occurred again. Y N End Replace the NVM (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. same trouble
12/05 2-69
41-340 RAM Read/Write Check Fail, 41-363 NVM
41-362 NVM Read/Write Cannot Be Executed

The MCU PWB NVM has failed in the Read/Write operation.
41-364 CPU Power To Access NVM Is Not Enough

The MCU PWB NVM has failed internally in the data write operation.
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. The same trouble has occurred again. Y N End Remove the NVM (PLn.n) and install it again. Turn on the power again. The has occurred again. Y N End Replace the NVM (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. same trouble
Procedure
Execute DCnnn[nnn-nnn] to check the ROM Version. The ROM Version is the latest. Y N Replace with the latest ROM (PLn.n). Replace the NVM (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
41-362 NVM Read/Write Cannot Be Executed, 41-364
12/05 2-70
41-366 CRUM ASIC Fail

The CRUM Control ASIC has a failure.
41-210 Tray Module NVM Out-Of-Order

NVM data error has occurred in the TM PWB. NVM data error has occurred in the 2TM PWB.
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. The same trouble has occurred again. Y N End Remove the NVM (PLn.n) and install it again. Turn on the power again. The has occurred again. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). same trouble
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the connection of each 2TM PWB or TTM PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. H7-3 has occurred again. Y N End Check the wire between J541 and J413 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J541 and J413 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
Replace the 2TM PWB (PLn.n) or TTM PWB(PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
12/05 2-71
41-366 CRUM ASIC Fail, 41-210 Tray Module NVM
41-211Tray Module NVM R/W Error

The TM PWB NVM has failed in the Read/Write operation. The 2TM PWB NVM has failed in the Read/Write operation.
Procedure
41-211Tray Module NVM R/W Error
12/05 2-72
42-325 Main Motor Fail

The Main Motor does not rotate at the specified speed.
Procedure
Close the LH Cover and IOT Front Cover.Execute DC330[8-1][71-36]. Running sound of the Main Motor can be heard. Y N Execute DC330[8-4][71-37]. Running sound of the Drum Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ408 and PJ214. PJ408 and PJ214 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ408 and PJ214 properly. Check the wire between J408 and J214 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J408 and J214 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-13 (+) and GND (-), and between P408-14 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-10 (+) and GND (-). The age is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Check the wire between J408-3 and J214-12, J408-4 and J214-11, J408-8 and J214-7, and J408-9 and J214-6 for an open circuit or short circuit. Each pin is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Check installation of the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n). The Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) is installed properly. Y N Install the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) properly. Check the wire between J408-9 and J214-6 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J408-9 and J214-6 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) volt-
A Rotate the rotor of Main Motor manually. It rotates smoothly without abnormal load. Y N Check for foreign substances that interfere operation and installation failure. Foreign substances or installation failure is found. Y N Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n). Remove the foreign substances that interfere operation and correct the installation failure. Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
12/05 2-73
42-325 Main Motor Fail
42-323 Drum Motor Fail

The Drum Motor does not rotate at the specified speed.
Procedure
Close the LH Cover and IOT Front Cover. Execute DC330[8-4][71-37]. Running sound of the Drum Motor can be heard. Y N Execute DC330[8-1][71-36]. Running sound of the Main Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ408 and PJ214. PJ408 and PJ214 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ408 and PJ214 properly. Check the wire between J408 and J214 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J408 and J214 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-13 (+) and GND (-), and between P408-14 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-10 (+) and GND (-). The age is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Check the wire between J408-5 and J214-10, J408-6 and J214-9, and J408-7 and J214-8 for an open circuit and short circuit. Each pin is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Check installation of the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n). The Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) is installed properly. Y N Install the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) properly. Check the wire between J408-7 and J214-8 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J408-7 and J214-8 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A Status-indicator-raps volt-
A Rotate the rotor of Main Motor manually. It rotates smoothly without abnormal load. Y N Check for foreign substances that interfere operation and installation failure. Foreign substances or installation failure is found. Y N Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n). Remove the foreign substances that interfere operation and correct the installation failure. Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
42-323 Drum Motor Fail
12/05 2-74
47-311 Dup Module Communication Fail

Communication error between the MCU PWB and the Dup Module.
47-211 OCT1 Fail

The OCT1 Home Position Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the OCT1 Motor had turned ON.
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the connection of each DUP Module PWB Connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J100 and J409 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417A-1 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the DUP PWB (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. voltage is
Procedure
Operate the offset mechanism manually. The offset mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that interfere operations. Execute DC330[7-33][47-205]. Block the OCT1 Home Position Sensor receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ432, PJ613, and PJ117. PJ432, PJ613, and PJ117 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ432, PJ613, and PJ117 properly. Check the wire between J432 and J117 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J432 and J117 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-1 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-2 (+) and GND (-). Block the OCT1 Home Position Sensor receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the OCT1 Home Position Sensor. Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[10-6][47-1] and [10-7][47-5] alternately. The OCT Motor 1 (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ432 and PJ206. PJ432 and PJ206 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ432 and PJ206 properly. Check the wire between J432 and J206 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J432 and J206 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
47-311 Dup Module Communication Fail , 47-211
B Measure the resistance of the OCT Motor 1 (PLn.n) (between J206-XX and J206-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the OCT Motor 1 (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB (PLn.n) P432-7 (+) and GND (-). The age is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n). Replace the OCT Motor 1 (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. volt-
47-212 OCT2 Fail

The OCT2 Home Position Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the OCT2 Motor had turned ON.
Procedure
Operate the offset mechanism manually. The offset mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that interfere operations. Execute DC330[7-34][47-206]. Block the OCT2 Home Position Sensor receiver with paper. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ434, PJ606, PJ111, and SJ1. PJ434, PJ606, PJ111, and SJ1 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ434, PJ606, PJ111, and SJ1 properly. Check the wire between J111 and J434 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J111 and J434 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P434-1 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-2 (+) and GND (-). Block the OCT2 Home Position Sensor receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the OCT2 Home Position Sensor. Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[10-24][47-3] and [10-25][47-4] alternately. The OCT Motor 2 (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ433, PJ606, and PJ207. PJ433, PJ606, and PJ207 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ433, PJ606, and PJ207 properly. Check the wire between J433 and P207 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J433 and P207 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
47-211 OCT1 Fail, 47-212 OCT2 Fail
12/05 2-76
B Measure the resistance of the OCT Motor 2 (PLn.n) (between J207-XX and J207-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the OCT Motor 2 (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB (PLn.n) P433-1 (+) and GND (-). The age is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n). Replace the OCT Motor 2 (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. volt-
47-312 Exit Module Communication Fail

Communication error between the MCU PWB and the Exit PWB.
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the connection of each Exit PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the wire between J421 and J431 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J421 and J431 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the connection of the Power Unit PJ526. PJ526 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ526 properly. Check the wire between J430 and J526 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J430 and J526 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P430-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Power Unit (PLn.n). Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).
12/05 2-77
47-212 OCT2 Fail, 47-312 Exit Module Communica-
47-310 Finisher Communication Fail

Communication error between the MCU PWB and the Finisher.
47-213 Finisher Type Fail

A finisher with invalid specification was found.
Procedure
Check the connection of the inlet. The inlet is connected properly. Y N Connect the inlet properly. Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. connectors are connected
Procedure
Check the connection of the inlet. The inlet is connected properly. Y N Connect the inlet properly. Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. connectors are connected
Check the wire between J416 and J8843 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J416 and J8843 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. voltage is
Check the wire between J416 and J8843 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J416 and J8843 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Finisher PWB and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. voltage is
47-310 Finisher Communication Fail, 47-213 Finisher
12/05 2-78
47-313 Tray Module Communication Fail

Communication error between the MCU PWB and the TTM PWB. Communication error between the MCU PWB and the 2TM PWB.
Procedure
12/05 2-79
12/05 2-80
61-315 Laser Power Fail

The light intensity of the LD2 does not reach the specified value.
61-321 ROS Motor Fail

The ROS Motor rotation speed does not reach the specifid value within the specified time after the ROS Motor had started rotating. The light intensity of the LD1 does not reach the specified value.
Procedure
Check the connections of PJ406 and PJ140. PJ406 and PJ140 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ406 and PJ140 properly. Check the wire between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J406 and J140 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Install the Drum Cartridge securely. The voltage measured between the MCU PWB P406-2 (+) and GND (-) is +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the ROS Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check the connections of PJ406 and PJ140. PJ406 and PJ140 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ406 and PJ140 properly. Check the connections of PJ130 and PJ620. PJ130 and PJ620 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ130 and PJ620 properly. Check the wire between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J406 and J140 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the wire between J406 and J130 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J406 and J130 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Execute DC330[6-15][61-1]. Running sound of the ROS Motor can be heard. Y N The voltage between measured between the MCU PWB P406-10 (+) and GND (-) is +24VDC. Y N The voltage between measured between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-) is +24VDC. Y N The voltage measured between the Power Unit P526-1 (+) and GND (-) is +24VDC. Y N Replace the Power Unit (PLn.n). Repair the open circuit between J526 and J400. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the ROS Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Install the Drum Cartridge securely. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P406-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the ROS Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
12/05 2-81
61-315 Laser Power Fail, 61-321 ROS Motor Fail
61-333 ROS Fan Defect

Procedure
61-333 ROS Fan Defect
12/05 2-82
62-277 IPS-DADF Communication Fail

Communication error between the IPS PWB and the DADF PWB.
62-310 IPS-Controller Communication Fail

Communication error between the IPS PWB and the ESS PWB.
Procedure
Check the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the wire between J751 and J750, and between J752 and J750 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wires between P/J751 and J750, and between P/J752 and J750 are conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the wire between J719 and J320 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J719 and J320 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n) and ESS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
12/05 2-83
62-277 IPS-DADF Communication Fail, 62-310 IPS-
62-210 IIT Hot Line Fail

An open circuit of the cable between the IPS PWB and the ESS PWB.
62-345 IPS EEPROM Fail

The IPS EEPROM has failed in the Read/Write operation.
Procedure
Check the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the wire between J719 and J320 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J719 and J320 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n) and ESS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. [062-345] has occurred again. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
62-210 IIT Hot Line Fail, 62-345 IPS EEPROM Fail
12/05 2-84
62-211 IPS EEPROM Fail (Local)

The IPS EEPROM has failed in the Read/Write operation. (Local)
62-360 CARRIDGE Position Fail

An error has occurred while counting the pulses of the Carridge Motor. The IIT Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Carridge Motor had turned ON. substances or
Procedure
Check the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. [062-345] has occurred again. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Check the Carriage Rail for foreign substances and deformation. Foreign deformation is found in the Carridge Rail. Y N Clean the foreign substances and deformation.
Execute DC330[062-212]. Place paper in front of the IIT Regi Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ728 and PJ722. PJ728 and PJ722 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ728 and PJ722 properly. Check the wire between J728 and J722 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J728 and J722 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the IPS PWB P722-4 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
Measure the voltage between the IPS PWB P722-5 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the IIT Regi Sensor (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the IIT Regi Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[062-005] and [062-005] alternately. The Scan Motor (PLn.n) starts running. Y N Check the connections of PJ722 and PJ721. PJ722 and PJ721 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ722 and PJ721 properly. Check the wire between J722 and J721 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J722 and J721 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12/05 2-85 B Status-indicator-raps
62-211 IPS EEPROM Fail (Local), 62-360 CARRIDGE
B Measure the resistance of the Scan Motor (PLn.n) (between J721-XX and J721-XX). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Scan Motor (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the IPS PWB (PLn.n) P722-16 (+) and GND (-), and between P722-17 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Scan Motor (PLn.n) and IPS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
62-371 Lamp Illumination Fail

When scanning has started, the lamp incident light intensity is not enough for the CCD.
Procedure
Check the lamp, lens, mirror, and white correcting plate for abnormality such as contamination and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp, lens, mirror, or white correcting plate is found. Y N Replace the lamp, lens, mirror, or white correcting plate, etc. Execute DC330[062-002]. The lamp (PLn.n) lights up. Y N Check the connections of PJ703, PJ702, and PJ723. PJ703, PJ702, and PJ723 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ703, PJ702, and PJ723 properly. Check the wire between J702 and J723 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J702 and J723 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Replace the FFC (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the IPS PWB (PLn.n) P723-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P723-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n). Replace the lamp (PLn.n), PSFL (PLn.n) and IPS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Check the connections of PJ700 and PJ710. PJ700 and PJ710 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ700 and PJ710 properly. Replace the CCD PWB (PLn.n) and IPS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).
62-360 CARRIDGE Position Fail , 62-371 Lamp Illumi-
12/05 2-86
62-389 CARRIDGE Over Run Fail

The cartridge has overrun.
62-362 X Hard Fail

Document detection function has failed.
Procedure
Check the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. [062-389] has occurred again. Y N End Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
12/05 2-87
62-389 CARRIDGE Over Run Fail, 62-362 X Hard
62-380 AGC Fail

When adjusting CCD outputs, the lamp incident light intensity is not enough for the CCD.
62-386 AOC Fail

A CCD output error was detected when executing AOC.
Procedure
Check the lamp, lens, mirror, and white correcting plate for abnormality such as contamination and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp, lens, mirror, and white correcting plate is found. Y N Replace the lamp, lens, mirror, or white correcting plate, etc. Execute DC330[062-002]. The lamp (PLn.n) lights up. Y N Check the connections of PJ703, PJ702, and PJ723. PJ703, PJ702, and PJ723 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ703, PJ702, and PJ723 properly. Check the wire between J702 and J723 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J702 and J723 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Replace the FFC (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the IPS PWB (PLn.n) P723-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P723-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n). Replace the lamp (PLn.n), PSFL (PLn.n) and IPS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Check the connections of PJ700 and PJ710. PJ700 and PJ710 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ700 and PJ710 properly. Replace the CCD PWB (PLn.n) and IPS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. [062-386] has occurred again. Y N End Replace the CCD PWB (PLn.n) and IPS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
62-380 AGC Fail, 62-386 AOC Fail
12/05 2-88
62-392 IPS PWB Fail

The IPS PWB RAM has failed in the Read/Write operation. The Shading Memory has failed in the Read/Write operation. The Gap Memory has failed in the Read/Write operation. The ASIC does not operate properly.
62-790 Pre IPS X Recognition Fail

A document inappropriate for copying was placed on the platen.
Procedure
Check the document. An appropriate document was placed on the platen. Y N Place an appropriate document. Check the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. [062-790] has occurred again. Y N End Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
12/05 2-89
62-392 IPS PWB Fail , 62-790 Pre IPS X Recognition
62-300 Platen I/L Open

The Platen Interlock is open.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Correct the installation and deformation of the Platen Cover. Check installation of the Platen Cover Switch. The Platen Cover Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the Platen Cover Switch properly. Execute DC330[][]. Open/close the Platen Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ727 and PJ722. PJ727 and PJ722 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ727 and PJ722 properly. Check the wire between J727 and J722 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J727 and J722 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between J722-10 and J722-11) of the Platen Cover Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J722-10 and J722-11 is connecting successfully when the Platen Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the Platen Cover Switch (PLn.n). Replace the IPS PWB. Replace the IPS PWB, and the DADF PWB in sequence.
62-300 Platen I/L Open
12/05 2-90
63-310 Extension EEPROM Fail

The Extension-EEPROM has failed in the Read/Write operation.
Procedure
12/05 2-91
12/05 2-92
65-312 Shading Data Fail

The data read from the white reference board is out of the specification.
Procedure
12/05 2-93
12/05 2-94
71-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray1 Feed)

The Regi SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 1 Feed Motor had turned ON.
Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Feed Roll. The Feed Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ104 properly. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[8-12][71-7]. Running sound of the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check connections of PJ201, PJ601, and PJ409. PJ201, PJ601, and PJ409 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ201, PJ601, and PJ409 properly. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 2 Feed Motor. Install the Tray 2 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 1 Feed Motor. Execute DC330[8-12][71-7]. Running sound of the Tray 2 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12/05 2-95
N Restore the Tray 2 Feed Motor to the original position. Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
Restore the Tray 2 Feed Motor to the original position. Replace the Tray 1 Feed Motor. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
71-210 Tray1 Lift Up /No Tray Fail

The Tray 1 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 1 Feed Motor had turned ON. The Tray 1 Size Sensor detected no tray.
B Check the wire between J100 and J409 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J100 and J409 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-7 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
Procedure
Draw out the tray and then install it again. Running sound of the Tray 1 Feed Motor can be heard. Y N Execute DC330[8-12][71-7]. Running sound of the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check connections of PJ201, PJ601, and PJ409. PJ201, PJ601, and PJ409 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ201, PJ601, and PJ409 properly. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 2 Feed Motor (PLn.n).Install the Tray 2 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 1 Feed Motor.Execute DC330[8-12][71-7]. Running sound of the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Restore the Tray 2 Feed Motor to the original position. Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Restore the Tray 2 Feed Motor to the original position. Replace the Tray 1 Feed Motor. Go to the SIZE SWITCH FIP. Check the installation of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PLn.n) and operation of the actuator. Both the installation and operation are normal. Y N Correct the abnormal installation and operation. Execute DC330[7-13][71-112]. Operate the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PLn.n) manually. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ100, PJ601, and PJ409. PJ100, PJ601, and PJ409 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ100, PJ601, and PJ409 properly.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-9 (+) and GND (-). Operate the actuator of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
71-210 Tray1 Lift Up /No Tray Fail
12/05 2-96
71-211 Tray 1 Size Sensor Broken

Procedure
12/05 2-97
12/05 2-98
72-101 F/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray2 Feed)

The F/O#2 SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 2 Feed Motor had turned ON.
Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-6][71-306]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410. PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 properly. Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 2 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ202, PJ602, and PJ409. PJ202, PJ602, and PJ409 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ202, PJ602, and PJ409 properly.
B Remove the Tray 2 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 1 Feed Motor. Install the Tray 1 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 2 Feed Motor. Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Restore the Tray 1 Feed Motor to the original position. Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Restore the Tray 1 Feed Motor to the original position. Replace the Tray 2 Feed Motor.
Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
12/05 2-99

The Regi SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the F/O#2 SNR had turned ON.
Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connection of PJ104. The PJ104 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ104 properly. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[8-2][73-6]. Operating sound of the Takeaway Clutch (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ204 and PJ410. PJ204 and PJ410 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ204 and PJ410 properly. Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Clutch (PLn.n) (between P204-1 and P204-4). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Takeaway Clutch (PLn.n). A B Status-indicator-raps
B Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
12/05 2-100
72-210 Tray2 Lift Up/No Tray fail

The Tray 2 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 2 Feed Motor had turned ON. The Tray 2 Size Sensor detected no tray.
72-211 Tray2 Size Sensor Broken

Procedure
Procedure
12/05 2-101
72-210 Tray2 Lift Up/No Tray fail, 72-211 Tray2 Size
72-210 Tray2 Lift Up/No Tray fail, 72-211 Tray2 Size
12/05 2-102

Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-8][71-308]. Place paper in front of the F/O#3 SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ821B, PJ841B, PJ548, PJ541 and PJ413. PJ821B, PJ841B, PJ548, PJ541 and PJ413 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ821B, PJ841B, PJ548, PJ541 and PJ413 properly. Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J821 and J548 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
B Remove the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 4 Feed Motor. Install the Tray 4 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 3 Feed Motor. Execute DC330[8-14][73-9]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the original position. Check the wire between J220B and J549B for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J220B and J549B is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n). Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed Motor.
Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).
Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the F/O#3 SNR (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the F/O#3 SNR (PLn.n). Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413. PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 properly.
12/05 2-103

The F/O#2 SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after F/O#3 SNR had turned ON.
Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-6][71-306]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410. PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 properly. Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413. PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 properly. Remove the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 4 Feed Motor (PLn.n).Install the Tray 4 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 3 Feed Motor.Execute DC330[8-14][739]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. A Status-indicator-raps 12/05 2-104
N Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the original position. Check the wire between J220B and J549B for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J220B and J549B is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).
Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed Motor. Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connection of PJ104. The PJ104 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ104 properly. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 2 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ202, PJ602, and PJ409. PJ202, PJ602, and PJ409 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ202, PJ602, and PJ409 properly. Remove the Tray 2 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n).Install the Tray 1 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 2 Feed Motor. Execute DC330[813][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
N Restore the Tray 1 Feed Motor to the original position. Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
Restore the Tray 1 Feed Motor to the original position. Replace the Tray 2 Feed Motor. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
12/05 2-105
73-210 Tray3 Lift Up/No Tray Fail

The 2TM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the 2TM-Tray 3 Feed Motor had turned ON. The 2TM-Tray 3 Size Sensor detected no tray. The TTM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the TTMTray 3 Feed Motor had turned ON. The TTM-Tray 3 Size Sensor detected no tray.

Procedure
Procedure
73-210 Tray3 Lift Up/No Tray Fail, 73-211 Tray3 Size
12/05 2-106

B Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-9][71-309]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor4 (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ825, PJ842, PJ548, PJ541 and PJ413. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J825 and J548 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-1 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 4 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ220A, PJ661A, PJ549A, PJ541, and PJ413. PJ220A, PJ661A, PJ549A, PJ541, and PJ413 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ220A, PJ661A, PJ549A, PJ541, and PJ413 properly. Remove the Tray 4 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n).Install the Tray 3 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 4 Feed Motor.Execute DC330[8-14][739]. Running sound of the Tray 4 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Restore the Tray 3 Feed Motor to the original position. Check the wire between J220A and J549A for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J220A and J549A is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n). Restore the Tray 3 Feed Motor to the original position. Replace the Tray 4 Feed Motor. Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).
Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor4 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Out Sensor4 (PLn.n). Check the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B5 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the TM PWB. A B 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12/05 2-107

Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-8][71-308]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ821, PJ841, PJ548, PJ541, and PJ413. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J821 and J548 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
A Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413. PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 properly. Remove the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 4 Feed Motor (PLn.n).Install the Tray 4 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 3 Feed Motor.Execute DC330[8-14][739]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the original position. Check the wire between J220B and J549B for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J220B and J549B is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n). Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed Motor. Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).
Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the TM PWB. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). A Status-indicator-raps
12/05 2-108

Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-6][71-306]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410. PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 properly. Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413. PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 properly. Remove the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 4 Feed Motor (PLn.n).Install the Tray 4 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 3 Feed Motor.Execute DC330[8-14][739]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12/05 2-109
N Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the original position. Check the wire between J220B and J549B for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J220B and J549B is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).
Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed Motor. Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Procedure
Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connection of PJ104. The PJ104 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ104 properly. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[8-2][73-6]. Operating sound of the Takeaway Clutch (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of PJ204 and PJ410. PJ204 and PJ410 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ204 and PJ410 properly. Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Clutch (PLn.n) (between P204-1 and P204-4). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Takeaway Clutch (PLn.n). A B Status-indicator-raps
12/05 2-110
74-210 Tray4 Lift Up/No Tray Fail

The 2TM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the 2TM-Tray 4 Feed Motor had turned ON. The 2TM-Tray 4 Size Sensor detected no tray. The TTM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the TTMTray 4 Feed Motor had turned ON. The TTM-Tray 4 Size Sensor detected no tray.

Procedure
Procedure
12/05 2-111
12/05 2-112
75-135 Regi SNR On JAM (MSI Feed)

The Regi SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the MSI Feed Solenoid had turned ON.
N Check the connections of PJ205 and PJ411. PJ205 and PJ411 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ205 and PJ411 properly. Measure the resistance of the MSI Feed Solenoid (PLn.n) (between P205-1 and P205-2). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the MSI Feed Solenoid (PLn.n). Check the wire between P205 and J411 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between P205 and J411 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Check the guide. The guide is set properly. Y N Set the guide properly. Check installation of the MSI. The MSI is installed properly. Y N Install the MSI properly. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ104 properly. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[4-1][42-1]. The Main Motor (PLn.n) starts rotating and the fuser starts operating. Y N Go to the Main Drive Assy FIP. Execute DC330[8-17][71-12]. Operating sound of the MSI Feed Solenoid (PLn.n) can be heard. 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12/05 2-113
12/05 2-114
77-329 Main Motor Stop Error

The Main Motor did not stop when no paper is being fed.
77-310 Image Ready Error

The MCU PWB did not receive the ESS PWB image-ready signal at the specified timing.
Procedure
Execute DCnnn[nnn-nnn] to check the ROM version. The ROM version is the latest. Y N Replace with the latest ROM (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Execute DCnnn[nnn-nnn] to check the ROM Version. The ROM version is the latest. Y N Replace with the latest ROM (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n) and ESS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
12/05 2-115
77-329 Main Motor Stop Error, 77-310 Image Ready
77-131 DUP Wait SNR On Jam

The DUP Wait SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Exit 2 MOTOR had turned ON.
77-113 Exit SNR2 Off Jam

The Exit SNR 2 did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Exit SNR 2 had turned ON.
Procedure
Check installation of DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed properly. Y N Install the DUP Module properly. Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-31][71-314]. Place paper in front of the DUP Wait SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed to L. Y N Check the wire between J123 and J541 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the DUP Wait SNR (PLn.n) and DUP PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Execute DC330[8-38][73-16]. Running sound of the DUP Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between J212 and J542 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the DUP Motor (PLn.n) and DUP PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check installation of the Exit 2 Module. The Exit 2 Module is installed properly. Y N Install the Exit 2 Module properly. Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[10-52][71-319]. Place paper in front of the Exit SNR 2 (PLn.n). The display has changed to L. Y N Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit SNR 2 (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Execute DC330[10-8][47-22]. Running sound of the Exit Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between J208 and J433 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit Motor (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).
Replace the DUP PWB (PLn.n).
77-131 DUP Wait SNR On Jam, 77-113 Exit SNR2 Off
12/05 2-116
77-109 Exit SNR2 On Jam

The Exit SNR 2 did not turn ON within the specified time after the Exit SNR 1 had turned ON.
77-103 Exit SNR1 Off Jam

The Exit SNR 1 did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Exit SNR 1 had turned ON.
Procedure
Check installation of the Exit 2 Module. The Exit 2 Module is installed properly. Y N Install the Exit 2 Module properly. Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[10-52][71-319]. Place paper in front of the Exit SNR 2 (PLn.n). The display has changed to L. Y N Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit SNR 2 (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Execute DC330[10-8][47-22]. Running sound of the Exit Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between J208 and J433 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit Motor (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check installation of the fuser. The fuser is installed properly. Y N Install the fuser properly. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[10-23][10-100]. Operate the actuator of the Exit SNR 1 (PLn.n) manually. The display has changed. Y N Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit SNR 1 (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Execute DC330[4-1][42-1]. The Main Motor (PLn.n) starts rotating and the fuser starts operating. Y N Go to the Main Drive Assy FIP. Execute DC330[10-8][47-22]. Running sound of the Exit Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between J208 and J433 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit Motor (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Execute DC330[10-5][47-24]. The Exit Solenoid (PLn.n) starts operating and the gates starts switching. Y N Check the wire between J209 and J433 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J209 and J433 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit Solenoid (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).
12/05 2-117
77-109 Exit SNR2 On Jam, 77-103 Exit SNR1 Off
77-106 Exit SNR1 On Jam

The Exit SNR 1 did not turn ON within the specified time after the Regi CL had turned ON.
77-101 Regi SNR Off Jam (Too Long)

The Regi SNR did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Regi CL had turned ON.
Procedure
Check installation of the fuser. The fuser is installed properly. Y N Install the fuser properly. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[10-23][10-100]. Operate the actuator of the Exit SNR 1 (PLn.n) manually. The display has changed. Y N Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit SNR 1 (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Execute DC330[4-1][42-1]. The Main Motor (PLn.n) starts rotating and the fuser starts operating. Y N Go to the Main Drive Assy FIP. Execute DC330[9-27][91-4]. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403A-5 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Check the wire between J403 and J500 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J403 and J500 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Drum Cartridge (PLn.n), HVPS (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ104 properly. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[8-10][89-2]. Operating sound of the Regi Clutch (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the connection of PJ251. PJ251 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ251 properly. Measure the resistance of the Regi Clutch (PLn.n) (between P215-1 and P215-2). The resistance is **Ohm. Y N Replace the Regi Clutch (PLn.n).
77-106 Exit SNR1 On Jam, 77-101 Regi SNR Off Jam
12/05 2-118
77-101 Regi SNR Off Jam (Too Short)

The Regi SNR did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Regi CL had turned ON.
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ104 properly. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
12/05 2-119
77-101 Regi SNR Off Jam (Too Long), 77-101 Regi
77-129 Regi SNR On Jam (DUP Feed. Stop Case)

In the case when DUP feeding stops, the Regi SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the DUP Motor had turned ON.
B Replace the DUP Motor (PLn.n) and DUP PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check installation of DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed properly. Y N Install the DUP Module properly. Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ104 properly. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[8-38][73-16]. Running sound of the DUP Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between J212 and J542 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Status-indicator-raps 12/05 2-120
77-129 Regi SNR On Jam (DUP Feed. Stop Case)
77-130 Regi SNR On Jam (DUP Feed. Non-stop Case)

n the case of non-stop DUP feeding, the Regi SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the DUP Wait SNR had turned ON.
N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the DUP Wait SNR (PLn.n) and DUP PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Execute DC330[8-38][73-16]. Running sound of the DUP Motor (PLn.n) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between J212 and J542 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the DUP Motor (PLn.n) and DUP PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check installation of DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed properly. Y N Install the DUP Module properly. Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Foreign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path. Y N Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder. Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ104 properly. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[8-31][71-314]. Place paper in front of the DUP Wait SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed to L. Y N Check the wire between J123 and J541 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12/05 2-121
77-130 Regi SNR On Jam (DUP Feed. Non-stop
77-902 Exit SNR2 Static Jam

Paper remains on the Exit SNR 2.
77-901 Exit SNR1 Static Jam

Paper remains on the Exit SNR 1.
Procedure
Execute DC330[10-52][71-319]. Place paper in front of the Exit SNR 2 (PLn.n). The display has changed to L. Y N Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit SNR 2 (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Execute DC330[10-23][10-100]. Operate the actuator of the Exit SNR 1 (PLn.n) manually. The display has changed. Y N Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit SNR 1 (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
77-902 Exit SNR2 Static Jam, 77-901 Exit SNR1 Static
12/05 2-122
77-900 Regi SNR Static Jam

Paper remains on the Regi SNR.
77-904 F/O#2 SNR Static Jam

Paper remains on the F/O#2 SNR.
Procedure
Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ104 properly. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
Procedure
Execute DC330[8-6][71-306]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410. PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 properly. Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
12/05 2-123
77-900 Regi SNR Static Jam, 77-904 F/O#2 SNR


Procedure
Execute DC330[8-8][71-308]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ821, PJ841, PJ548, PJ541, and PJ413. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J821 and J548 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
Procedure
Execute DC330[8-9][71-309]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor4 (PLn.n). The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ825, PJ842, PJ548, PJ541 and PJ413. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J825 and J548 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-1 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the TM PWB. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor4 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Feed Out Sensor4 (PLn.n). Check the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B5 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the TM PWB. Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).
77-905 F/O#3 SNR Static Jam, 77-906 F/O#4 SNR Stat-
12/05 2-124
77-907 DUP Wait SNR Static Jam

Paper remains on the DUP Wait SNR.
77-211 TM Type Error

A Tray Module with different specifications is connected.
Procedure
Execute DC330[8-31][71-314]. Place paper in front of the DUP Wait SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed to L. Y N Check the wire between J123 and J541 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the DUP Wait SNR (PLn.n) and DUP PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. DUP PWB (PLn.n)
Procedure
Check the settings for DIP SW on the TM PWB. The specifications are correct. Y N Set the correct specifications. Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the connection of each 2TM PWB or TTM PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Turn on the power again. H7-8 has occurred again. Y N End Check the wire between J541 and J413 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J541 and J413 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). voltage is
12/05 2-125
77-907 DUP Wait SNR Static Jam, 77-211 TM Type
77-301 IOT L/H Cover Open

The IOT L/H Cover is open.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the IOT L/H Cover. The IOT L/H Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Correct the installation and deformation of the IOT L/H Cover. Check installation of the IOT L/H Cover Open Switch. The IOT L/H Cover Open Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the IOT L/H Cover Open Switch properly. Execute DC330[1-1][71-300]. Open/close the IOT L/H Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ120 and PJ405. PJ120 and PJ405 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ120 and PJ405 properly. Check the wire between J405 and J120 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J405 and J120 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between J405-1 and J405-2) of the IOT L/H Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J405-1 and J405-2 is connecting successfully when the IOT L/H Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the IOT L/H Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P405-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Check the connections of PJ526 and PJ400. PJ526 and PJ400 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ526 and PJ400 properly. Check the wire between PJ526 and PJ400 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between PJ526 and PJ400 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
D Check the connections of PJ523 and PJ300. PJ523 and PJ300 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ523 and PJ300 properly. Check the wire between J523 and J300 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J523 and J300 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Control PWB P300-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Control PWB. Replace the Power Unit.
Replace the MCU PWB. Replace the MCU PWB. Replace the MCU PWB.
A B C D Status-indicator-raps
77-301 IOT L/H Cover Open
12/05 2-126
77-300 IOT Front Cover Open

The IOT Front Cover is open.
77-309 L/H-L Cover Open

The L/H-L Cover is open.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the IOT Front Cover. The IOT Front Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Correct the installation and deformation of the IOT Front Cover. Check installation of the IOT Front Cover Open Switch. The IOT Front Cover Open Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the IOT Front Cover Open Switch properly. Execute DC330[1-12][71-303]. Open/close the IOT Front Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ121 and PJ405. PJ121 and PJ405 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ121 and PJ405 properly. Check the wire between J405 and J121 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J405 and J121 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between J405-3 and J405-4) of the IOT Front Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J405-3 and J405-4 is connecting successfully when the IOT Front Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the IOT Front Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB. Replace the MCU PWB.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the IOT L/H-L Cover. The IOT L/H-L Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Correct the installation and deformation of the IOT L/H-L Cover. Check installation of the IOT L/H-L Cover Open Switch. The IOT L/H-L Cover Open Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the IOT L/H-L Cover Open Switch properly. Execute DC330[1-11][71-302]. Open/close the IOT L/H-L Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ106 and PJ410. PJ106 and PJ410 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ106 and PJ410 properly. Check the wire between PJ106 and PJ410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between PJ106 and PJ410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between J410-11 and J410-12) of the IOT L/H-L Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J410-11 and J410-12 is connecting successfully when the IOT L/H-L Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the IOT L/H-L Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB. Replace the MCU PWB.
12/05 2-127
77-300 IOT Front Cover Open, 77-309 L/H-L Cover
77-305 TM (2TM or TTM) Cover Open

The 2TM Cover is open. The TTM Cover is open.
77-308 L/H-H Cover Open

The L/H-H Cover is open.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover. The 2TM Cover or TTM Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Correct the installation and deformation of the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover. Check installation of the 2TM Cover Switch or TTM Cover Switch. The 2TM Cover Switch or TTM Cover Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the 2TM Cover Switch or TTM Cover Switch properly. Execute DC330[1-10][71-301]. Open/close the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ554, FS812, and FS813. PJ554, FS812, and FS813 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ554, FS812, and FS813 properly. Check the wire between J554-2 and FS812 and between J554-1 and FS813 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wires between J554-2 and FS812 and between J554-1 and FS813 are conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between FS813 and FS812) of the 2TM Cover Switch (PLn.n) or TTM Cover Switch (PLn.n). The wire between FS813 and FS812 is connecting successfully when the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the 2TM Cover Switch (PLn.n) or TTM Cover Switch (PLn.n). Replace the TM PWB. Replace the TM PWB.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the IOT L/H-H Cover. The IOT L/H-H Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Correct the installation and deformation of the IOT L/H-H Cover. Check installation of the IOT L/H-H Cover Open Switch. The IOT L/H-H Cover Open Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the IOT L/H-H Cover Open Switch properly. Execute DC330[1-13][71-304]. Open/close the IOT L/H-H Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ434, PJ116, PJ606, and SJ1. The PJ434, PJ116, PJ606, and SJ1 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ434, PJ116, PJ606, and SJ1 properly. Check the wire between J434 and J116 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J434 and J116 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between J434-12 and J434-13) of the IOT L/H-H Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J434-12 and J434-13 is connecting successfully when the IOT L/H-H Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the IOT L/H-H Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB. Replace the MCU PWB.
77-305 TM (2TM or TTM) Cover Open, 77-308 L/H-H
12/05 2-128
77-307 DUP Cover Open

The DUP Cover is open.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the DUP Cover. The DUP Cover can be opened/closed properly. Y N Correct the installation and deformation of the DUP Cover. Check installation of the DUP Cover Open Switch. The DUP Cover Open Switch is installed properly. Y N Install the DUP Cover Open Switch properly. Execute DC330[8-33][71-315]. Open/close the DUP Cover. The display has changed. Y N Check the connections of PJ124 and PJ541. PJ124 and PJ541 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ124 and PJ541 properly. Check the wire between J124 and J541 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J124 and J541 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check conductivity (between J541-4 and J541-5) of the DUP Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J541-4and J541-5 is connecting successfully when the DUP Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened. Y N Replace the DUP Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). Replace the MCU PWB. Replace the MCU PWB.
12/05 2-129
12/05 2-130
91-912 Drum Cartridge Set Fail

The Drum Cartridge unit is not installed.
Procedure
Check the Drum Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. installa-
B Measure the voltage between the Power Unit P526-7 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the Power Unit. Replace the MCU PWB.
voltage
is
Replace the MCU PWB.
Execute DC330[9-2][91-200]. Install the Drum Cartridge. The display has changed to L. Y N Check the connections of PJ404, PJ403, and PJ400. PJ404, PJ403, and PJ400 are connected properly. Y N Connect PJ404, PJ403, and PJ400 properly. Check conductivity (between J404-1 and J404-3) of the Xero Interlock Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J404-1 and J404-3 is connecting successfully when the Drum Cartridge is installed, and is insulated when removed. Y N Replace the Xero Interlock Switch (PLn.n). Check the wire between J403 and J404 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J403 and J404 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check connectivity (between J610-3 and J610-7) of the loop circuit of the Drum Cartridge (PLn.n). The wire between J610-3 and J610-7 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Replace the Drum Cartridge (PLn.n). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413B-11 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P404-1 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB. voltage is
Check the wire between J400 and J526 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J400 and J526 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
12/05 2-131
91-912 Drum Cartridge Set Fail
91-913 Drum Cartridge Life Over

It is time to replace the Drum Cartridge.
91-914 Drum cartridge CRUM Communication Fail

Communication error between the CRUM and CRUM ASIC PWB in the Drum Cartridge.
Procedure
Procedure
Check installation of the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is installed properly. Y N Install the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB properly. Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJ419. PJ419 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ419 properly. Check the connection of the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB PJ126. PJ126 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ126 properly. Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between P126 and J419 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Drum Cartridge, Drum CRUM Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
91-913 Drum Cartridge Life Over, 91-914 Drum car-
12/05 2-132
91-915 Drum Cartridge CRUM Data Write Fail

Data write error of the CRUM in the Drum Cartridge.
91-916 Drum Cartridge CRUM ID Fail

A Drum Cartridge with invalid specification was installed.
Procedure
Procedure
12/05 2-133
91-915 Drum Cartridge CRUM Data Write Fail, 91-
91-401 Drum Life Was Near To End

The Drum Cartridge needs to be replaced soon.
Procedure
91-401 Drum Life Was Near To End
12/05 2-134
92-910 ATC SNR Fail

The ATC Sensor has a failure.
92-660 ATC SNR Fail

The output value of the ATC Sensor is out of range. (Hidden Failure) installa-
Procedure
Check the Drum Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the read data of the ATC Sensor with NVM. The NVM value is 0. Y N Check the connection of PJ403. PJ403 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ403 properly. Check the wire between J403 and P610 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J403 and P610 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB. Replace the Drum Cartridge. Check the read data of the ATC Sensor with NVM. The NVM value is 200 or less. Y N Check the Drum Cartridge Seals. Are the seals removed? Y N Remove the Drum Cartridge Seals. Replace the MCU PWB. Replace the Drum Cartridge and MCU PWB in sequence.
Procedure
12/05 2-135
92-910 ATC SNR Fail, 92-660 ATC SNR Fail
Warning Temperature SNR Fail

The output value of the Hum & Temp Sensor temperature detection part is out of range. (Hidden Failure)
Warning Humidity SNR Fail

The output value of the Hum & Temp Sensor humidity detection part is out of range. (Hidden Failure)
Procedure
Procedure
Warning Temperature SNR Fail, Warning Humidity
12/05 2-136
Warning 12-961 Stacker Tray FULL(No Mix) :Finisher

The paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches the specified capacity (for the same paper size only).
Warning 12-960 Stacker Tray FULL(Mix Size) :Finisher

The paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches the specified capacity (for mixed paper size).
Procedure
Procedure
12/05 2-137
Warning 12-961 Stacker Tray FULL(No Mix) :Finish-
92-661 Temperature SNR Fail

Procedure
92-662 Humidity SNR Fail

Procedure
92-661 Temperature SNR Fail, 92-662 Humidity SNR
12/05 2-138
93-312 Toner Dispense Motor Fail

The toner density in the Drum Cartridge did not rise after the Toner Dispense Motor had been turned ON for the specified time.
93-912 Toner Cartridge Empty Fail

All the toner in the Toner Cartridge has been consumed.
Procedure
Check the Drum Cartridge Seals. Are the seals removed? Y N Remove the Drum Cartridge Seals. Execute DC330[15-63][93-1]. Running sound of the Toner Dispense Motor can be heard. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J420-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Execute DC330[15-63][93-1]. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J420-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Check the wire between J420 and J216 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J214-14 and J40B-1 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Dispense Motor (PLn.n). Check the Transport Pipe. The Transport Pipe is normal without blockage. Y N Clear the blockage. Replace the Drum Cartridge (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check the Toner Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. installa-
Check installation of the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is installed properly. Y N Install the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB properly. Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJ419. PJ419 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ419 properly. Check the connection of the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB PJ127. PJ127 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ127 properly. Check the wire between P127 and J419 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between P127 and J419 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the Toner Cartridge, Toner CRUM Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
12/05 2-139
93-312 Toner Dispense Motor Fail, 93-912 Toner
93-924 Toner cartridge CRUM Communication Fail

Communication error between the CRUM and CRUM ASIC PWB in the Toner Cartridge.
93-925 MCU Toner Cartridge CRUM Data Write Fail

Data write error of the CRUM in the Toner Cartridge.
Procedure
Procedure
93-924 Toner cartridge CRUM Communication Fail,
12/05 2-140
93-926 Toner Cartridge CRUM ID Fail

A Toner Cartridge with invalid specification was installed.
93-400 Toner Cartridge Was NEAR Empty

Toner in the Toner Cartridge is running low. It is time to replace it.
Procedure
Procedure
12/05 2-141
93-926 Toner Cartridge CRUM ID Fail, 93-400 Toner
93-406 Toner Cartridge Was PRENEAR Empty

Toner in the Toner Cartridge is running low. However, it can be still used.
A Replace the Drum Cartridge, Toner Cartridge, Toner CRUM Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.
Procedure
Check the Drum Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the connection of PJ403. PJ403 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ403 properly. Check the wire between J403 and P610 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J403 and P610 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-12 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB. voltage is installa-
Check the Toner Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
installa-
Check installation of the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is installed properly. Y N Install the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB properly. Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJ419. PJ419 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ419 properly. Check the connection of the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB PJ127. PJ127 is connected properly. Y N Connect PJ127 properly. Check the wire between P127 and J419 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between P127 and J419 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). A Status-indicator-raps 12/05 93-406 Toner Cartridge Was PRENEAR Empty 2-142
H2-8 DUP MODULE Type Fail

A DUP Module with invalid specification was installed.
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the connection of each DUP Module PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly. Y N Connect the connectors properly. Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J100 and J409 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417A-1 (+) and GND (-). The approx. 5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n). Replace the DUP PWB (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence. voltage is
12/05 2-143
12/05 2-144
3 Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs
IQ1IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.................................................................................... IQ2IIT Image Quality Entry RAP ..................................................................................... IQ3Low Image Density RAP............................................................................................ IQ4Wrinkled Image RAP ................................................................................................. IQ5Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP ............................................................................... IQ6Background RAP ....................................................................................................... IQ7Deletion RAP ............................................................................................................. IQ8Skew/Misregistration RAP ......................................................................................... IQ9Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP ................................................ IQ10Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP ............................................................................ IQ11Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears RAP............................................... IQ12Mottle RAP .............................................................................................................. IQ13Spots RAP ............................................................................................................... IQ14Black Prints RAP ..................................................................................................... IQ15Blank Image RAP .................................................................................................... Image Quality Specifications ........................................................................................... 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 13
Defect Samples
Image Defect Samples ....................................................................................................
12/05 3-1
Image Quality
Image Quality
12/05 3-2
IQ1IOT Image Quality Entry RAP

Initial Actions
Determine whether the problem occurs in Copy Mode or Printer Mode. If the problem occurs in Copy Mode, go to IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP.
IQ2IIT Image Quality Entry RAP

Initial Actions
Clean the Platen Glass. Clean the mirrors and lens with lint-free cloth.
Procedure
Determine the problem and go to the relevant RAP. Table 1 Problem Low Image Density Wrinkled Image Residual Image (Ghosting) Background Deletion Skew/Misregistration Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears Unfused Copy/Toner Offset Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears Mottle Spots Black Prints Blank Image Symptoms Overall low density of images. The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn. RAP IQ3RAP IQ4 RAP
Procedure
Determine the problem and go to the relevant RAP. Table 1 Problem Low Image Density Background Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears Spots Black Prints IQ10 RAP IQ11 RAP Symptoms Overall low density of images. RAP IQ3 RAP
Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous IQ5 RAP page or current page appear as ghost images on the paper. Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. IQ6 RAP The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains. Part of the image is missing. Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation. Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. The images come off easily when rubbed. Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation. Uneven printed image density. Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page. Paper is printed completely black. Paper is printed completely white. IQ7 RAP IQ9 RAP Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper. IQ8 RAP
Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. IQ6 RAP The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains. Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation. Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation. Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page. Paper is printed completely black. IQ9 RAP
IQ11 RAP
IQ13 RAP IQ14 RAP
IQ12 RAP IQ13 RAP IQ14 RAP IQ15 RAP
12/05 3-3
Image Quality
IQ1, IQ2
IQ3Low Image Density RAP

Overall low density of images.
IQ4Wrinkled Image RAP

The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn.
Procedure
Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean. Y N Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass. Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion. Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The reoccurs. Y N End problem
Procedure
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications. Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The reoccurs. Y N End problem
Check for foreign substances and distortions in the paper delivery path. There are no foreign substances or distortions in the paper delivery path. Y N Remove the foreign substances and correct the distortion. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is heard (ie. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum. There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Replace the BTR followed by the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Image Quality
IQ3, IQ4
12/05 3-4
IQ5Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP

Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous page or current page appear as ghost images on the paper.
IQ6Background RAP
Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains.
Procedure
Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The reoccurs. Y N End problem
Procedure
Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean. Y N Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3). Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The reoccurs. Y N End problem
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean. Y N Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the HVPS and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
12/05 3-5
Image Quality
IQ5, IQ6
IQ7Deletion RAP
Part of the image is missing.
IQ8Skew/Misregistration RAP
Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper.
Procedure
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications. Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The reoccurs. Y N End problem
Procedure
Check the location where the machine is installed. The machine is installed on a stable horizontal surface. Y N Install the machine on a stable horizontal surface. Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check the installation of the Paper Cassette. The Paper Cassette is correctly installed. Y N Install the Paper Cassette correctly. Check for distortion in the paper delivery path. There is no distortion in the paper delivery path. Y N Correct the distortion or replace the distorted part. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Check the surface of the BTR for distortion. There is no distortion on the surface of the BTR. Y N Replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Image Quality
IQ7, IQ8
12/05 3-6
IQ9Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP

Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.
A Y
N Clean the ROS Window. If there is a scratch, replace the ROS Window.
Procedure
Check the IIT Carriage Mirrors for scratches and dirt. There are no scratches or dirt on the mirrors. Y N Clean the mirrors. If there is a scratch or stubborn stain, replace the No.1/No.2/No.3 Mirror (PL 11.6). Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The reoccurs. Y N End problem
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean. Y N Clean the paper delivery path. Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror. Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean. Y N Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror. Check the ROS Window for scratches and distortion. The ROS Window is clean and there are no scratches. A 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12/05 3-7
Image Quality
IQ9
IQ10Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP

Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. The images come off easily when rubbed.
IQ11Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears RAP

Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.
Procedure
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications. Use paper stored under room conditions. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check the power supply voltage. The voltage is within the specified range. Y N Connect a power supply with voltage within the specified range. Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check the fusing temperature using the Diagnostics. A normal fusing temperature is set. Y N Set a normal fusing temperature. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Procedure
Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There are no foreign substances or distortion of the parts. Y N Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly. Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The reoccurs. Y N End problem
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Check the pitch of the black streaks or blanks. The pitch of the black streaks or blanks are approx.78mm (the circumference of the Heat Roll). Y N Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Image Quality
IQ10, IQ11
12/05 3-8
IQ12Mottle RAP
Uneven printed image density.
IQ13Spots RAP
Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page.
Procedure
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications. Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The reoccurs. Y N End problem
Procedure
Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean. Y N Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3). Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The reoccurs. Y N End problem
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean. Y N Clean the paper delivery path. Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean. Y N Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications. Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
12/05 3-9
Image Quality
IQ12, IQ13
IQ14Black Prints RAP

Paper is printed completely black.
IQ15Blank Image RAP

Paper is printed completely white.
Procedure
Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There are no foreign substances or distortion of the parts. Y N Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly. Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The reoccurs. Y N End problem
Procedure
Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly. Y N Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly. Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion. Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The reoccurs. Y N End problem
Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check the connections of PJ500 and PJ406. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between P/J500-4 and P/J403A-12 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between P/J500-4 and P/J403A-12 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the wires between P/J160 and P/J311 and between P/J170 and P/J311for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wires between P/J160 and P/J311 and between P/J170 and P/J311 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the HVPS followed by the ROS Unit (PL 3.1), the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is heard (ie. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum. There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum. Y N Check the connections of P/J140 and P/J406. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly. Y N Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly. Measure the voltage of the MCU PWB P/J406-2. The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wire between P/J140 and P/J406 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between P/J140 and P/J406 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the BTR followed by the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Image Quality
IQ14, IQ15
12/05 3-10
Image Quality Specifications

TBD
12/05 3-11
Image Quality
Image Quality
12/05 3-12
Image Defect Samples

TBD
12/05 3-13
Image Quality
Image Quality
12/05 3-14
4 Repairs & Adjustments

1. DRIVE
REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly .................................................................................... 3 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 20 24 28 30 32 33 38 40 41 42 44 46 50 55 56 57 64 66 69 70 72
2. PAPER TRANSPORT
REP 2.1.1 REP 2.1.2 REP 2.3.1 REP 2.4.1 REP 2.5.1 REP 2.6.1 REP 2.6.2 Feeder 1 Assembly....................................................................................... Feeder 2 Assembly....................................................................................... Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll...................................................................... Registration Unit ........................................................................................... Takeaway Roll .............................................................................................. BTR Roll ....................................................................................................... L/H Upper Cover Unit ...................................................................................
REP 13.1.2 Tray 4 Assembly ......................................................................................... REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable ................................................................................ REP 13.4.1 Tray 4 Feeder ............................................................................................. REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 Feeder ............................................................................................. REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll ............................................................................ REP 13.8.1TTM PWB .....................................................................................................
73 74 76 79 81 82 84 86 87 89 91 92 93 95 96 99 106 107 110 113 114 119 120 121 125 129 131 133 135 136 138 140 141 142 143 144
15. DADF
REP 15.1.1 REP 15.1.2 REP 15.2.1 REP 15.2.2 REP 15.3.1 REP 15.3.2 REP 15.3.3 REP 15.4.1 REP 15.6.1 REP 15.8.1 DADF .......................................................................................................... DADF Platen Cushion................................................................................. DADF Document Tray ................................................................................ DADF Feeder Assembly ............................................................................. DADF PWB ................................................................................................ Left Counter Balance .................................................................................. Right Counter Balance................................................................................ Retard Roll.................................................................................................. Nudger Roll, Feed Roll ............................................................................... Regi Roll .....................................................................................................
3. ROS
REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit.......................................................................................................
4. XERO/DEVE
REP 4.2.1Dispense Motor...............................................................................................
5. FUSER
REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit .....................................................................................................
16. FINISHER
REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly ................................................................................ REP 16.3.1 H-Transport Belt ......................................................................................... REP 16.4.1 Finisher Assembly ...................................................................................... REP 16.5.1 Stack Height Sensor Assembly .................................................................. REP 16.5.2 Eject Roll Assembly .................................................................................... REP 16.6.1 Decurler Roll ............................................................................................... REP 16.6.2 Finisher Drive Motor ................................................................................... REP 16.7.1 Belt.............................................................................................................. REP 16.8.1 Rail.............................................................................................................. REP 16.8.2 Staple Assembly ......................................................................................... REP 16.9.1 Compiler Tray Assembly............................................................................. REP 16.10.1 Stacker Motor Assembly ........................................................................... REP 16.10.2 Elevator Belt Assembly ............................................................................. REP 16.11.1 Paddle Gear Shaft ................................................................................... REP 16.12.1 Finisher PWB ............................................................................................
6. EXIT
REP 6.1.1 Exit2 + OCT2 ................................................................................................
7. MSI
REP 7.1.1 MSI Assembly............................................................................................... REP 7.2.1 MSI Feed Roll/Retard Pad............................................................................
9. ELECTRICAL
REP 9.1.1 EVE PWB .....................................................................................................
11. IIT
REP 11.1.1 REP 11.2.1 REP 11.3.1 REP 11.3.2 REP 11.4.1 REP 11.5.1 REP 11.5.2 REP 11.6.1 REP 11.6.2 Platen Cushion ........................................................................................... Control Panel .............................................................................................. Platen Glass ............................................................................................... IIT/IPS PWB................................................................................................ Lens Kit Assembly ...................................................................................... Carriage Cable............................................................................................ Carriage Motor............................................................................................ Exposure Lamp........................................................................................... Lamp Wire Harness ....................................................................................
9. ELECTRICAL
ADJ 9.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration ........................................................... ADJ 9.2 Edge Erase Value Adjustment .........................................................................
12. TRAY MODULE - 2T

REP 12.1.1 Tray 3 Feeder ............................................................................................. REP 12.1.2 Tray 4 Feeder ............................................................................................. REP 12.3.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll............................................................................ REP 12.6.12TM PWB .....................................................................................................
11. IIT
ADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration ........................................................ ADJ 11.2.1 Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment........................................................................ ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment ...............................................
15.
ADJ 15.1.1 DADF Side Registration ............................................................................................ 148 ADJ 15.1.2 DADF Original Detection Correction (DC527: Size Detection Auto-Correction Function)150 ADJ 15.1.3 DADF Non-Standard Sized Original Customized Registration Function.................. 151 2nd Draft Chihiro
13. Tray Module - TT

REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly ......................................................................................... Repairs/Adjustments
12/05 4-1
ADJ 15.1.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration .................................................................................. ADJ 15.1.5 DADF Height Adjustment.......................................................................................... ADJ 15.1.6 DADF Position Adjustment .......................................................................................
153 156 157
2nd Draft Chihiro
12/05 4-2
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly

Parts List on PL 1.1 Removal WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 10.2) 2. 3. Open the Left Upper Chute. Disconnect the belt and connector. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the flange. Remove the belt. Remove the pulley. Disconnect CN102. Disconnect CN101.
Figure 1 Disconnecting the belt and connector (j0st40101)

4. Remove the bracket. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Remove the E-Clip. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the bracket.
12/05 4-2
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 1.1.1
Figure 2 Removing the bracket (j0st40102)

5. Remove the Main Drive Assembly. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x4). Remove the Main Drive Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the Main Drive Assembly (j0st40103)
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 1.1.1
12/05 4-3
REP 2.1.1 Feeder 1 Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the MSI Assembly. (REP 7.1.1 ) 2.Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (REP 2.6.2) 3.Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws (x3). Remove the Gear Assembly. Disconnect the connector.
Figure 1 Removing the Gear Assembly (j0st40201)

4.Remove Tray 1. 5.Remove the Feeder 1 Assembly. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect P/J601. Release the Wire Harness from the clamps (x2). Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Feeder 1 Assembly.
12/05 4-4
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.1.1
REP 2.1.2 Feeder 2 Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the MSI Assembly. (REP 7.1.1 ) 2.Open the L/H Lower Cover. 3.Remove Tray 2. 4.Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws (x3). Remove the Gear Assembly. Disconnect the connector.
Figure 2 Removing the Feeder 1 Assembly (j0st40204)
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.1.1 , REP 2.1.2
12/05 4-5

5.Remove the Feeder 2 Assembly. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect P/J602. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Feeder 2 Assembly.
Figure 2 Removing the Feeder 2 Assembly (j0st40208)
Replacement
12/05 4-6
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.1.2
REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll

Parts List on PL 2.3 Removal
NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll is described here. Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll replacement is the same as for Tray 1. NOTE: When replacing the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll, enter Diag. mode and clear the counter for the Tray 1 Feed counter (sheets). [741/511] (For Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll: [741/512])
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. NOTE: The Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll must be replaced at the same time. 1.Remove Tray 1. 2.Slide the guide to the front. (Figure 1) 1. Slide the guide.
Figure 1 Sliding the guide to the front (j0st40205)

3.Remove the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll. (Figure 2) 1. Remove the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.3.1
12/05 4-7
REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit
Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll (j0st40206)
Replacement
12/05 4-8
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.3.1

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the L/H Upper Chute Unit. (REP 2.6.2) 2.Free the Regi. Assenbly. (Figure 1) NOTE: The connectors are connected on the inner side of the Regi. Assenbly. 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws (x2). Slide the Regi. Assenbly to the rear. Slightly lift up the Regi. Assenbly and remove it.
Figure 1 Setting free the Regi. Assenbly (j0st40212)

3.Remove the registration unit. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn over the registration unit. Disconnect P/J215. Disconnect P/J104. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. Remove the registration unit.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.4.1
12/05 4-9
REP 2.5.1 Takeaway Roll

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the MSI Assembly. (REP 7.1.1 ) 2.Open the Left Lower Chute. 3.Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws (x3). Remove the Gear Assembly. Disconnect the connector.
Figure 2 Removing the Regi. Assenbly (j0st40213)
Replacement
12/05 4-10
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.4.1 , REP 2.5.1

4.Remove the chute. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the chute.
Figure 2 Removing the chute (j0st40202)

5.Remove the Takeaway Roll. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the KL-Clip. Slide out the Takeaway Roll.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.5.1
12/05 4-11
REP 2.6.1 BTR Roll

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Open the L/H Upper Cover. 2.Remove the BTR Roll Assembly. (PL 2.6) 3.Remove the BTR Roll. (Figure 1) NOTE: Do not remove the cover at the front. 1. 2. Remove the cover at the rear. Remove the BTR Roll.
Figure 3 Removing the Takeaway Roll (j0st40209)
Replacement
12/05 4-12
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.5.1, REP 2.6.1
REP 2.6.2 L/H Upper Cover Unit

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the MSI. (REP 7.1.1 ) 2.Open the L/H Upper Cover. 3.Hold the cover and pull out the pin. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the E-Clip. Pull out the pin.
Figure 1 Removing the BTR Roll (j0st40210)
Replacement
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.6.1, REP 2.6.2
12/05 4-13
Figure 1 Pulling out the pin (j0st40214)

4.Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Open the L/H Upper Cover Unit until it becomes horizontal. Lift up the unit and remove it.
Figure 2 Removing the L/H Upper Cover Unit (j0st40215)
Replacement
12/05 4-14
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.6.2
Repairs/Adjustments
12/05 4-17
REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. Remove the following parts: 2. 3. CRU (PL 4.1) Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1) Front Left Cover (PL 10.1) Top Cover (PL 10.1)
Remove the Front Door and the Inner Cover. (PL 10.1) Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect P/J127. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.
Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0st40301)

4. Remove the Toner Box. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Loosen the screws (x2). Remove the screw on the hose. Remove the Toner Box.
12/05 4-18
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 3.1.1
3. 4. 5.
Disconnect P/J620. Disconnect P/J140. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.
Figure 3 Disconnecting the ROS connectors (x4) (j0st40303)

6. Remove the ROS. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x5). Remove the ROS.
Figure 2 Removing the Toner Box (j0st40302)

5. Disconnect the ROS connectors (x4). (Figure 3) 1. 2. Disconnect P/J170. Disconnect P/J160. 12/05 4-19 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 3.1.1
Figure 4 Removing the ROS (j0st40304)
Replacement
12/05 4-20
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 3.1.1
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 3.1.1
12/05 4-21
REP 4.2.1Dispense Motor

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. Remove the following parts: 2. 3. CRU (PL 4.1) Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1) Front Left Cover (PL 10.1) Top Cover (PL 10.1)
Remove the Front Door and the Inner Cover. (PL 10.1) Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the connector. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.

4. Remove the Toner Box. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Loosen the screws (x2). Remove the screw on the hose. Remove the Toner Box.
12/05 4-22
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 4.2.1
Figure 2 Removing the Toner Box (j0st40302)

5. Remove the Dispense Motor. (Figure 3) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the connector. Remove the screws (x3). Remove the Dispense Motor.
Figure 3 Removing the Dispense Motor (j0st40401)
Replacement
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 4.2.1
12/05 4-23
REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. CAUTION Do not work on the fuser that is hot until it is cool enough. 1.Open the L/H Upper Cover. 2.Remove the fuser unit. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Free the knobs (x2) by turning them. Hold the fuser by the handles (x2).
Figure 1 Removing the fuser unit (j0st40501)
Replacement
12/05 4-24
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 5.1.1
Repairs/Adjustments
12/05 4-27
REP 6.1.1 Exit2 + OCT2

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Open the L/H Upper Cover. 2.Remove the Exit2 + OCT2. (Figure 1) 1. Lift up the front and rear levers and remove the Exit2 + OCT2.
Figure 1 Removing the Exit2+OCT2 (j0st40601)
Replacement
12/05 4-28
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 6.1.1
Repairs/Adjustments
12/05 4-29
REP 7.1.1 MSI Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the MSI Rear Cover. (PL 7.1) 2.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. Disconnect P/J605.
Figure 1 Disconnect the connector (j0st40701)

3.Remove the MSI Assembly. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the MSI Assembly.
12/05 4-30
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 7.1.1
REP 7.2.1 MSI Feed Roll/Retard Pad

NOTE: When replacing the MSI Feed Roll/Retard Pad, enter the Diag. mode and clear the counter for MSI Feed. [741/516]
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. NOTE: The MSI Feed Roll and MSI Retard Pad must both be replaced at the same time. 1.Remove the MSI Assembly. (REP 7.1.1 ) 2.Remove the plate. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the plate.
Figure 2 Removing the MSI Assembly (j0st40702)
Replacement
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 7.1.1 , REP 7.2.1
12/05 4-31
Figure 1 Removing the plate (j0st40703)

3.Remove the MSI Feed Roll. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Remove the tips of the roll and slide it out. Remove the tips of the roll and slide it out. Slide the MSI Feed Roll to the front and remove it.
Figure 2 Removing the MSI Feed Roll (j0st40704)

4.Remove the MSI Retard Pad. (Figure 3) 1. 2. 3. Remove the springs (x2). Remove the MSI Retard Pad. Pull out the shaft.
12/05 4-32
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 7.2.1
Figure 3 Removing the MSI Retard Pad (j0st40105)
Replacement
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 7.2.1
12/05 4-33
REP 9.1.1 EVE PWB

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1.TBD
12/05 4-34
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 9.1.1
Repairs/Adjustments
12/05 4-37
REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Platen Cushion. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Platen Cushion.
Figure 1 Removing the Platen Cushion (j0st41101)
Replacement
NOTE: Remove all remaining tapes on the Platen Cushion after the Platen Cushion has been removed. 1.Install the Platen Cushion. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Remove the seal. Press gently in the direction of the arrow. Slowly lower the Platen Cover pressing on the Platen Cushion.
12/05 4-38
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.1.1
REP 11.2.1 Control Panel

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Control Panel. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws (x4). Disconnect the connector. Remove the Control Panel.
Figure 2 Installing the Platen Cushion (j0st41102)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.1.1, REP 11.2.1
12/05 4-39
REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Platen Glass. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the plate. Remove the Platen Glass.
Figure 1 Removing the Control Panel (j0st41103)
Replacement
12/05 4-40
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.2.1, REP 11.3.1
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following: NOTE: To install the Platen Glass, push the Platen Glass in the direction of arrow A and the plate in the direction of arrow B. (Figure 2)
Figure 1 Removing the Platen Glass (j0st41104)
Figure 2 Installing the Platen Glass (j0st41105)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.3.1
12/05 4-41
REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the following parts: Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1) IPS Cover (PL 11.3) 2.Disconnect the cable (IIT-DADF). 3.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1) 1. Disconnect the connectors (x5).

4.Remove the IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws (x6). Remove the screws (x2). Remove the IIT/IPS PWB.
12/05 4-42
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.3.2
3.Input the NVM value recorded in the NVM List (IIT).
Figure 2 Removing the IIT/IPS PWB (j0st41107)
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 2.Input the Chain/Function code */*, and press the [Start] button. Repairs/Adjustments 12/05 4-43 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
REP 11.3.2
REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.3.1) 2.Remove the APS Sensor. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the screw. Remove the APS Sensor.
Figure 1 Removing the APS Sensor (j0st41108)

3.Remove the Lens Cover. (PL 11.4) 4.Disconnect the CCD Flat Cable. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Take off the hook. Disconnect the CCD Flat Cable.
12/05 4-44
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.4.1
Figure 2 Disconnecting the CCD Flat Cable (j0st41109)

5.Replace the Lens Kit Assembly. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x4). Replace the Lens Kit Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the Lens Kit Assembly (j0st41110)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.4.1
12/05 4-45
6.Connect the CCD Flat Cable and install the Lens Cover. NOTE: When installing the Lens Cover, tighten the screws (x6) in the order of the numbers engraved on the Lens Cover surface. 7.Install the Platen Glass. (No need to install the Glass Press Guide.) 8.Make a copy of the Test chart onto A3 paper. Check Lead/Tail Edges and both sides. 9.Reinstall the parts removed if no problems are found. If any problems are found in images (especially alignment), go to Step 10. NOTE: In the following steps, the environment which is as free from incoming outside light as possible is desirable. In the environment where the worksite is located right below the fluorescent light, perform the servicing with the Platen Cover (or DADF) closed somewhat to shut down the outside light. 10.Connect the PSW to the machine and start PC-Diag. 11.Enter DC945. 12.Select [Light Axis Fluctuation Correction] from [Execute]. 13.Follow the instructions shown in the screen. Open the Platen Cover and select [OK]. The Lamp Carriage moves and the lamp is exposed. 14.Check the following items on the PSW screen. (Scroll down the screen since the following items are found at the very bottom of the screen.) } 1 Light Axis Fluctuation Correction Light Axis Correction Judgement Front Nut Correction Angle -: left rotation Rear Nut Correction Angle None: right rotation NG -90 -555
Light Axis Correction Judgement: Displays OK/NG. If OK, no further adjustments are needed. If NG, more adjustments are needed. Front/Rear Nut Correction Angle: Shows a combination of +/- with a numeral. Front Nut items indicate Front Nut items on the Lens Kit Assembly. Rear Nut items indicate Rear Nut items on the Lens Kit Assembly. +: Means right rotation. -: Means left rotation. Numbers: Means angle. (Unit: deg.) Using the content of the above table as an example: The Front Nut must be rotated 90 deg. to the left. The Rear Nut must be rotated 555 deg. to the left. NOTE: If the value is an abnormal number such as 990, clean the Platen Glass and the mirror, etc. and start again. This may be due to the light path being blocked. 15.Carry out the steps above using the information on the PSW screen. 16.Peel off the two aluminum seals from the Lens Cover. (Figure 4)
Figure 4 Peeling the aluminimum (j0st41111)
12/05 4-46
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.4.1
17.Rotate the nut. (Figure 5) NOTE: As it is difficult to control the rotation amount, draw a line on the paper to make a mark at the tip of the Box Driver using tape as shown in the figure below.
18.After adjusting, execute DC*** (Light Axis Fluctuation Correction) again. 19.Perform the above Step 12 ~ 18 until the results are OK. NOTE: If the results are OK, the operation can be completed even if the number of rotations appears. 20.Fill the adjustment hole with the aluminum seal from the kit. 21.Reinstall all the parts removed.
Figure 5 Making the mark (j0st41112)

Repairs/Adjustments 12/05 4-47 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
REP 11.4.1
REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable

NOTE: Only the replacement procedures for the Rear Carriage Cable is described here. The replacement procedures for the Front Carriage Cable is the same as for the Rear Carriage Cable. NOTE: The Front and Rear Carriage Cables must be replaced separately.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the following parts: Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1) Control Panel (REP 11.2.1) Platen Cover (PL 11.1) or DADF Assembly (REP 15.1.1) DADF Platen Glass (PL 11.3) 2.Unfasten the Full Rate Carriage from the Carriage Cable. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the screws (x2).
Figure 1 Unfastening the Full Rate Carriage (j0st41113)

3.Remove the Carriage Cable. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12/05 4-48 Remove the spring from the frame. Detach the cable from the spring. Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.1
Figure 2 Removing the spring (j0st41114)
Figure 3 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 1/3 (j0st41115)
Replacement
1.Wind the Carriage Cable around the pulley. (Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Insert the Carriage Cable ball into the ditch of the pulley. Wind the spring end of the cable around the pulley for 1.5 rounds. Fix the cable at the spring end on the frame with tape. Wind the cable at the ball end around the pulley for 2 rounds. Fix the cable on the pulley with tape to prevent it from moving.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.1
12/05 4-49
12/05 4-50
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.1
NOTE: Indicates the number of coils made by Carriage Cable at the front and rear. (Figure 6)
Figure 7 Installing the Carriage Cable (j0st41119) Figure 6 The number of coils made by Carriage Cable at the front and rear (j0st41118)
2.Install the ball end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 7) 1. 2. Route the Carriage Cable on the pulley in front of it. Hang the ball on the notch of the frame. 3.Install the spring end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 8) 1. Route the spring end of the Carriage Cable along the frame and on the pulley. 2.Route the cable on the pulley at the rear of the Half Rate Carriage. 3.Attach the spring to the Carriage Cable and route the cable along the frame as indicated. 4. Fix the Full Rate Carriage on the Carriage Cable.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.1
12/05 4-51
NOTE: Indicates the winding made by Carriage Cable at the front. (Figure 9) a. Stop the Full Rate Carriage Cable on the cable.
Figure 9 Installing the Carriage Cable at the front (j0st41121)

4.Remove the tape used for keeping the cable in place. 5.Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages. (ADJ 11.6.1) 6.Manually move the Full Rate Carriage to ensure that it moves smoothly.
Figure 8 Installing the spring (j0st41120)
12/05 4-52
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.1
REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 10.2) 2.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the spring. Disconnect the connector.

3.Remove the Carriage Motor. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x3). Remove the Carriage Motor.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.2
12/05 4-53
REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Open the Platen Cover or DADF. 2.Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.1.1) 3.Move the Full Rate Carriage to the frame notch. 4.Remove the Exposure Lamp. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the connector. Remove the screw. Remove the Exposure Lamp.
Figure 2 Removing the Carriage Motor (j0st41123)
Replacement
12/05 4-54
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.2, REP 11.6.1
REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1) 2.Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.1.1) 3.Remove the IPS Cover. (PL 11.3) 4.Disconnect the connector of the Lamp Wire Harness. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the connector. Pull the connector out of the hole. Release the connector from the hook.
Figure 1 Removing the Exposure Lamp (j0st41124)
Replacement
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.6.1, REP 11.6.2
12/05 4-55
Figure 2 Removing the Full Rate Carriage (j0st41126)

6.Remove the Lamp Wire Harness from the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 3) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn over the Full Rate Carriage. Remove the screw. Remove the guide. Disconnect the connector. Remove the Lamp Wire Harness.

5.Remove the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Full Rate Carriage. 12/05 4-56 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.6.2
Figure 3 Removing the Lamp Wire Harness (j0st41127)
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE: Adjust the positions of the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages after installation. (ADJ 11.6.1)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.6.2
12/05 4-57
REP 12.1.1 Tray 3 Feeder

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Pull out Tray 3. 2.Remove the Left Lower Cover. (PL 12.7) 3.Open the Left Cover Assembly. 4.Remove the bracket. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screw. Remove the screw. Remove the bracket.

5.Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 2) 1. Remove the Feed Out Chute.
12/05 4-58
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.1.1
Figure 2 Removing the Feed Out Chute (j0st41202)

6.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Disconnect the connector. Release the clamp to remove the wire.

7.Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Tray 3 Feeder.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.1.1
12/05 4-59

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Pull out Tray 4. 2.Remove the Left Lower Cover. (PL 12.7) 3.Open the Left Cover Assembly. 4.Remove the screws. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the screws (x2).
Figure 4 Removing the Tray 3 Feeder (j0st41204)
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 2.When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter. Tray 3 "Chain Link:954-802 Tray Feed Counter [Tray3-1]"
12/05 4-60
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.1.1, REP 12.1.2
Figure 1 Removing the screws (j0st41205)

5.Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 2) 1. Remove the Feed Out Chute.
Figure 2 Removing the Feed Out Chute (j0st41206)

6.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Disconnect the connector. Release the clamp to remove the wire.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.1.2
12/05 4-61

7.Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Tray 4 Feeder.
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 2.When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the [DCxxx NVM Read/Write] counter. Tray 4 "Chain Link:954-803 Tray Feed Counter [Tray4-1]"
12/05 4-62
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.1.2
REP 12.3.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. CAUTION The Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time. 1.Remove the Tray 3/4 Feeder. Tray 3 Feeder (REP 12.1.1) Tray 4 Feeder (REP 12.1.2) 2.Move the Front Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Front Chute.
Figure 1 Moving the Front Chute (j0st41209)

3.Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll. (Figure 2) 1. Release the hooks (x3) to remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.3.1
12/05 4-63
REP 12.6.12TM PWB

Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (j0st41210)
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 2.When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter. Tray 3 "Chain Link:954-802 Tray Feed Counter [Tray3-1]" Tray 4 "Chain Link:954-803 Tray Feed Counter [Tray4-1]"
12/05 4-64
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.3.1, REP 12.6.1
Repairs/Adjustments
12/05 4-67
REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Pull out Tray 3. 2.Remove the paper from Tray 3. 3.Open the Left Cover Assembly. 4.Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screw. Slide the stopper. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly.
Figure 1 Removing the Tray 3 Assembly (j0st41301)
Replacement
12/05 4-68
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.1.1
REP 13.1.2 Tray 4 Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Pull out Tray 4. 2.Remove the paper from Tray 4. 3.Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the screws (x2). Push in Tray 4 Transport Assembly. Remove the screw. Remove the stopper. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly.
Replacement
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.1.2
12/05 4-69
REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2) 2.Remove the Tray 4 Cover together with the frame. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x4). Remove the Tray 4 Cover together with the frame.
Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Cover (j0st41303)

3.Remove the Tray Cable. (Figure 2) (Figure 3) NOTE: Only the method to remove the Front Tray Cable is described here. Remove the Rear Tray Cable in the same way. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the E-Clip. Remove the Cable Guide. Remove the Tray Cable. Remove the E-Clip. Remove the Cable Guide. Remove the Tray Cable.
12/05 4-70
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.3.1
Figure 2 Removing the Tray Cable (j0st41304)

7. 8. 9. Remove the E-Clip. Slide the bearings (x2). Remove the Lift Shaft Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the Tray Cable (j0st41305)
Replacement
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.3.1
12/05 4-71

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2) 2.Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2) 3.Remove the Tray 4 Transport Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Tray 4 Transport Assembly.
Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Transport Assembly (j0st41312)

4.Remove the Stud Bracket. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Remove the screw. Remove the Stud Bracket.
12/05 4-72
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.4.1
Figure 2 Removing the Stud Bracket (j0st41306)

5.Remove the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the connectors (x2). Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly (j0st41307)

6.Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 4) (Figure 5) 1. 2. Repairs/Adjustments 12/05 4-73 Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Upper Chute. 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
REP 13.4.1
3. 4.
Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Lower Chute.
Figure 5 Removing the Tray 4 Feeder (j0st41309) Figure 4 Removing the Lower Chute (j0st41308)
5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the bracket. Remove the screw. Remove the bracket. Remove the screw.
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 2.When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the [DC******] counter. Chain Link: *****
10.Remove the bracket.
12/05 4-74
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.4.1

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Pull out Tray 3. 2.Open the Left Cover. 3.Remove the Upper/Lower Chute. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the Upper Chute. Remove the Lower Chute.
Figure 1 Removing the Upper/Lower Chute (j0st41313)

4.Remove the Tray 3 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the screws (x2). Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. Disconnect the connector. Remove the screw. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Tray 3 Assembly.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.5.1
12/05 4-75

5.Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the bracket.
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 2.When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter. Chain Link: 954-802
12/05 4-76
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.5.1
REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. NOTE: The Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time. 1.Remove the Tray 3/4 Feeder. Tray 3 Feeder (REP 13.1.1) Tray 4 Feeder (REP 13.1.2) 2.Move the Front Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Front Chute.
Figure 1 Moving the Front Chute (j0st41209)

3.Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll. (Figure 2) 1. Release the hooks (x3) to remove the Feed Roll/Retard/Nudger Roll.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.6.1
12/05 4-77
REP 13.8.1TTM PWB

Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (j0st41210)
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 2.When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter. Tray 3 "Chain Link:954-802 Tray Feed Counter [Tray3-1]"
12/05 4-78
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.6.1 , REP 13.8.1
Repairs/Adjustments
12/05 4-79
REP 15.1.1 DADF

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. CAUTION The DADF weighs *kg. Take care when lifting the DADF. 1.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1) 1. Loosen the screws (x2) and disconnect the connector.

2.Remove the DADF. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Remove the Knob Screws (x2). Remove the DADF.
12/05 4-80
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.1.1
Figure 2 Removing the DADF (j0st41502)
Figure 3 Installing the DADF (j0st41528)
Replacement
1.When installing the DADF, push the DADF to the front then secure. (Figure 3)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.1.1
12/05 4-81
REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. NOTE: The DADF Platen Cushion pasted on with Velcro Fastening. 1.Remove the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the DADF Platen Cushion.
Figure 1 Removing the DADF Platen Cushion (j0st41503)

2.Paste the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Place the DADF Platen Cushion on the Platen Glass. Set up the gap between the Regi Guide and Platen Guide. Slowly lower the DADF and press on to the Platen Cushion.
12/05 4-82
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.1.2
REP 15.2.1 DADF Document Tray

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the following parts: DADF Front Cover (PL 15.2) DADF Rear Cover (PL 15.2) 2.Open the Top Cover. 3.Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the clamp. Disconnect P/J760. Disconnect P/J759. Disconnect the screws (M3x6: Silver). Remove the Earth Wire. Unhook the Wire Harness (x2).
Figure 2 Installing the DADF Platen Cushion (j0st41504)
Replacement
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.1.2, REP 15.2.1
12/05 4-83
Figure 1 Disconnecting the connectors (j0st41505)

4.Remove the DADF Document Tray. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Tapping Screws (3x8: Silver). Remove the Tray Holder. Remove the DADF Document Tray. Pull out the Wire Harness.
Figure 2 Removing the DADF Document Tray (j0st41506)
Replacement
12/05 4-84
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.2.1
REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1) 2.Remove the following covers. DADF Front Cover (PL 15.2) DADF Rear Cover (PL 15.2) 3.Open the Top Cover. 4.Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1) 5.Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 1) 1. Disconnect the connectors (x6).
Figure 1 Disconnecting the DADF PWB connectors (j0st41507)

6.Remove the lever and Wire Harness. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Loosen the Set Screw and remove the disk. Release the hook and remove the lever. Remove the screw (Gold). Move the DADF Interlock Switch. Disconnect the connector. Disconnect the connector. Remove the Wire Harness from the clamps (x3).
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.2.2
12/05 4-85
Figure 2 Removing the Lever and Wire Harness (j0st41508)

7.Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the screws (M4x8). Remove the Tapping Screws (4x8:6). Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. Remove the plunger. When installing: Align the boss with the boss hole.
Figure 3 Removing the DADF Feeder Assembly (j0st41509)
Replacement
12/05 4-86
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.2.2
REP 15.3.1 DADF PWB

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL 15.2) 2.Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 1) 1. Disconnect the connectors (x13).
Figure 1 Disconnecting the DADF PWB connectors (j0st41510)

3.Remove the DADF PWB. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the screws (M3x6). Remove the Tapping Screws (3x8:4). Remove the Earth Wires (x2). Remove the DADF PWB.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.3.1
12/05 4-87
REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by Compression Spring pressure. Left Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure strong Right Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure weak 1.Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1) 2.Remove the following covers. DADF Front Cover (PL 15.2) DADF Rear Cover (PL 15.2) 3.Open the Top Cover. 4.Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1) 5.Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 15.2.2) 6.Remove the Left Counter Balance. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the Tapping Screws (4x12:4). Remove the Left Counter Balance.
Figure 2 Removing the DADF PWB (j0st41511)
Replacement
12/05 4-88
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.3.1, REP 15.3.2
REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Balance

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by Compression Spring pressure. Left Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure strong Right Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure weak 1.Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1) 2.Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL 15.2) 3.Remove the screw that secures the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Insert the mark-off line. Remove the screws (M4 x 8). Remove the Tapping Screws (4x12:4).
Figure 1 Removing the Left Counter Balance (j0st41512)
Replacement
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.3.2, REP 15.3.3
12/05 4-89
Figure 1 Unfastening the Right Counter Balance (j0st41513)

4.Remove the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 2) a.To remove, slide the Right Counter Balance in the direction of the arrow. b.Precautions during Installation: A. B. C. Slot Boss Cutout
Figure 2 Removing the Right Counter Balance (j0st41514)
Replacement
12/05 4-90
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.3.3
REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Open the Top Cover. 2.Open the chute. 3.Remove the Retard Roll Holder. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the clip. Bend the boss in the direction of the arrow to remove the Retard Roll Holder.
Figure 1 Removing the Retard Roll Holder (j0st41515)

4.Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Remove the shaft. Remove the Retard Roll. Remove the Torque Limiter.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.4.1
12/05 4-91
REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Open the Top Cover. 2.Remove the Feed Upper Chute. (Figure 1) a.Remove the screws (M3x6). b.Remove the Feed Upper Chute. c.Precautions during Installation: A. B. Insert the Boss into the U-groove. Insert the Tab into the Tab Slot.
Figure 2 Removing the Retard Roll (j0st41516)
Replacement
12/05 4-92
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.4.1, REP 15.6.1
c.Move the shaft in the direction of the arrow to remove the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly. d.Remove the spring. e.Precautions during Installation: A. B. Location where the spring is hung Engaging teeth of gear
Figure 1 Removing the Feed Upper Chute (j0st41517)

3.Remove the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly. (Figure 2) a.Remove the KL-Clip. b.Remove the bearing. Repairs/Adjustments 12/05 4-93
Figure 2 Removing the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly (j0st41518)

REP 15.6.1
4.Remove the Nudger Roll and Feed Roll. (Figure 3) a.Remove the E-clips (x2). b.Remove the Set Gate. c.Remove the shaft. d.Remove the Nudger Roll (large). e.Remove the gear (large). When installing: Align the groove of gear with the direction of pin. f.Remove the pin. g.Remove the shaft. When installing: Gear is facing upwards. h.Remove the spring. i.Remove the Feed Roll (small). j.Remove the gear (small). When installing: Align the ditch of gear with the direction of pin.
Figure 3 Removing the Nudger Roll and Feed Roll (j0st41519)
12/05 4-94
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.6.1
Replacement
1.When installing the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly, pay attention to the following. (Figure 4) It is easier to temporarily remove the Set Gate, install the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly and then reinstall the Set Gate. Check that the gear teeth are engaged. Location of the spring. After installation, check that the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly moves up and down smoothly.
REP 15.8.1 Regi Roll

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1) 2.Remove the following covers. DADF Front Cover (PL 15.2) DADF Rear Cover (PL 15.2) 3.Open the Top Cover. 4.Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1) 5.Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 15.2.2) 6.Loosen the belt tension on the Regi Motor. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the spring. Loosen the screws (x2).
Figure 4 Installing the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly (j0st41520)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.6.1, REP 15.8.1
12/05 4-95
Figure 1 Loosening the belt tension (j0st41521)

7.Move the motor unit. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect the connector. Remove the screws (M3x6:2). Move the motor unit. Remove the belt.
Figure 2 Moving the motor unit (j0st41522)

8.Open the chute.
12/05 4-96
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.8.1
9.Remove the Feed Guide. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the screws (M3x8:2). Remove the Feed Guide.
Figure 4 Removing the sensor holder (j0st41524)

11.Loosen the belt tension. (Figure 5)
Figure 3 Removing the Feed Guide (j0st41523)

10.Remove the sensor holder. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Remove the Tapping Screws (3x8:2). Remove the sensor holder.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Remove the spring. Loosen the screw. Loosen the belt tension. Remove the KL-Clip. Remove the gear.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.8.1
12/05 4-97
Figure 5 Loosening the belt tension (j0st41525)

12.Remove the Regi Roll. (Figure 6) 1. 2. 3. Remove the KL-Clip. Remove the bearings (x2). Remove the Regi Roll.
Figure 6 Removing the Regi Roll (j0st41526)
Replacement
1.When installing the motor unit, pull the Wire Harness as shown in Fig. 7. (Figure 7)
12/05 4-98
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.8.1
Figure 7 Pulling the Wire Harness (j0st41527)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.8.1
12/05 4-99
REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the following parts: Finisher Assembly (REP 16.4.1) 2.Move the H-Transport Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the H-Transport Assembly.
Figure 1 Removing the H-Transport Assembly (j0st41601)
Replacement
12/05 4-100
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.1.1
REP 16.3.1 H-Transport Belt

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the H-Transport Assembly. (REP 16.1.1) 2.Remove the H-Transport Rear Cover. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the H-Transport Rear Cover.
Figure 1 Removing the H-Transport Rear Cover (j0st41602)

3.Remove the belt. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Remove the E-Clip. Remove the belt. Remove the pulley and bearing.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.3.1
12/05 4-101
Figure 2 Removing the belt (j0st41603)

4.Remove the Transport Roll. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the E-Clip and bearing. Remove the Transport Roll.
Figure 3 Removing the Transport Roll (j0st41604)

5.Remove the bracket. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Remove the screw. Remove the bracket.
12/05 4-102
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.3.1

6.Remove the H-Transport Belt. (Figure 5) 1. 2. Remove the rollers (x2). Remove the H-Transport Belts (x2).
Figure 5 Removing the H-Transport Belt (j0st41606)
Replacement
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.3.1
12/05 4-103
REP 16.4.1 Finisher Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the following parts: Staple Assembly (REP 16.8.2) Right Cover (PL 16.1) Cover (PL 16.1) 2.Remove the Cover. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Cover.
Figure 1 Removing the Cover (j0st41607)

3.Remove the Left Panel. (Figure 2) 1. Remove the Left Panel.
12/05 4-104
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.4.1
Figure 2 Removing the Left Panel (j0st41608)

4.Disconnect the cables and connectors. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Disconnect the connectors (x2). Disconnect the cable.
Figure 3 Disconnecting the cables and connectors (j0st41609)

5.Remove the Knob Screws. (Figure 4) 1. Remove the Knob Screws (x2).
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.4.1
12/05 4-105
Figure 4 Removing the Knob Screws (j0st41610)

6.Move the Finisher Assembly to the left and lower it down from the rack. (Figure 5) 1. Remove the Finisher Assembly.
Figure 5 Removing the Finisher Assembly (j0st41611)
Replacement
12/05 4-106
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.4.1
REP 16.5.1 Stack Height Sensor Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the link from the Top Open Sensor Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Lift up the Top Open Cover Assembly. Remove the screws on both sides. Remove the links on both sides.
Figure 1 Removing the link (j0st41612)

2.Remove the Stack Height Sensor Assembly. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screw. Disconnect the connector. Remove the Stack Height Sensor Assembly.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.5.1
12/05 4-107
REP 16.5.2 Eject Roll Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the following parts: Rear Cover (PL 16.4) Stacker Tray (PL 16.1) Right Cover (PL 16.1) Front Cover (PL 16.4) 2.Remove the bracket. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x4). Remove the bracket.
Figure 2 Removing the Stack Height Sensor Assembly (j0st41613)
Replacement
12/05 4-108
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.5.1, REP 16.5.2

3.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the plate. Disconnect the connector.

4.Remove the Knob Screws. (Figure 3) 1. Remove the Knob Screws (x2).
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.5.2
12/05 4-109
Figure 3 Removing the Knob Screws (j0st41616)

5.Remove the Tray Guide. (Figure 4) 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the screws (x4). Remove the rivet to remove the clamp. Remove the wire from the hole. Remove the Tray Guide.
Figure 4 Removing the Tray Guide (j0st41617)

6.Remove the clutch. (Figure 5) 1. 2. 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12/05 4-110 Remove the clamp. Remove the screw. Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.5.2
3. 4. 5.
Remove the spring. Release the hook to remove the actuator. Remove the clutch.
Figure 6 Removing the Eject Roll (j0st41619)

8.Remove the Eject Shaft. (Figure 7)
Figure 5 Removing the clutch (j0st41618)

7.Remove the Eject Roll. (Figure 6) 1. 2. 3. Remove the KL-Clip and bearing on both sides. Remove the hook from the Eject Shaft. Remove the Eject Roll.
1. 2. 3.
Remove the KL-Clip and gear. Remove the KL-Clip and bearing on both sides. Remove the Eject Shaft.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.5.2
12/05 4-111
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following: NOTE: Replace the Exit Roll and Eject Roll at the same time. NOTE: When installing the clutch, ensure that the stopper is inserted into the ditch of the clutch as illustrated below. (Figure 8)
Figure 7 Removing the Eject Shaft (j0st41620)
Figure 8 Installing the clutch (j0st41621)
12/05 4-112
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.5.2
REP 16.6.1 Decurler Roll

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the following parts: Front Cover (PL 16.4) Rear Cover (PL 16.4) Top Cover (PL 16.4) 2.Remove the arm. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the spring. Remove the KL-Clip. Remove the arm.
Figure 1 Removing the arm (j0st41622)

3.Remove the Decurler Roll Assembly. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the spring. Remove the KL-Clip. Remove the arm. Remove the Decurler Roll Assembly.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.6.1
12/05 4-113
REP 16.6.2 Finisher Drive Motor

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 16.4) 2.Remove the Finisher Drive Motor. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the connector. Remove the screws (x4). Remove the Finisher Drive Motor.
Figure 2 Removing the Decurler Roll Assembly (j0st41623)
Replacement
12/05 4-114
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.6.1, REP 16.6.2
REP 16.7.1 Belt

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Model] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 16.4) 2.Turn the actuator. (Figure 1) 1. Turn the actuator in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 1 Removing the Finisher Drive Motor (j0st41624)
Replacement
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.6.2, REP 16.7.1
12/05 4-115
Figure 1 Turning the actuator (j0st41625)

3.Release the clamp to remove the wire. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Disconnect the connectors (x4). Release the Edge Saddle to remove the wire.

4.Remove the Cam Bracket Assembly. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x4). Remove the Cam Bracket Assembly.
12/05 4-116
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.7.1
Figure 3 Removing the Cam Bracket Assembly (j0st41627)

5.Remove the belt. (Figure 4) 1. 2. 3. Remove the E-Clip to remove the gear. Remove the E-Clip to remove the pulley. Remove the belt.
Figure 4 Removing the belt (j0st41628)
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following: NOTE: Make sure the stud of the Cam Bracket Assembly is inserted into the hole. (Figure 5) 1. 2. Lift up the Upper Cover to lift up the roller. Insert the stud into the hole.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.7.1
12/05 4-117
NOTE: When installing the clutch, ensure the stopper is inserted into the ditch of the clutch as illustrated below. (Figure 6)
Figure 5 Installing the Cam Bracket Assembly (j0st41629)
Figure 6 Installing the clutch (j0st41621)
12/05 4-118
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.7.1
REP 16.8.1 Rail

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the following parts: Staple Assembly (REP 16.8.2) Front Cover (PL 16.4) Rear Cover (PL 16.4) 2.Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the connectors (x5). Release the Edge Saddles (x4) to remove the wire. Remove the screw to remove the Earth Wire.

3.Move the PWB Bracket in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Loosen the screw. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the PWB Bracket with the connector still connected.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.1
12/05 4-119
Figure 2 Moving the PWB Bracket (j0st41631)

4.Pull out the Wire Harness. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Pull out the Wire Harness.
Figure 3 Pulling out the Wire Harness (j0st41632)

5.Remove the screws. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Disconnect the connector. Remove the screws (x2).
12/05 4-120
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.1

6.Remove the Rail Assembly. (Figure 5) 1. Remove the Rail Assembly.
Figure 5 Removing the Rail Assembly (j0st41634)

7.To remove the Carriage Assembly, move it in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 6) 1. Remove the Carriage Assembly.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.1
12/05 4-121
Figure 6 Removing the Carriage Assembly (j0st41635)

8.Remove the rail. (Figure 7) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x5). Remove the rail.
Figure 7 Removing the rail (j0st41636)
Replacement
12/05 4-122
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.1
REP 16.8.2 Staple Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Open the Front Cover. 2.Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 1) 1. Disconnect the connectors (x2).

3.Remove the Staple Assembly. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screw. Remove the screw to remove the Earth Wire. Remove the Staple Assembly.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.2
12/05 4-123
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following: NOTE: Ensure the tip of the Staple Assembly is inserted into the hole in the bracket. (Figure 3)
Figure 2 Removing the Staple Assembly (j0st41638)
Figure 3 Installing the Staple Assembly (j0st41639)
12/05 4-124
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.2
REP 16.9.1 Compiler Tray Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Tray Guide. (Perform REP 16.5.2 up to Step 5.) 2.Release the clamp to remove the wire. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Disconnect the connectors (x2). Release the Edge Saddles (x2) to remove the wire.

3.Remove the screws. (Figure 2) 1. Remove the screws (x2).
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.9.1
12/05 4-125

4.Remove the Compiler Assembly. (Figure 3) 1. Remove the Compiler Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the Compiler Assembly (j0st41642)
Replacement
12/05 4-126
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.9.1
REP 16.10.1 Stacker Motor Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 16.4) 2.Slide the gear to lower down the Stacker Tray. (Figure 1) 1. Slide the gear to disengage the teeth of Cam.
Figure 1 Moving the gear (j0st41643)

3.Remove the screws. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Loosen the screw.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.10.1
12/05 4-127

4.Remove the Stacker Motor Assembly. (Figure 3) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws (x3) while sliding the PWB Bracket upwards. Slide the gear. Remove the Stacker Motor Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the Staple Motor Assembly (j0st41645)
Replacement
12/05 4-128
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.10.1
REP 16.10.2 Elevator Belt Assembly

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Tray Guide. (Perform REP 16.5.2 up to Step 5.) 2.Slide the PWB Bracket sideways. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Disconnect the connectors (x2). Release the clamps (x2) to remove the wire. Remove the clamp. Remove the screws (x2). Loosen the screw. Slide the PWB Bracket in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 1 Moving the PWB Bracket (j0st41646)

3.Remove the Elevator Belt Assembly. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Repairs/Adjustments 12/05 4-129 Remove the screws (x3). Remove the Elevator Belt Assembly. 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
REP 16.10.2
REP 16.11.1 Paddle Gear Shaft

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 16.4) 2.Remove the Cam Bracket Assembly. (Perform REP 16.7.1 up to Step 4.) 3.Remove the bearing. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the E-Clip. Remove the gear. Remove the bearing.
Figure 2 Removing the Elevator Belt Assembly (j0st41647)
Replacement
12/05 4-130
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.10.2, REP 16.11.1
Figure 1 Removing the bearing (j0st41648)

4.Remove the screw securing the Paddle Gear Shaft. (Figure 2) 1. Remove the screw.
Figure 2 Removing the screw (j0st41649)

5.Remove the Paddle Gear Shaft. (Figure 3) 1. Remove the Paddle Gear Shaft.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.11.1
12/05 4-131
REP 16.12.1 Finisher PWB

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 16.4) 2.Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Disconnect the connectors (x10). Release the Edge Saddles (x4) to remove the wire.
Figure 3 Removing the Paddle Gear Shaft (j0st41650)
Replacement
12/05 4-132
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.11.1, REP 16.12.1

3.Remove the Finisher PWB. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x5). Remove the Finisher PWB.
Figure 2 Removing the Finisher PWB (j0st41652)
Replacement
1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following: NOTE: When installing, keep the core shown in Fig. 2 inside the box.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.12.1
12/05 4-133
ADJ 9.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration

Purpose
To align the image on the drum with the Lead/Side Edge of the paper.
4.
Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within specifications of the supporting mode. Table 1 Specification
Check
1. 2. 3. Enter Diag. mode. Select dC612 (Test Pattern Print). The following pattern is printed: Pattern No. 51: Paper Feed Alignment Adjustment pattern Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the print pattern. Lead Edge: Part A of the pattern Side Edge: Part B of the pattern
Item Lead Edge (A) Side Edge (B)
Simplex 101.3mm 148.51.8mm
Duplex 101.7mm 148.52.2mm
MSI 102.0mm 148.52.5mm
Adjustment
1. 2. Enter Diag. mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write). Adjust the measured values of the Lead and Side Edges using the following NVM so that the measured values fall within the specifications of the respective supporting modes. If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value. If the measured value is long: Set a larger value. Table 2 Chai Lin n k Name 749 749 749 749 749 749 749 749 749 749 749 749 1 2 3 4 5 7 9 10 11 12 13 15 27 16 ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT Min 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Initial 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 33 33 Max 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 66 66 Count 0.254 mm 0.254 mm 0.254 mm 0.254 mm 0.254 mm 0.254 mm 0.254 mm 0.254 mm 0.254 mm 0.254 mm 0.254 mm 0.254 mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm
DUP TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1 DUP TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1 DUP TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1 DUP TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1 DUP MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - ALL TRAY TRAY1 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 1 0 0
Figure 1 IOT Registration (j0st40950)
742 760
12/05 4-136
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 9.1
Table 2 Chai Lin n k Name 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 1 2 3 5 13 14 15 31 32 33 34 TRAY1 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT SMH for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT SMH for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT SMH for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP A3 Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP A4S Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP A4L Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT SMH for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT Min 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Initial 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 10 10 10 33 33 33 33 Max 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 16 16 16 66 66 66 66 Count 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm 0.217 5mm
ADJ 9.2 Edge Erase Value Adjustment

Purpose
To correct the Lead, Tail Edge and both Side Edge (rear/front) erase values. NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted.
Check
1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. Enter Diag. mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write). Set Chain-Link No. 749-513 (Image Area) to 0. Make a black copy without using any originals and leaving the Platen Cover open. Check that the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges are 2mm. Enter Diag. mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write). Adjust the measured values using the following NVM so that the measured values are within the specifications (2mm). If the setting value is increased, the erase value increases. Table 1 Lin Chain k Name 749 749 749 523 SIDE NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 524 TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 527 END NORMAL ERASE SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT Min 0 0 0 Initial 8 9 9 Max 16 18 18 Increm ent 0.254 mm 0.217 mm 0.217 mm
Adjustment
3. 4.
After adjustment, make another black copy without using any originals and leaving the Platen Cover open. Repeat the procedure until the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges are within the specified range (2mm).
3.
After adjustment, print the test pattern in the same mode and measure the Lead and Side Edge values. Repeat this procedure until the values are within the specified range.
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 9.1, ADJ 9.2
12/05 4-137
ADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration

Purpose
To set the home position for the IIT Lead Edge (Slow Scan) direction/IIT Side Edge (Fast Scan) direction. NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted.
3.
Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) satisfy the specifications of the supporting mode. Table 1 Specification
Item Lead Edge (A) Side Edge (B)
Simplex 101.6mm 102.1mm
Duplex 102.0mm 102.5mm
MSI 102.2mm 103.0mm
Check
1. Place the Test Chart 82E2010 (A4) or 82E2020 (Letter) in the LEF direction (portrait) so that there is no gap between the chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the Platen. Make a 100% copy of the Test Chart on A4LEF or Letter LEF paper. Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the copy. Lead Edge: Part A of the pattern Side Edge: Part B of the pattern
Adjustment
1. 2. Enter Diag. mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write). Adjust the measured values of the Lead Edge and Side Edge using the following NVM so that the measured values are within the specifications. If the measured value is short: Set a small value. If the measured value is long: Set a large value. Table 2 Chai Lin n k Name 715 715 050 Platen Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value 053 Platen Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value Min 16 0 Initial 100 120 Max 184 240 Increm ent 0.036m m T.B.D
2.
3.
4.
After adjusting, place the Test Chart 82E2010 (A4) or 82E2020 (Letter) in the LEF direction (vertical length) so that there is no gap between the chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the Platen. Make another 100% copy of the Test Chart on A4LEF or Letter LEF paper. Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead Edge and Side Edge are within the specifications.
Figure 1 IIT Registration (j0st41151)
12/05 4-138
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 11.1.1
ADJ 11.2.1 Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

Purpose
To obtain the correct Reduce/Enlarge ratio in Slow and Fast Scan Direction for 100% copy.
2.
Check
1. Place the Test Chart 82E2010 (A4) or 82E2020 (Letter) in the LEF direction (Portrait) so that there is no gap between the chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the Platen. Make 2 100% copies of the Test Chart on A4LEF or Letter LEF paper. Check that the distance between the reference points in the second copy is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart.
Adjust the distance between the reference points in the second copy using the following NVM so that it is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart. If the measured value in the copy is shorter than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set a larger value. If the measured value in the copy is longer than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set a smaller value. Table 1
2.
Chai n Link Name 715 715 3. 051 Platen SS Magnification Adjustment 702 PLTN/Belt FS Magnification Adjustment
Min 44 0
Initial 50 50
Max 56 100
Increm ent 0.1% 0.1%
4. 5.
After adjusting, place the Test Chart 82E2010 (A4) or 82E2020 (Letter) in the LEF direction (Portrait) so that there is no gap between the chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the Platen. Make another 100% copy of the Test Chart on A4LEF or Letter LEF paper. Repeat the procedure until the distance between the reference points in the copy is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart. Adjust the IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration.
Figure 1 Magnifications (j0st41152)
Adjustment
1. Enter Diag. mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write).
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 11.2.1
12/05 4-139
ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment

Parts List on PL 11.6 Purpose
To adjust the position of the Full/Half Rate Carriage.
Adjustment
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the "Stored Documents" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display. NOTE: Adjust the position of the Front and Rear Full/Half Rate Carriage separately.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. Remove the DADF or Platen Cover. Remove the Platen Glass.(REP 11.3.1) Prepare the tools (x2) for determining the position. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the screws (x2). 2. Take out the tools (x2).
Figure 1 Taking out the tools (j0st41128)

4. Align the tool hole in the Half Rate Carriage with the tool hole of the rail (Front/Rear). (Figure 2)
12/05 4-140
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 11.6.1
Figure 2 Installing the Half Rate Carriage. 1/3 (j0st41129)

5. Fix the tool to the Half Rate Carriage. (Figure 3) 1. Fix the tool. (Front/Rear) 2. Secure it with a screw.

NOTE: The fixing position of the pulley can be changed if the tool holes of the Half Rate Carriage and the rail are not aligned and the tool is not fixed in place. (Figure 4) 1. Loosen the Set Screws (x2) and move the pulley to align the tool holes.
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 11.6.1
12/05 4-141

6. Fix the tool to the tool hole on the frame and check the tool holes of the frame and the Full Rate Carriage. (Front/Rear) (Figure 5) 1. Fix the tool. (Front/Rear) 2. Secure it with a screw.
Figure 5 Installing the Full Rate Carriage. 1/2 (j0st41132)

NOTE: Loosen the securing screw of the Carriage Cable and align the tool holes if the tool holes of the frame and the Full Rate Carriage are not aligned, and the tool is not fixed in place. (Front/Rear) (Figure 6) 1. Loosen the screw and move the Full Rate Carriage to align the tool holes. (Front/ Rear)
12/05 4-142
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 11.6.1
Figure 6 Installing the Full Rate Carriage. 2/2 (j0st41133)
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 11.6.1
12/05 4-143
ADJ 15.1.1 DADF Side Registration

Purpose
To adjust the original to the proper position (Drum Shaft direction) on the Platen. NOTE: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment. IOT Side Registration (ADJ 9.1) IIT Side Registration (ADJ 11.1.1) DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.5) DADF Position Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.6)
NOTE: DADF Side Registration is adjusted using the NVM for every paper width.
Check
1. 2. Place the Test Chart (499T283) so that there is no gap between the chart and the DADF Guide. Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode. Take this copy as the original. 3. 4. 1 1 Sided mode Paper Tray: "A3" Reduce/Enlarge: "100%" Number of copies: "2"
Mark the output originals 1 and 2 in the order of their output. Measure the distance from the Side Edge to the reference value in the second original. Take this measurement as A. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 Measuring the distance from the Side Edge to the reference value in the second original (j0st41551) 5. 6. 7. Check that measurement A is 10.02.0mm. If it is not within the specified range, carry out the following procedure. Place the Test Chart (499T283) face down on the DADF. Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode. 8. 2 1 Sided mode Paper Tray: "A3" Reduce/Enlarge: "100%" Number of copies: "1"
Measure the distance from the Side Edge to the reference value in the second copy. Take this measurement as B. (Figure 2)
12/05 4-144
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.1
For 1 Sided Copy

NVM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2. 3.
Paper Width 203.2mm 210mm 214.9~215.9mm 254~257mm 266.7~267mm 279.4mm 297mm
Paper Size
715-060 715-062 715-064 715-066 715-068 715-070 715-072
A4SEF, A5LEF Letter SEF, Legal SEF B4SEF, B5LEF
Letter LEF A4LEF, A3SEF
If measurement A in Step 4 is 12.0mm and above, increase the NVM value. 8.0mm and below, decrease the NVM value.
(NVM 1 increment=0.04mm) Repeat Check Steps 1 to 5 and Adjustment Steps 1 to 2 until the measurement is within the specified range (A=102.0mm).
Side 2 Adjustment 1. After adjusting for 1 Sided copies, make copies using the following settings for 2 Sided copies to check the Side Registration for 2 Sided copies. 2. 3. Figure 2 Measuring the distance from the Side Edge to the reference value in the second copy (j0st41552) 9. Check that measurement B is 10.02.4mm. If it is not within the specified range, carry out the following procedure. Paper Tray: "A3" Reduce/Enlarge: "100%" Number of copies: "1" 2 Sided: 2 1 Sided
Check the Side Regi of the 2 copies with the above-mentioned items in "Check". If adjustment is required, enter dC131. Adjust for every paper width in the paper trays using the following NVM.
For 2 Sided Copy

NVM 1 2 3 715-057 715-059 715-061 715-063 715-065 715-067 715-069 Paper Width 139.7~148mm 182~194mm 203.2mm 210mm 214.9~215.9mm 254~257mm 266.7~267mm A4SEF, A5LEF Letter SEF, Legal SEF B4SEF, B5LEF Paper Size A5SEF B5SEF
Adjustment
Side 1 Adjustment 1. Enter dC131. Adjust for every paper width in the paper trays using the following NVM.
For 1 Sided Copy

NVM 1 2 715-056 715-058 Paper Width 139.7~148mm 182~194mm Paper Size A5SEF B5SEF
4 5 6 7
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.1, ADJ 15.1.2
12/05 4-145
For 2 Sided Copy

NVM 8 9 715-071 715-073 Paper Width 279.4mm 297mm Paper Size Letter LEF A4LEF, A3SEF
ADJ 15.1.2 DADF Original Detection Correction (DC527: Size Detection Auto-Correction Function)
Purpose
To automatically adjust the original size during DADF scan to the desired original size. Proceed with this adjustment only after the following operations/events. The DADF Assy is replaced. An abnormality is detected after replacing the Regi Roll, Feed Roll and Retard Roll. A size detection error occurs.
[Outline] Using the DADF, continuously scan 3 originals. The NVM Data is automatically corrected based on the comparison between the Slow Scan Length and the reference value detected by the DADF. The NVM Data that is corrected is "Size Correction Value for Slow Scan Originals in Non CVT Mode" (Chain Link No. 710-552). Scanned originals differ according to the market as follows: FX, XE/AP: A4LEF (Slow Scan Length Accuracy (210.0mm0.7mm)) XC: 8.5"x11"LEF (Slow Scan Length Accuracy (215.9mm0.7mm))
Adjustment
1. 2. Enter dC527. Set three originals to be fed in the DADF. * The size of the fed original differs according to the market. FX, XE/AP: A4LEF (Slow Scan Length Accuracy (210.0mm0.7mm)) XC: 8.5"x11"LEF (Slow Scan Length Accuracy (215.9mm0.7mm)) 3. When the [Start] button is pressed, the DADF will start to lay the originals and calculate the correction value. 4.During this time, [Job in Progress] will be displayed. 5. The applicable NVM Data will then be reset. After the operation, the PSW screen will be displayed. However, if this operation results in an NG, the NVM Data will not be reset and a message indicating that an NG has occurred will be displayed. 6. The operation ends when the [Stop] button is pressed. Status Confirmation Specifications
12/05 4-146
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.2, ADJ 15.1.3
You may check the following status by using NVM Read after operations.
ADJ 15.1.3 DADF Non-Standard Sized Original Customized Registration Function

Purpose
To enable non-standard sized originals to be fed as standard sized originals by registering original sizes that cannot be detected (non-standard sizes) by the DADF. This enables the feeding of customized original sizes for different users. [Outline] Original size detection is based on the customized registered data. The DADF then processes the original in the specified original size. Customized registration is limited to only 1 entry. If the registration data is valid, the original size is detected based on the priorities in the detection table. Preparation 1. 2. 3. 4. Borrow a non-standard sized original to be registered from the customer. Check in which direction (LEF or SEF) the customer wants to process the original using the DADF. Check in which paper size and direction the customer wants the copy. Check and make a note of the Fast Scan Direction Length (X) and Slow Scan Direction Length (Y) of the original using the scale. Enter dC131. Select NVM Read/Write. Set the following NVM Data for customized registration detection. NOTE: Fast Scan Direction Max </= Fast Scan Direction Min Value = 200 (within 20mm) NOTE: Slow Scan Direction Max </= Slow Scan Direction Min Value = 200 (within 20mm) NOTE: In order to prevent incorrect detection by the Size Sensor, the following sizes cannot be entered. Fast Scan Direction Max: 2190~2290 Fast Scan Direction Min: 2810~2910 Set the data for 710-565 to 1. (Customized registration is valid.) Set (X+10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-559. (Fast Scan Direction Max Value Setting) Set (X-10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-560. (Fast Scan Direction Max Value Setting) Set (Y+10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-561. (Slow Scan Direction Max Value Setting) Set (Y-10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-562. (Slow Scan Direction Min Value Setting) Enter the data for 710-563. (Enter the data for a paper size selected from the table below based on the size specified by the customer.)
ChainLink 710-552
Display Data Name Size Correction Value for Slow Scan Originals in Non CVT Mode
Remarks Setting Range=144~256 (Equivalent to 56 increments [10mm] 0.18mm/increment) Initial Value: 200 (However, there is an adjusted value set against the Initial Value at ex-factory.)
<Restrictions> This operation cannot be terminated (or aborted) halfway through the process and has to be completed from start to finish regardless of any abnormalities that occur. In cases where more than 4 originals are fed into the DADF, this operation will not lay the originals that are fed after the fourth sheet.
NOTE: If there is an NG after adjustment, repeat the procedure.
Adjustment
1. 2.
For the measurements X and Y obtained in the preparation:
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.3
12/05 4-147
Enter the data for 710-564. (Enter the data for a paper size selected from the table below based on the size specified by the customer.) The information that is related to the NVM to be entered is as follows.
ADJ 15.1.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration

Purpose
To adjust the original to the proper position (original feed direction) on the Platen. NOTE: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment.
ChainLink 710-559 710-560 710-561 710-562 710-563
Display Data Name Fast Scan Direction Max Value Note 1) Fast Scan Direction Min Value Note 1) Slow Scan Direction Max Value Note 2) Slow Scan Direction Min Value Note 2) Specified Paper Code for Customized Registration
Remarks Setting Range=1297~3070 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2970) Setting Range=1297~3070 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2970) Setting Range=1297~4418 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2100) Setting Range=1297~4418 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2100) 03: 5.5"x 8.5" 04: A5 05: B5 08: A4 09: 8"x10" 10: 8.5"x11" 11: 8.5"x12.4" 12: 8.5"x13" 13: 8.5"x14" 14: B4 15: A3 16: 11"x17" 17: 8K 20: ILLEGAL SIZE (Initial Value=08) 0: LEF, 1: SEF (Initial Value=0) Do not use Specified Customized Registration for Original Size Detection Table: 0 Use Specified Customized Registration for Original Size Detection Table: 1 (Initial Value=0)
IOT Lead Registration (ADJ 9.1) IIT Lead Registration (ADJ 11.1.1) DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.5) DADF Position Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.6)
NOTE: If there is a black line at the Tail Edge for non-standard sizes after Regi adjustment of the Lead Edge for Side 1 and Side 2, adjust the Tail Edge using 711-142 (Side 1) and 711-143 (Side 2).
Check
(1 Sided mode) 1. 2. Place the Test Chart (499T283) so that there is no gap between the chart and the DADF Gate. Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode. 3. Paper Tray: "A3" Reduce/Enlarge: "100%" Number of copies: "2"
Check that the distance between the Lead Edge and the reference value of the second copy is 101.5mm. If it is not within the specified range, adjust to the specified range using the following procedure. (Figure 1)
710-564 710-565
Feed Direction for Original Size Specified Customized Registration for DADF Original Size Detection Table
3. 4.
Check the NVM Data setting. Feed the customized original registered in the Size Detection Table into the DADF. Check that the original size is detected according to the settings. NOTE: As non-standard sized originals are handled as standard sized originals, there may be problems such as image loss in the scan data.
12/05 4-148
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.4
Check (2 Sided mode) 1. 2. Make a copy for taking measurements. After adjustment in 1 Sided mode, place the Chart (499T283) on the Platen and make a 2-Sided copy on A4S paper. Place the copy made in Step 1 on the DADF and make a copy using the following settings. 3. Paper Tray: "A4S" Reduce/Enlarge: "100%" Number of copies: "1" Mode: "2 1 Sided"
Check that the distance between the Lead Edge and the reference value in the second copy is 102.0mm. If it is not within the specified range, adjust to the specified range using the following procedure. (Figure 2)
Figure 1 Measuring the distance from the Lead Edge to the reference value in the second copy (j0st41553) 4. 5. Place the two copies taken in Step 2 on the DADF so that the second copy is placed below the first and both copies are fed from the Tail Edge into the DADF. Check that the difference between the distance from the Lead Edge to the reference value in the two copies taken in Steps 2 and 4 is within 1.5mm.
Adjustment Procedure (1 Sided mode) 1. 2. Enter dC131[711-140]. If the specified value is 3. 11.5mm and above, decrease the NVM value. 8.5mm and below, increase the NVM value. Figure 2 Measuring the distance from the Lead Edge to the reference value in the second copy (j0st41554)
(NVM 1 increment=0.2mm) Repeat the procedure until the value is within the specified range (101.5mm).
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.4
12/05 4-149
NOTE: As there will be differences in the Regi according to the ratio, adjust the following NVM. dC131[711-004: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side1) (B/W mode: 300.1~400%) dC131[711-005: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side1) (B/W mode: 200.1~300%) dC131[711-007: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side1) (B/W mode: 150.1~200%) DC131[711-008: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side1) (B/W mode: 100.1~150%) DC131[711-009: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side1) (B/W mode: 25~100%)
ADJ 15.1.5 DADF Height Adjustment

To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF.
Adjustment Procedure (2 Sided mode) 1. 2. Enter dC131[711-141]. Adjust to the specified range (102.0mm). If the distance between the Lead Edge and the reference value is 3. 12.0mm and above, decrease the NVM value. 8.0mm and below, increase the NVM value.
Check
1. Check the gap between the DADF Platen Guide tips (3) and the Platen Glass or DADF Platen Glass. (Figure 1) 1. 2. The DADF Platen Guide tips at the rear are touching the DADF Platen Glass. The DADF Platen Guide tips (2) at the front are touching the Platen Glass.
(NVM 1 increment=0.2mm) Repeat the procedure until the value is within the specified range (102.0mm). dC131[711-018: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side2) (B/W mode: 300.1~400%) dC131[711-019: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side2) (B/W mode: 200.1~300%) dC131[711-021: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side2) (B/W mode: 150.1~200%) dC131[711-022: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side2) (B/W mode: 100.1~150%) dC131[711-023: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side2) (B/W mode: 25~100%) NOTE: As there will be differences in the Regi according to the ratio, adjust the following NVM.
Figure 1 Checking the gap between the DADF Platen Guide and the Platen Glass (j0st41555)
12/05 4-150
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.5
Adjustment
NOTE: DADF height adjustment is basically carried out using the Left Counter Balance. In cases where such adjustment is not possible, adjustment is carried out using the Right Counter Balance. 1. Loosen the nut of the Left/Right Counter Balance and turn the screw to adjust the height and slant of the DADF. (Figure 2) Turning the screw in direction A will cause the front of the DADF to rise and the rear to fall. (Direction of arrow A) Turning the screw in direction B will cause the front of the DADF to fall and the rear to rise. (Direction of arrow B)
ADJ 15.1.6 DADF Position Adjustment

To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF. (DADF Lead Skew, Orthogonality)
Check
1. 2. Place the Test Chart (499T283) on the DADF. Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode. 3. Paper Tray: "A3" Reduce/Enlarge: "100%" Number of copies: "3"
Check that the difference in the distance (A and B) between the side and the Edges in the 3 copies is within 00.5mm. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 Adjusting the DADF Height (j0st41556) NOTE: Ensure that the nut is securely tightened after adjustment.
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.5, ADJ 15.1.6
12/05 4-151
Figure 1 Checking the Lead Skew in the original (j0st41557)
Figure 2 Adjusting the DADF Position (j0st41558) The DADF moved in direction A (Figure 3)
Adjustment
1. 2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL15.2) Adjust the position of the DADF by moving the DADF in direction A or B. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Loosen the screws (x5). Move the DADF in direction A or B. Tighten the screws (x5).
12/05 4-152
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.6
Figure 3 Output copy after adjustment (j0st41559) The DADF moved in direction B (Figure 4) 3.
Figure 4 Output copy after adjustment (j0st41560) Reinstall the DADF Rear Cover.
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.6
12/05 4-153
5 Parts List
Overview
Introduction...................................................................................................................... Subsystem Information.................................................................................................... Symbology....................................................................................................................... 3 4 5
Cover
PL 10.1Cover-Front, Left ............................................................................................................... PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right ............................................................................................................ 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 Parts-list
Drive
PL 11.1 PL 11.2 PL 11.3 PL 11.4 PL 11.5 PL 11.6 PL 12.1 PL 12.2 PL 12.3 PL 12.4 PL 12.5 PL 12.6 PL 12.7 PL 13.1 PL 13.2 PL 13.3 PL 13.4 PL 13.5 PL 13.6 PL 13.7 PL 13.8 PL 13.9 Platen/Cover..................................................................................................................... Control Panel.................................................................................................................... Platen Glass...................................................................................................................... CCD PWB, Sensor ........................................................................................................... Carriage Cable/Motor....................................................................................................... Full/Half Rate Carriage .................................................................................................... Tray, Feeder Assembly-2T............................................................................................... Tray 3/4 Assembly-2T ..................................................................................................... Tray 3/4 Feeder-2T .......................................................................................................... Left Cover-2T................................................................................................................... Takeaway Roll-2T............................................................................................................ Electrical-2T..................................................................................................................... Cover-2T .......................................................................................................................... Tray 3/4 Assembly-TT..................................................................................................... Tray 3 Assembly-TT ........................................................................................................ Tray 4 Assembly-TT ........................................................................................................ Paper Feed (1/2)-TT......................................................................................................... Paper Feed (2/2)-TT......................................................................................................... Tray 3/4 Feeder-TT .......................................................................................................... Left Cover Assembly-TT ................................................................................................. Electrical-TT .................................................................................................................... Cover-TT..........................................................................................................................
Parts Lists Drive

PL 1.1 Main Drive ......................................................................................................................... 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Paper Transport
PL 2.1 PL 2.2 PL 2.3 PL 2.4 PL 2.5 PL 2.6 PL 2.7 PL 2.8 Tray, Feeder 1/2 Assembly ................................................................................................ Tray 1/2 .............................................................................................................................. Feeder 1/2 Assembly.......................................................................................................... Registration ........................................................................................................................ Vertical Transport Cover.................................................................................................... Transfer Cover Assembly .................................................................................................. L/H Upper Chute Assembly............................................................................................... L/H Upper Cover Assembly...............................................................................................
Tray Module - 2T
ROS
PL 3.1 ROS ....................................................................................................................................
Tray Module - TT
XERO/DEVE
PL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge ........................................................................................................ PL 4.2 Toner System .....................................................................................................................
Fuser
PL 5.1 Fuser Unit...........................................................................................................................
Exit
PL 6.1 PL 6.2 PL 6.3 PL 6.4 Exit ..................................................................................................................................... Exit 1 .................................................................................................................................. L/H Upper Chute Assembly............................................................................................... Tray Guide Assembly ........................................................................................................
Mobile Stand
PL 14.1 Mobile Stand ....................................................................................................................
MSI
PL 7.1 MSI Assembly.................................................................................................................... PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly ..................................................................................................... PL 7.3 MSI Tray Assembly ...........................................................................................................
DADF
PL 15.1 DADF Accessory ............................................................................................................. PL 15.2 DADF Component, Cover ............................................................................................... PL 15.3 DADF Base Cover Component........................................................................................ PL 15.4 DADF Feeder Component ............................................................................................... PL 15.5 Top Cover Component..................................................................................................... PL 15.6 Takeaway Pinch Roll, Nudger Motor, Nudger/Feed Roll................................................ PL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute ........................................................................................................ PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll........................................................................................................... PL 15.9 Motor Unit........................................................................................................................ PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray...................................................................................................
Duplex
PL 8.1 Duplex Unit ........................................................................................................................ PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly........................................................................................................
Electrical
PL 9.1 PL 9.2 PL 9.3 PL 9.4 Electrical ............................................................................................................................ ESS ..................................................................................................................................... FAX Unit............................................................................................................................ Wire Harness ......................................................................................................................
Finisher
PL 16.1 Finisher Unit ....................................................................................................................
12/05 5-1
PL 16.2 H-Transport Assembly (1/2) ............................................................................................ PL 16.3 H-Transport Assembly (2/2) ............................................................................................ PL 16.4 Cover ................................................................................................................................ PL 16.5 Top Open Cover and Eject Roll ....................................................................................... PL 16.6 Paper Transport (1/2) ....................................................................................................... PL 16.7 Paper Transport (2/2) ....................................................................................................... PL 16.8 Staple Unit........................................................................................................................ PL 16.9 Compiler Tray Assembly ................................................................................................. PL 16.10 Elevator .......................................................................................................................... PL 16.11 Exit ................................................................................................................................. PL 16.12 Electrical ........................................................................................................................ PL 16.13 LVPS .............................................................................................................................. PL 16.14 Rack................................................................................................................................
69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83
Common Hardware
Common Hardware......................................................................................................................... Part Number Index..........................................................................................................................
Parts-list
12/05 5-2
Introduction
Overview
The Parts List section identifies all part numbers and the corresponding location of all spared subsystem components.
Other Information
Abbreviations Abbreviations are used in the parts lists and the exploded view illustrations to provide information in a limited amount of space. The following abbreviations are used in this manual: Table 1 Abbreviation A3 A4 A5 AD AWG EMI GB KB MB MM MOD NOHAD PL P/O R/E Meaning 297 x 594 Millimeters 210 x 297 Millimeters 148 x 210 Millimeters Auto Duplex American Wire Gauge Electro Magnetic Induction Giga Byte Kilo Byte Mega Byte Millimeters Magneto Optical Drive Noise Ozone Heat Air Dirt Parts List Part of Reduction/Enlargement Table 2 Operating Companies Abbreviation AO NASG - US NASG Canada XE Meaning Americas Operations North American Solutions Group - US North American Solutions Group Canada Xerox Europe
Organization
Parts Lists Each item number in the part number listing corresponds to an item number in the related illustration. All the parts in a given subsystem of the machine will be located in the same illustration or in a series of associated illustrations. Electrical Connectors and Fasteners This section contains the illustrations and descriptions of the plugs, jacks, and fasteners used in the machine. A part number listing of the connectors is included. Common Hardware The common hardware is listed in alphabetical order by the letter or letters used to identify each item in the part number listing and in the illustrations. Dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise identified. Part Number Index This index lists all the spared parts in the machine in numerical order. Each number is followed by a reference to the parts list on which the part may be found.
Symbology
Symbology used in the Parts List section is identified in the Symbology section.
Service Procedure Referencing

If a part or assembly has an associated repair or adjustment procedure, the procedure number will be listed at the end of the part description in the parts lists e.g. (REP 5.1, ADJ 5.3)
12/05 5-3
Parts-list
Introduction
Subsystem Information
Use of the Term Assembly
The term assembly will be used for items in the part number listing that include other itemized parts in the part number listing. When the word assembly is found in the part number listing, there will be a corresponding item number on the illustrations followed by a bracket and a listing of the contents of the assembly.
Brackets
A bracket is used when an assembly or kit is spared, but is not shown in the illustration. The item number of the assembly or kit precedes the bracket; the item numbers of the piece parts follow the bracket.
Tag
The notation W/Tag in the parts description indicates that the part configuration has been updated. Check the change Tag index in the General Information section of the Service Data for the name and purpose of the modification. In some cases, a part or assembly may be spared in two versions: with the Tag and without the Tag. In those cases, use whichever part is appropriate for the configuration of the machine on which the part is to be installed. If the machine does not have a particular Tag and the only replacement part available is listed as W/Tag, install the Tag kit or all of the piece parts. The Change Tag Index tells you which kit or piece parts you need. Whenever you install a Tag kit or all the piece parts that make up a Tag, mark the appropriate number on the Tag matrix.
Parts-list
Subsystem Information
12/05 5-4
Symbology
A Tag number within a circle pointing to an item number shows that the part has been changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 1). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag Index.
A Tag number within a circle having a shaded bar and pointing to an item number shows that the configuration of the part shown is the configuration before the part was changed by the Tag number within the circle (Figure 2).
Figure 2 Without Tag Symbol Figure 1 With Tag Symbol
12/05 5-5
Parts-list
Symbology
A tag number within a circle with no apex shows that the entire drawing has been changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 3). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag Index.
A tag number within a circle with no apex and having a shaded bar shows that the entire drawing was the configuration before being changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 4).
Figure 3 Entire Drawing With Tag Symbol
Figure 4 Entire Drawing Without Tag Symbol
Parts-list
Symbology
12/05 5-6
PL 1.1 Main Drive

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Part 005E 17900 007E 79060 007E 79070 007E 79080 423W 13155 007K 88580 020E 36600 005E 17860 Description Collar Gear (21/21T) Gear (18T) Gear (28T) Belt Main Drive Unit Main Drive Assembly ( REP 1.1.1) Pulley Flange
Parts-list
PL 1.1
12/05 5-293
PL 2.1 Tray, Feeder 1/2 Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Part 003E 58700 014E 44710 050K 49840 110K 11680 110K 11680 849E 03590 054K 24090 054E 25720 892E 41110 891E 49060 892E 13370 Description Stopper Spacer Tray Assembly (PL 2.2) Tray 1 Paper Size Switch Tray 2 Paper Size Switch Bracket Feed Out Chute Feeder 1 Assembly (PL 2.3)(REP 2.1.1 ) Feeder 2 Assembly (PL 2.3)(REP 2.1.1 ) Feed Out Chute Label Tray No1 Label Tray No2 Label Size
Parts-list
PL 2.1
12/05 5-294
PL 2.2 Tray 1/2

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Part 059K 26950 802E 54720 892E 98770 892E 98780 019K 98700 038K 87110 TBD 019E 39130 038K 26550 849E 06320 120E 22040 120E 22080 809E 41880 007E 78190 038E 26530 809E 47090 120E 22050 012E 11090 007E 78430 007E 78450 007E 78440 015K 60580 006E 78480 003E 59940 035E 68040 Description Tray Assembly (Item5-26) Tray Cover Label (Instruction) Label (Max) Bottom Pad Front Side Guide Slide Lock Tray Pad Rear Side Guide Bottom Plate Tray Side Guide Actuator Guide Actuator Spring Pinion Gear End Guide Spring End Guide Actuator Link Coupling Gear (13T) Gear (13T/60T) Sector Gear (60T) Bracket Lift Up Shaft Stopper Seal
Parts-list
PL 2.2
12/05 5-295
PL 2.3 Feeder 1/2 Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 Part 059K 26950 127K 38170 015K 60680 014E 44770 807E 00080 809E 50530 005K 83081 007K 85730 007E 62280 013E 92890 006K 23220 120E 22480 930W 00103 930W 00103 962K 18910 007E 79390 022K 67170 005K 05890 005K 06760 006E 78500 054E 23170 005K 07010 022K 67170 022K 67170 807E 00070 413W 01160 013E 92890 028E 94160 802E 54670 Description Feeder Assembly(Item2-40) Tray 1/2 Feed/Lift Up Motor Bracket Spacer Gear (31T) Spring Oneway Clutch Oneway Gear Gear (13T) Bearing Shaft Front Chute Actuator Tray 1/2 Level Sensor Tray 1/2 No Paper Sensor Wire Harness Gear (28T/21T) Gear (29T) Spring Feed Roll (REP 2.3.1) Oneway Clutch Oneway Gear (22T) Shaft Chute Spring Friction Clutch Support Assembly Retard Roll (REP 2.3.1) Spacer Gear (33T) Support Assembly Nudger Roll (REP 2.3.1) Gear (25T) Lower Frame Bearing Gear (34T) Lever Bearing Washer Upper Frame Cover
Parts-list
PL 2.3
12/05 5-296
PL 2.4 Registration
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Part 054E 23910 013E 26760 054E 23940 059E 98590 059K 31020 121K 32660 130K 64270 849E 26210 849E 16040 013E 26060 013E 26090 006E 78800 121K 31640 121K 32730 007E 79320 054K 23940 059K 26820 Description Chute Bearing Regi. Chute Idler Roll Regi. Roll Regi. Clutch Regi. Sensor Earth Plate Bracket Bearing Bearing Shaft Takeaway Roll Clutch(Alternate) Takeaway Roll Clutch(Alternate) Gear (19T) Chute Assembly Regi. Assembly(Item2-8)
Parts-list
PL 2.4
12/05 5-297
PL 2.5 Vertical Transport Cover

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Part 015K 61010 110E 93440 029E 31600 054E 23930 059K 26840 003E 59840 849E 14880 013E 23960 013E 23970 059E 98370 130K 64260 809E 42470 809E 49920 962K 23460 130E 85850 802E 55700 809E 42480 007E 79270 013E 24280 413W 11860 007E 79300 007E 79280 007E 79290 007E 79310 Description Gear Assembly (Item2,3,22-25) Bracket Assembly L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch Rivet Lower Chute Takeaway Roll (REP 2.5.1) Handle Bracket Bearing Bearing Pinch Roller Tray2 Feed Out Sensor Spring Spring Wire Harness Earth Plate L/H Lower Cover Spring Gear (18T) Bearing Bearing Gear(21T) Gear(23T) Gear(22T) Gear(31T)
Parts-list
PL 2.5
12/05 5-298
PL 2.6 Transfer Cover Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Part 012K 94340 802K 56090 011E 13280 011E 13290 013E 25090 059K 25190 802E 55490 809E 39681 809E 42441 054K 24050 802K 58260 826E 08440 849E 16430 802K 49240 110E 94770 Description Link Assembly BTR Roll Assembly Lever (Rear) Lever (Front) Bearing BTR Roll (REP 2.6.1) Housing Spring Spring L/H Upper Chute Assembly (PL 2.8) L/H Upper Cover Assembly (PL 2.7) Stud Bracket Wire Assembly L/H Cover Inter lock Switch
Parts-list
PL 2.6
12/05 5-299
PL 2.7 L/H Upper Chute Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Part 013E 23990 849E 24850 032E 21310 054E 22590 105E 11680 809E 39690 809E 39720 059K 32930 809E 50860 809E 50870 849E 17000 Description Bearing Earth Plate Guide L/H Chute Eliminator Spring Contact DTS Spring Chute Pinch Roll Spring Spring Plate
Parts-list
PL 2.7
12/05 5-300
PL 2.8 L/H Upper Cover Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Part 003E 59830 024E 03250 032E 21670 054E 23950 054K 24060 801K 05650 802E 55610 809E 42460 849E 13980 Description Handle CRU Shutter Handle Guide L/H Cover Chute Chute Assembly Frame Assembly L/H Cover Spring Support
Parts-list
PL 2.8
12/05 5-301
PL 3.1 ROS
Item 1 2 3 4 Part 062K 13580 927W 00111 849E 14210 913W 01206 Description ROS Unit (REP 3.1.1) ROS Fan Bracket Connector
Parts-list
PL 3.1
12/05 5-302
PL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge

Item 1 2 Part Description XERO/DEVE Cartridge Toner Cartridge
Parts-list
PL 4.1
12/05 5-303
PL 4.2 Toner System

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part 014E 44730 026E 77760 032K 96910 110K 11810 130K 61530 815E 05030 962K 13060 003E 59930 006E 79650 032K 96950 094K 04500 807E 01360 849E 23310 127K 38040 160K 95830 054E 23660 127K 37880 802K 63950 802K 63960 160K 95830 032K 96940 Description Stopper Screw Guide Assembly XERO Interlock Switch HUM and TEMP Sensor Plate Wire Harness Stopper Shaft Toner Box Dispense Assembly Gear (13T) Support Dispense Motor (REP 4.2.1) Toner Crum PWB Duct Fuser Fan Housing Assembly Housing Assembly XERO Crum PWB Toner Box Assembly (Item8-13)
Parts-list
PL 4.2
12/05 5-304
PL 5.1 Fuser Unit

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Part 006E 78620 054E 23650 120E 22120 130E 82740 809E 42200 849E 14690 126K 16480 126K 16490 Description Shaft Exit Chute Actuator Fuser Exit Sensor Spring Bracket Fuser Unit (110/127V)(REP 5.1.1) Fuser Unit (220/240V)(REP 5.1.1)
Parts-list
PL 5.1
12/05 5-305
PL 6.1 Exit
Item 1 2 3 4 Part 059K 31560 Description Exit 1 (PL 6.2) Exit 2+OCT 2 (Item3,4)(REP 6.1.1) L/H Upper Chute Assembly (PL 6.3) Tray Guide Assembly (PL 6.4)
Parts-list
PL 6.1
12/05 5-306
PL 6.2 Exit 1
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part 036K 91600 038E 26720 059K 31590 007E 78910 007E 78920 007E 78930 013E 22021 013E 25550 013E 25840 021E 98390 050E 19800 054E 23830 054E 23840 059E 99330 059K 26760 127K 37950 809E 42370 809E 42390 849E 25110 849E 25120 849E 29860 930W 00103 962K 15240 802E 55150 849E 13720 105E 12210 Description Paper Weight Assembly Exit1 Tray Guide Exit1 Assembly (Item4-24) Gear Gear (19T) Offset Gear Bearing Bearing Bearing Cap Eixt1 Gate Lower Chute OCT Chute Pinch Roller Exit1 Roll Offset Motor1 Spring Spring Earth Plate Earth Plate Bracket OCT Home Sensor1 Wire Harness Screw Exit1 Top Cover Bracket Eliminator
Parts-list
PL 6.2
12/05 5-307
PL 6.3 L/H Upper Chute Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part 054E 24380 003E 60160 050E 20010 809E 50480 054E 24370 003E 60180 802E 56860 807E 00160 007K 89020 849E 26330 802E 57020 849E 26320 105E 12210 059E 97541 809E 54970 013E 25840 013E 25550 807E 00200 059K 31240 059K 31010 015K 63710 015K 63700 012E 11780 809E 37170 Description L/H Upper Chute Latch Exit 2 Gate Spring Upper FU Chute Stopper Gear Cover Gear (52T) Gear (19T) Earth Plate FUP Exit Cover Earth Plate Eliminator Pinch Roll Spring Bearing Bearing Gear (19T) Roll Assy Invert Roll Assy Bracket Bracket Link Spring
Parts-list
PL 6.3
12/05 5-308
PL 6.4 Tray Guide Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Part 038E 26810 105E 12210 013E 25550 013E 22021 054E 24330 036K 91600 059K 26760 013E 25840 807E 00180 059E 99330 809E 42390 003E 60170 809E 50210 801K 05430 849E 26610 849E 26480 120E 22450 110E 93440 807E 00210 801K 05440 809E 52100 012E 11680 121K 32370 807E 00170 006E 79170 807E 00190 809E 50170 012E 11390 121K 31810 127K 37950 059E 98600 059E 98780 054E 24320 809E 37332 930W 00103 962K 18880 127K 38260 930W 00103 Description Tray Guide Eliminator Bearing Bearing Roll OCT2 Chute Paper Weight Assembly Exit2 Roll Bearing Gear (19T) Exit Pinch Roll Spring Latch Spring Front Plate Earth Plate Earth Plate Actuator Exit2 Interlock Switch Offset Gear Rear Plate Spring Link FU Solenoid Gear (20T) Shaft Gear (19T/44T) Spring Exit Gate Link Exit2 Gate Solenoid Offset Motor Pinch Roll Actuator Lower Chute Spring Actuator Exit2 Sensor Wire Harness Exit 2 Motor Screw OCT Home Sensor
Parts-list
PL 6.4
12/05 5-309
PL 7.1 MSI Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Part 893E 15810 893E 15820 001E 64530 015K 63210 050K 49740 962K 13120 054E 24230 006E 79010 014E 44790 032E 21070 059E 98540 809E 49940 120E 22230 809E 38160 930W 00103 802E 55200 802E 55210 Description Label Label (MAX) Upper Frame Bracket Assembly MSI Tray Assembly (PL 7.3) Wire Harness Chute Shaft Spacer Guide Pinch Roll Spring Actuator Lower Frame Assembly (PL 7.2) Spring MSI No Paper Sensor MSI Front Cover MSI Rear Cover
Parts-list
PL 7.1
12/05 5-310
PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Part 801K 05760 001E 64540 003E 52420 005E 18090 006E 79020 007E 62920 007E 79710 011E 15150 013E 87320 019E 56550 849E 15230 019K 98720 032E 21060 059K 27140 121E 92780 006K 23240 008E 93831 008E 94270 059E 94960 059K 27150 413W 14860 807E 02610 809E 26400 809E 27650 809E 49950 809E 54530 849E 15240 849E 15250 054E 24240 Description Lower Frame Assembly (Item2-28) Lower Frame Stopper Lever Collar Retard Shaft Pick Up Gear Gear (18T) Gear Lever Bearing (8) Pad Bottom Plate MSI Retard Pad (REP 7.2.1) Paper Guide Drive Roll MSI Feed Solenoid Shaft Pick Up Cam (Rear) Pick Up Cam (Front) Core Feed Roll(REP 7.2.1) Bearing Cam Gear Spring Spring Spring Spring Earth Plate Earth Plate Lower Chute
Parts-list
PL 7.2
12/05 5-311
PL 7.3 MSI Tray Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 007E 79700 007E 79720 007E 79730 012E 11760 032E 21120 032E 21130 050E 19970 050E 19980 130K 64310 802E 56300 809E 49930 962K 13920 Description Pinion Gear Front Rack Rear Pack Link Side Guide Side Guide Tray MSI Tray Exit MSI Paper Size Sensor Cover Tray Spring Wire Harness
Parts-list
PL 7.3
12/05 5-312
PL 8.1 Duplex Unit

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Part 059K 31570 007E 79190 007E 79200 007E 79220 007E 79230 011E 14580 011E 14590 054E 23890 110E 93440 120E 21261 127K 39480 160K 94220 802E 55170 809E 37170 809E 37280 849E 13740 849E 16290 930W 00103 962K 13170 962K 13180 962K 19010 127E 83680 Description Duplex Unit (Item2-23) Gear (28T) Gear (33/37T) Gear (33T) Gear (42T) Latch Lever (Rear) Latch Lever (Front) Lower Chute Duplex Open Switch Actuator Duplex Motor Duplex PWB Cover Spring Spring Bracket Latch Plate Duplex Sensor Inner Chute Assembly (PL 8.2) Wire Harness Wire Harness Wire Harness Fan
Parts-list
PL 8.1
12/05 5-313
PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 003E 59810 003E 59820 013E 22671 029E 32580 054E 23870 054E 23880 059E 97490 059E 98420 059E 99210 809E 37140 Description Stopper Lock Bearing Pin Outer Chute Inner Chute Duplex Roller Duplex Roller Assembly Pinch Roller Spring
Parts-list
PL 8.2
12/05 5-314
PL 9.1 Electrical
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part Description 105E 11410 HVPS-Y1 110E 11230 Main Switch 849E 06890 Bracket 160K 94210 Exit PWB 160K 94200 MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) PWB Support 849E 06860 Bracket 105E 11370 Power Unit-B1(110/127V) 105E 11380 Power Unit-B1H (220/240V) 104E 94080 Choke Coil (220/240V) 101K 45360 CHAS Assy AC XC (Item11-16) 826E 08750 Screw 849E 06880 Bracket 908W 01201GFI Breaker 962K 18690 Wire Harness 962K 20010 Wire Harness 113E 23720 Outlet 026E 40430 Screw 849E 25240 Stopper 849E 25200 Bracket
Parts-list
PL 9.1
12/05 5-315
PL 9.2 ESS
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Part 101E 16720 849E 06900 849E 16320 026E 40430 101E 16700 101E 16710 160K 91660 133K 23830 133K 23850 802K 56030 960K 01120 160K 94250 101K 46110 101K 46070 537K 68270 962K 13050 Description Panel ESS Chassis Assembly Bracket Bracket Screw Panel Panel EVE PWB DDR DIMM (128MB) DDR DIMM (256MB) ESS Cover Assembly HDD (20GB) FMO PWB (FAX) EPSV PWB (Option) Printer PWB PS DIMM (Option) Wire Harness
Parts-list
PL 9.2
12/05 5-316
PL 9.3 FAX Unit

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Part 101E 16770 130K 64230 160K 95900 160K 97640 960K 00330 849E 13400 117K 35790 117K 36790 117K 36500 117K 35800 177K 95161 101K 45050 Description FAX Box Assy Panel Speaker FCB PWB (XC) FCB XE PWB (EU) FCB PWB (ARZ) Bracket USB Cable(Alternate) USB Cable(Alternate) USB Cable(Alternate) Wire Harness Data Cable FAX Box Unit(Item1-5)
Parts-list
PL 9.3
12/05 5-317
PL 9.4 Wire Harness

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part 962K 13510 962K 13080 962K 13090 962K 13100 962K 13110 962K 13140 962K 13200 962K 13210 962K 13250 962K 13300 962K 19220 962K 23600 962K 13500 Description Wire Harness Switch 2 Wire Harness ROS Wire Harness Drive Wire Harness Feeder Wire Harness PH Wire Harness Size Wire Harness Crum Wire Harness Exit Wire Harness LVPS Power Wire Harness Fuser AC Wire Harness Interlock Wire Harness MSI Wire Harness Switch 1
Parts-list
PL 9.4
12/05 5-318
PL 10.1Cover-Front, Left
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part 802E 55220 802E 55390 802E 55400 802E 55430 802E 55440 121E 85020 802E 55340 802E 55350 003E 61060 050E 89400 054E 23670 802E 55190 802E 55420 809E 54540 802E 55310 802E 55320 849E 13810 050E 89400 802K 62050 110E 94770 849E 13850 017E 96810 893E 21680 892E 99040 Description Left Front Cover Front Left Cover Top Rear Cover Exit Cover Left Cover Magnet Front Cover Strip Stopper ADD Tray Duct Top Cover Panel Cover Spring Inner Cover Cap Plate Add Tray Logo Label Front Cover Interlock Switch Bracket Foot E-Star Label CRU Label
Parts-list
PL 10.1
12/05 5-319
PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 802E 55230 802E 55240 802E 55260 802E 55270 802E 55410 802E 55280 802E 55290 017E 96810 017E 96830 802E 55380 893E 21530 893E 21520 Description Right Upper Cover Right Lower Cover ESS Right Cover Rear Middle Cover Rear Upper Cover Rear Lower Cover Cover Cover Foot Foot ESS Cover Label (110/127V) Label (220/240V)
Parts-list
PL 10.2
12/05 5-320
PL 11.1 Platen/Cover
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 802K 55690 802K 59360 802E 54830 802E 61240 802E 54850 036K 91511 121E 90620 004E 13450 802E 54560 802E 54550 802E 54540 802E 54880 Description Platen Cover Assembly (Item2, 4, 5) Platen Cover Assembly (Pocket Type Option)(Item2-5) Platen Cover Platen Cover (Pocket Type Option) Pocket Cover (Pocket Type Option) Hinge Magnet Platen Cushion (REP 11.1.1) Top Cover Right Cover Left Cover Frame Assembly (PL 11.3,PL 11.4,PL 11.5,PL 11.6) Control Panel Assembly (PL 11.2)(REP 11.2.1) Hinge Cover
Parts-list
PL 11.1
12/05 5-321
PL 11.2 Control Panel

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part 802E 55520 802K 60060 802E 55530 802E 55500 160K 91630 110K 11610 123K 94950 849E 13860 160K 95930 849E 03920 802E 55550 802K 64710 Description Panel (Center) Panel (Left)(with Item4) Panel (Right) Contrast PWB Panel Housing Adjust Pen Control Panel PWB Inverter PWB Touch Panel Display Assembly Bracket UI PWB UI Base Frame UI Top Cover UI Lower Cover Wire Harness Wire Harness Wire Harness Support Wire Harness Control Panel (Item5-20)
Parts-list
PL 11.2
12/05 5-322
PL 11.3 Platen Glass

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part 090K 02331 815E 04811 802E 53950 160K 99810 117E 21630 090K 93010 849E 17910 826E 06490 826E 09230 117E 21640 849E 22650 849E 15760 Description Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1) Right Side Plate IPS Cover IIT/IPS PWB (REP 11.3.2) CCD Flat Cable Wire Harness Left Side Plate Platen Glass Plate Lock Screw Screw ESS Flat Cable Support Glass Support Glass
Parts-list
PL 11.3
12/05 5-323
PL 11.4 CCD PWB, Sensor

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 062K 14501 802E 54170 815E 05330 130K 64150 130K 64150 110K 11960 130E 85970 849E 06010 120E 22030 009E 55450 130E 85970 Description Lens Kit Assembly (REP 11.4.1) Lens Cover Bracket APS Sensor APS Sensor Platen Open Switch IIT Regi. Sensor Support Actuator Spring Platen Angle Sensor Foot
Parts-list
PL 11.4
12/05 5-324
PL 11.5 Carriage Cable/Motor

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Part 020E 36540 006K 23000 012K 94410 012K 94420 020E 37030 809E 41740 063E 97330 063E 97340 013E 23640 023E 21210 020E 36530 127K 38190 Description Capstan Pulley Capstan Shaft Front Carriage Cable (REP 11.5.1) Rear Carriage Cable (REP 11.5.1) Pulley Spring Tape Tape Frame Bearing Belt Timing Pulley Carriage Motor Assembly (Item14.15)(REP 11.5.2) Carriage Motor Bracket
Parts-list
PL 11.5
12/05 5-325
PL 11.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part 032E 21150 041K 94470 117E 21570 032E 21160 062E 10800 809E 41680 118E 15630 122K 93480 105E 12140 019E 56310 041K 94440 062E 10780 809E 41680 020E 36510 020E 37030 019E 56310 032E 20300 Description Harness Guide Full Rate Carriage Assembly (Item3-11)(ADJ 11.6.11) Full Rate Carriage Lamp Wire Harness (REP 11.6.2) Guide No.1 Mirror Clip Insulator Exposure Lamp (REP 11.6.1) Lamp Ballast PWB Pad Half Rate Carriage Assembly (Item13-18)(ADJ 11.6.1) No.2,No.3 Mirror Clip Half Rate Carriage Pulley Pulley Pad Guide
Parts-list
PL 11.6
12/05 5-326
PL 12.1 Tray, Feeder Assembly-2T

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 050K 49391 892E 98740 892E 98750 110K 11680 014E 44710 003E 61510 059K 31150 059K 31150 054E 22620 802E 54670 802E 62620 Description Tray 3/4 Assembly (PL 12.2) Label (No.3) Label (No.4) Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch Tray Spacer Tray Stopper Tray 3 Feeder (REP 12.1.1) Tray 4 Feeder (REP 12.1.2) Feed Out Chute Sensor Cover Cover
Parts-list
PL 12.1
12/05 5-327
PL 12.2 Tray 3/4 Assembly-2T

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Part 050K 49401 802E 54720 892K 98770 892E 98780 849E 06320 019K 98700 038K 87110 019E 56510 038E 26550 120E 22040 120E 22080 809E 41880 007E 78190 038E 26530 809E 47090 120E 22050 012E 11090 007E 78430 007E 78450 007E 78440 015K 60580 006E 78480 003E 59940 035E 68040 Description Tray Assembly (Item5-25) Tray Cover Label (Instruction) Label (Max) Bottom Plate Bottom Pad Front Side Guide Tray Pad Rear Side Guide Side Guide Actuator Guide Actuator Spring Pinion Gear End Guide Spring End Guide Actuator Link Coupling Gear (13T) Gear (13T/60T) Sector Gear (60T) Bracket Lift Up Shaft Stopper Seal Tray
Parts-list
PL 12.2
12/05 5-328
PL 12.3 Tray 3/4 Feeder-2T

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Part 127K 38170 015K 60680 014E 44770 807E 00390 809E 50530 005K 83081 007K 85730 007E 79380 013E 26530 006K 23221 054E 23460 120E 22480 930W 00103 930W 00103 962K 19691 007E 79390 007E 78900 809E 51080 022K 67170 005K 05890 005K 06760 006E 78500 054E 23171 809E 42530 005K 07010 022K 67170 014E 45030 807E 00800 022K 67170 807E 00070 413W 01160 807E 00410 011E 14770 013E 92890 028E 94160 Description Upper Frame Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor Bracket Sacer Gear (33T) Spring Oneway Clutch Oneway Gear Gear (33T) Bearing Shaft Front Chute Actuator Tray 3/4 Level Sensor Tray 3/4 No Paper Sensor Wire Harness Gear (28T/21T) Gear (29T) Spring Feed Roll (REP 12.3.1) Oneway Clutch Oneway Gear (22T) Shaft Chute Spring Friction Clutch Support Assembly Retard Roll (REP 12.3.1) Spacer Gear (13T) Support Assembly Nudger Roll (REP 12.3.1) Gear (25T) Bearing Gear (34T) Lever Bearing Washer Lower Frame
Parts-list
PL 12.3
12/05 5-329
PL 12.4 Left Cover-2T

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Part 802K 53501 003E 59630 003E 59640 011E 14480 802E 54661 054E 23420 120E 22060 809E 54500 849E 06330 809E 41830 013E 23660 013E 23650 059E 98190 830E 45710 110E 10620 030K 75510 030K 75490 Description Left Cover Assembly (Item 2-13) Latch Hook Handle Left Cover Chute Actuator Spring Bracket Spring Bearing Bearing Pinch Roll Support Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch Bracket Assembly Bracket
Parts-list
PL 12.4
12/05 5-330
PL 12.5 Takeaway Roll-2T

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Part 054E 23430 802E 54670 130K 64120 962K 18170 054E 23450 130K 64470 962K 18900 059K 26250 013E 23670 Description Chute Cover Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor Wire Harness Chute Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor Wire Harness Takeaway Roll Assembly Bearing
Parts-list
PL 12.5
12/05 5-331
PL 12.6 Electrical-2T
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Part 160K 97450 121K 31530 849E 06620 006B 78490 413W 77259 007E 78260 007K 89300 007E 78220 007E 78250 007E 78240 007E 78230 007E 78420 962K 18160 035E 68040 Description 2TM PWB 2TM Takeaway Roll Clutch Bracket Shaft Bearing Gear (38T) 2TM Takeaway Motor Gear (22T/40T) Gear (126T) Gear (60T) Gear (37T) Gear (32T) Wire Harness Gasket
Parts-list
PL 12.6
12/05 5-332
PL 12.7 Cover-2T
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Part 802E 54730 802E 54740 802E 54750 802E 54760 802E 54771 017K 93120 017K 93130 Description Top Cover Foot Cover Right Cover Left Cover Rear Cover Caster (Stopper) Caster
Parts-list
PL 12.7
12/05 5-333
PL 13.1 Tray 3/4 Assembly-TT

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part 050K 49430 892E 98740 893E 03310 892E 98750 849E 06280 110K 11820 059E 98210 059E 98210 Description Tray 3 Assembly (PL 13.2)(REP 13.1.1)(with Item2) Label (3) Tray 4 Assembly (PL 13.3)(REP 13.1.2) Tray 4 Stopper (P/O Item 3) Label Label (4) Tray 3 Stopper Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch Roll Shaft Bracket Roll Shaft
Parts-list
PL 13.1
12/05 5-334
PL 13.2 Tray 3 Assembly-TT

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Part 802E 54780 802E 54790 020E 36820 006K 23011 020E 36560 032E 20890 020E 36830 032E 21250 012E 11100 012E 11120 012E 11110 015K 60650 019K 98700 038K 87170 003E 59730 003K 13170 809E 50670 038K 87180 849E 07230 007E 78370 007E 78190 003E 49861 030K 75540 014E 44870 014E 44630 120E 22070 019E 58260 801K 04420 Description Tray 3 Cover Handle Tray Pulley Lift Shaft Assembly Pulley Cable Guide Pulley Cable Guide Tray Cable F/R Cable F/L Cable Bottom Plate Pad Front Side Guide Knob Knob Assembly Spring Rear Side Guide Bracket Lack Gear Pinion Stopper Brake Bracket Rail Spacer Spacer Actuator Pad Frame Assembly
Parts-list
PL 13.2
12/05 5-335
PL 13.3 Tray 4 Assembly-TT

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part 802K 53490 050K 49420 801K 04400 006K 23011 020E 36820 020E 36830 032E 21250 012E 11130 012E 11140 015K 60640 019K 98700 038K 87130 003E 59730 003K 13160 809E 50670 030K 75530 007E 78390 007E 78370 007E 78190 849B 07230 059E 98200 006E 78540 003E 49861 120E 22070 019E 58260 801K 04410 038K 87140 Description Tray 4 Cover Tray 4 Transport Assembly (PL 13.4) Frame Assembly Lift Shaft Assembly Pulley Pulley Cable Guide Rear Tray Cable(REP 13.3.1) Front Tray Cable(REP 13.3.1) Bottom Plate Pad Front Side Guide Knob Knob Assembly Spring Brake Bracket Gear Rack Gear Pinion Bracket Rail Roll Shaft Stopper Actuator Pad Frame Assembly Rear Side Guide
Parts-list
PL 13.3
12/05 5-336
PL 13.4 Paper Feed (1/2)-TT

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Part 014E 44870 032E 20360 059K 26340 054E 23510 059K 26350 013E 90840 802E 54710 059E 98860 013E 23660 809E 51330 013E 23650 014E 44870 001E 64060 054K 23730 059K 31150 849E 06540 802E 54690 930W 00202 054E 23500 054E 23490 849E 06550 030K 75570 Description Spacer Guide Tray 4 Transport Assembly (Item414) Upper Chute Takeaway Roll Assembly Bearing Cover Pinch Roll Bearing Spring Bearing Spacer Transport Rail Lower Chute Tray 4 Feeder (PL 13.6)(REP 13.4.1) Bracket Cover Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor Upper Chute F/O Lower Chute Bracket Stand Bracket
Parts-list
PL 13.4
12/05 5-337
PL 13.5 Paper Feed (2/2)-TT

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 059K 31150 802E 54680 059K 26250 413W 77559 802E 54670 054E 23530 962K 01870 130K 64120 054E 23480 054E 22620 Description Tray 3 Feeder (PL 13.6)(REP 13.5.1) Cover Takeaway Roll Assembly Bearing Cover Chute Wire Harness Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor Upper Chute Lower Chute
Parts-list
PL 13.5
12/05 5-338
PL 13.6 Tray 3/4 Feeder-TT

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Part 127K 38170 015K 60680 014E 44770 807E 00390 809E 50530 005K 83081 007K 85730 007E 79380 013E 26530 006K 23220 054E 23460 120E 22480 930W 00103 930W 00103 962K 19690 007E 79390 007E 78900 809E 51080 022K 67170 005K 05890 005K 06760 006E 78501 054E 23170 809E 42530 005K 07010 022K 67170 014E 45030 807E 00800 022K 67170 807E 00070 413W 01160 807E 00410 011E 14770 013E 92890 028E 94160 Description Upper Frame Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor Bracket Spacer Gear (31T) Spring Oneway Clutch Oneway Gear Gear (33T) Bearing Shaft Front Chute Actuator Tray 3/4 Level Sensor Tray 3/4 No Paper Sensor Wire Harness Gear (28T/21T) Gear (29T) Spring Feed Roll(REP 12.3.1) Oneway Clutch Oneway Gear (22T) Shaft Chute Spring Friction Clutch Support Assembly Retard Roll (REP 12.3.1) Spacer Gear (13T) Support Assembly Nudger Roll (REP 12.3.1) Gear (25T) Bearing Gear (34T) Lever Bearing Washer Lower Frame
Parts-list
PL 13.6
12/05 5-339
PL 13.7 Left Cover Assembly-TT

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Part 802K 53480 003E 59630 003E 59640 011E 14480 802E 54660 054E 23420 120E 22060 809E 64500 849E 06330 809E 41830 013E 23660 013E 23650 059E 98190 830E 45710 110E 10620 030K 75510 030K 75490 Description Left Cover Assembly (Item2-13) Latch Hook Handle Left Cover Chute Actuator Spring Bracket Spring Bearing Bearing Pinch Roll Support Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch Bracket Bracket
Parts-list
PL 13.7
12/05 5-340
PL 13.8 Electrical-TT
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Part 030K 75450 030K 75430 007K 89300 007E 78220 160K 97450 849E 06220 121K 31530 849K 06620 413W 77359 007E 78260 006E 78490 007E 78230 007E 78420 007E 78400 007E 78240 068K 23340 Description Gear Assembly (Tray 3) Gear Assembly (Tray 4) TTM Takeaway Motor Gear (22/40) TTM PWB Bracket TTM Takeaway Roll Clutch Bracket Bearing Gear (38T) Shaft Gear (37T) Gear (32T) Gear (60T) Gear (60T) Bracket Assembly
Parts-list
PL 13.8
12/05 5-341
PL 13.9 Cover-TT
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Part 802E 54750 802E 54740 802E 54731 802E 54771 802E 54760 017K 93130 017K 93120 Description Right Cover Top Cover Foot Cover Rear Cover Left Lower Cover Caster (S) Caster
Parts-list
PL 13.9
12/05 5-342
PL 14.1 Mobile Stand

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 048FE01760 121E 85020 048FE01770 048FE07180 048FE01790 830FE04570 017FE00500 017FE00510 003FK00380 003FK00390 Description Front Cover Magnet Left Cover Rear Cover Right Cover Bracket Caster(s) Caster Upper Hinge Lower Hinge Cover Foot
Parts-list
PL 14.1
12/05 5-343
PL 15.1 DADF Accessory

Item 1 2 3 Part 003K 91881 004K 02141 059K 33730 Description Knob Screw DADF Platen Cushion (REP 15.1.2) DADF (with Item4)(PL 15.2)(REP 15.1.1)
Parts-list
PL 15.1
12/05 5-344
PL 15.2 DADF Component, Cover

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Part 050K 49710 003E 60390 021E 98500 802E 57291 802E 57440 802K 65220 802K 65310 063E 97461 063E 97471 Description DADF Base Cover (PL 15.3) DADF Feeder Assembly (PL 15.4)(REP 15.2.2) DADF Document Tray (PL 15.10)(REP 15.2.1) Tray Holder LED Cap DADF Front Cover DADF Rear Cover Stanp Solenoid Connector Holder DADF Front Cover(Item 5,6) Velcro Fastening Velcro Fastening
Parts-list
PL 15.2
12/05 5-345
PL 15.3 DADF Base Cover Component

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 001E 64881 019K 99090 035K 82690 035K 82700 035K 82730 035K 82740 035K 82750 035K 82710 035K 82720 121E 90620 Description DADF Base Cover Gate Pad Seal (Chute:Front) Seal (Chute:Rear) Seal (Out Roll) Seal (Out Roll) Cushion (Solenoid) Seal (Regi:Front) Seal (Regi:Rear) Magnet (Interlock)(Install with the white paint on N side facing outward) Tapping Screw Shaft Holder Pinch Roll (Exit) Bearing Spring Shaft Pinch Roll (Regi:Plastics) Pinch Roll (Regi:Plastics) Spring(Length:20mm)(Marking for identification) Pinch Roll (Out Roll:Rubber) Pinch Roll (Out Roll:Rubber) Spring(Length:17mm) Pad (Sensor) Cover KL-Clip Lever (Solenoid) Cap Left Counter Balance (Panel Pressure Strong)(REP 15.3.2) Right Counter Balance (Panel Pressure Weak)(REP 15.3.3) IIT-DADF Cable Clamp DADF PWB (REP 15.3.1) PWB Bracket Wire Harness (Stamp) Earth Wire Wire Harness (Feeder Front) Bush Stamp Solenoid (Option)
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
826E 09580 006E 79331 019E 56700 059E 98690 013E 24860 809E 50720 006E 79340 059E 98700 059E 98710 809E 50730 059K 32400 059K 32410 809E 50740 019K 99080 802E 57340 028E 94260 011E 14750 021E 98510 036K 91550 036K 91560 117E 21620 920W 00016 160K 97871 849E 17250 962K 19760 962K 19780 962K 19790 718W 01004
Parts-list
PL 15.3
12/05 5-346
PL 15.4 DADF Feeder Component

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Part 003E 60410 030K 75910 032E 21280 059K 31250 054E 24481 802E 57370 059K 31361 019K 98770 006E 79350 809E 50780 019K 99061 019K 99070 035K 82760 005E 80250 032E 21290 893E 03360 962K 19730 962K 19740 962K 19750 035K 82910 035K 82940 Description Stud Stud Bracket Harness Guide Top Cover (PL 15.5) DADF Feeder (PL 15.7,PL 15.8) Retard Roll Chute Retard Roll Holder Retard Roll (REP 15.4.1) Torque Limiter Shaft Spring Pad Pad (Actuator) Seal (Rear) C-Clip Guide Label Wire Harness (Sensor) Wire Harness (Regi.Motor) Wire Harness (Feed Motor) Seal (Front) Seal (Retard)
Parts-list
PL 15.4
12/05 5-347
PL 15.5 Top Cover Component

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Part 802E 57311 011E 14740 120E 22360 849E 17180 849E 17190 059K 31290 127K 38410 130E 81970 962K 19702 032E 01260 032E 21270 059K 31263 032E 22140 893E 17320 893E 03330 005E 18150 809E 51050 809E 50720 120E 22350 054E 24450 Description Top Cover Handle Lever Actuator (Feed Out) Bracket Bracket Takeaway Pinch Roll (PL 15.6) DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) DADF Nudger Sensor Wire Harness Harness Guide Set Guide Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly (PL 15.6) Harness Guide Label (Size) Label (Jam Clear) KL-Clip Plate Spring Spring Actuator (Set) Chute
Co mm
Parts-list
PL 15.5
12/05 5-348
PL 15.6 Takeaway Pinch Roll, Nudger Motor, Nudger/Feed Roll

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Part 849E 17210 006E 79320 059E 98660 059E 98670 849E 17220 809E 50700 030K 75830 807E 00590 807E 00580 807E 00570 127K 38420 849E 23400 849E 23410 802E 57301 807E 00520 807E 00540 006E 79310 807E 00530 059K 31281 006E 79301 003E 60380 006K 23321 807E 00550 059K 31270 005E 80860 809E 55060 809E 50690 013E 92890 007K 88751 Description Bracket Shaft (Takeaway Pinch Roll) Roll Roll Aligner Bracket Spring Gear Bracket Gear (18T/19T) Gear (36T/19T) Gear (36T/16T) DADF Nudger Motor Bracket Motor Bracket Housing Sector Gear Gear (Idler:36T) Shaft Gear (Nudger:34T) Nudger Roll (REP 15.6.1) Shaft (Nudger) Set Gate Shaft (Feed) Gear (Feed:26T) Feed Roll (REP 15.6.1) C-Clip Spring Spring Bearing Gear
Parts-list
PL 15.6
12/05 5-349
PL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Part 054E 24460 054K 24530 809E 50770 035K 82831 035K 82841 035K 82851 110K 11981 801K 05612 032E 21300 849E 17281 130E 81970 130E 81970 130E 81970 130E 81970 130E 81970 130E 82650 054E 24491 120E 22381 120E 22391 120E 22401 120E 22411 120E 22420 809E 50791 849E 23240 849E 23250 105E 20791 105E 20801 035K 82770 035K 82780 038E 26880 962K 19720 121K 31910 160K 97600 Description Lower Chute Chute (Scan Position) Spring Seal Seal Seal Frame (Front) DADF Interlock Switch Frame (Rear) Sensor Guide Sensor Bracket DADF APS 1 Sensor DADF APS 2 Sensor DADF APS 3 Sensor DADF Pre Regi.Sensor DADF Invert Sensor Regi.Sensor Feeder Housing Actuator (Pre Regi.) Actuator (APS 1) Actuator (APS 2) Actuator (APS 3) Actuator (Invert) Spring Bracket (Front) Bracket (Rear) Eliminator Eliminator Seal Seal Invert Guide Wire Harness Exit Nip Release Solenoid DADF Document Set LED
Parts-list
PL 15.7
12/05 5-350
PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Part 059K 31320 059K 31341 059K 31350 059K 31330 013E 24670 013E 24880 013E 24870 020E 36880 020E 36870 020E 36890 807E 00640 020E 37400 423W 08654 423W 08655 020E 37390 030K 75730 059E 98730 809E 50761 020E 36901 023E 21350 130E 81970 028E 94110 028E 94260 423W 09354 423W 09355 004E 13830 023E 21340 Description Regi.Roll (REP 15.8.1) Out Roll Exit Roll Takeaway Roll Ball Bearing Bearing (L:10mm) Bearing (L:6mm) Pulley (Regi.) Pulley (Out) Pulley (Exit) Gear (Takeaway) Pulley (Out) Belt (Alternate) Belt (Alternate) Handle Pulley Motor Unit (PL 15.9) Tension Bracket Tension Roll Spring Pulley Belt DADF Document Set Sensor KL-Clip KL-Clip Belt (Alternate) Belt (Alternate) Disk Belt
Parts-list
PL 15.8
12/05 5-351
PL 15.9 Motor Unit

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 030K 76232 020E 36910 020E 36851 127K 38440 130E 81970 809E 50750 423W 08055 423W 08054 423W 29955 423W 29954 127K 38460 809E 55710 Description Motor Bracket Gear Pulley (20/50) Gear Pulley (14/32/37) DADF Feed Motor DADF Feed Out Sensor Spring Takeaway Belt (Width:4mm)(Alternate) Takeaway Belt (Width:4mm)(Alternate) Feed Belt (Width:6mm)(Alternate) Feed Belt (Width:6mm)(Alternate) DADF Regi.Motor Spring
Parts-list
PL 15.9
12/05 5-352
PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Part 050E 20050 038E 26841 038E 26850 807E 00600 807E 01500 120E 22370 809E 51860 802E 57320 849E 17230 809E 50710 059E 98680 130E 81970 130E 81970 130E 81970 130E 84140 130E 84140 105E 06910 849E 17240 893E 03340 893E 03351 962K 19710 802E 57330 032E 22150 Description Hinge Tray Side Guide (Rear) Side Guide (Front) Rack Gear Pinion Gear Rack Gear And Actuator Rack Spring Tray Upper Cover Sensor Bracket Tray Spring Roll DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 2 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 3 DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor Eliminator Earth Bracket Label (Inst.) Label (Max) Tray Wire Harness Tray Lower Cover Harness Guide
Parts-list
PL 15.10
12/05 5-353
PL 16.1 Finisher Unit

Item 1 2 3 Part 802E 64410 022K 67720 801K 15530 Description Cover H-Transport Assembly (PL 16.2,PL 16.3)(REP 16.1.1) Staple Finisher (PL 16.4, PL 16.5, PL 16.6, PL 16.7, PL 16.8, PL 16.9, PL 16.10, PL 16.11, PL 16.12, PL 16.13) Screw Rack Assembly (PL 16.14) Right Cover Stacker Tray Screw Bracket
4 5 6 7 8 9
003K 91881 802E 30230 050E 19620 026E 93560 849E 31410
Parts-list
PL 16.1
12/05 5-354
PL 16.2 H-Transport Assembly (1/2)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 802E 64420 003K 13490 003K 13480 849E 31420 809E 55340 022E 27660 809E 55330 054E 26210 054K 26680 Description Top Door Hinge Assembly (Left) Hinge Assembly (Right) Bracket Spring Pinch Roll Spring Upper Chute Label Upper Chute Assembly (Item6-8)
Parts-list
PL 16.2
12/05 5-355
PL 16.3 H-Transport Assembly (2/2)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Part 802E 64440 023E 21480 020E 37420 413W 75959 849E 31430 802E 69250 127K 39900 802E 64430 038E 31190 013E 26590 013E 26560 023E 20020 022E 27660 022K 67730 022K 67740 849E 31440 802E 69260 121E 92720 130E 82540 849E 31450 130K 63280 849E 31460 130K 61250 849E 31470 054E 25850 962K 24360 Description Rear Cover Belt Pulley Bearing Bracket Cover H-Transport Motor Top Cover Paper Guide Bearing Bearing Belt Roll Shaft Assembly (Right) Shaft Assembly (Left) Bracket Cover Magnet T-Transport Interlock Sensor Bracket H-Transport Exit Sensor Bracket H-Transport Entrance Sensor Bracket Lower Chute Wire Harness
Parts-list
PL 16.3
12/05 5-356
PL 16.4 Cover
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 802E 28560 802E 64390 802E 64400 802K 65090 802E 28550 802E 64450 121E 88470 Description Front Cover Rear Cover Top Cover Left Cover Front Door Left Panel Hinge Magnet Label Label
Parts-list
PL 16.4
12/05 5-357
PL 16.5 Top Open Cover and Eject Roll

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part 802K 28570 830E 81670 022K 61480 054E 19340 130K 61920 130E 82530 120E 23990 121K 34190 007K 86910 013E 20240 006K 23710 Description Top Open Cover Assembly Arm Assembly Bearing Bracket Spring Support Bracket Shaft Eject Pinch Roll Eject Chute (Item20) Stack Height Sensor Assembly (Item12-14)(REP 16.5.1) Actuator Bracket Stack Height Sensor Shaft Link Actuator Set Clamp Clutor Bearing Collar Eject Roll Gear(20T) Bearing Eject Shaft Eject Roll Assembly (Item21,24)(REP 16.5.2) Link Eliminator
Parts-list
PL 16.5
12/05 5-358
PL 16.6 Paper Transport (1/2)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part 031E 94030 022K 67450 007E 67740 007E 72090 006E 78240 013E 26580 007E 67730 023E 20160 423W 29655 127K 32840 Description Arm Decurler Roll Assembly (REP 16.6.1) Gear (40/20T) Spring Gear (18/21T) Shaft Bearing Gear (23/52T) Belt Belt Finisher Drive Motor (REP 16.6.2) Bracket Collar
Parts-list
PL 16.6
12/05 5-359
PL 16.7 Paper Transport (2/2)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part 015K 65440 020E 34970 007E 67780 423W 28054 007E 67810 007E 76940 127K 39930 007E 67800 130E 82540 007E 67770 130E 82540 003E 61420 Description Cam Bracket Assembly (Item2-12) Pulley Gear (15T) Belt(REP 16.7.1) Gear (30T) Collar Gear Pulley Eject Motor Cam Gear Set Clamp Home Sensor Stopper Bracket Wire Harness Gear (42/27T) Plate Eject Clamp Home Sensor Bracket Bracket Spring
Parts-list
PL 16.7
12/05 5-360
PL 16.8 Staple Unit

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Part 041K 94260 127K 32860 130E 82530 130E 82530 001E 59600 029K 91990 050K 48750 962K 27310 Description Carriage Assembly (Item2-6) Bracket Assembly Staple Move Motor Gear Staple Move Sensor Roll Staple Front Corner Sensor Plate Rail (REP 16.8.1) Staple Assembly (Item11,12)(REP 16.8.2) Staple Cartridge Bracket Wire Harness
Parts-list
PL 16.8
12/05 5-361
PL 16.9 Compiler Tray Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Part 050K 50830 127K 39920 130E 82530 130E 82540 038E 24410 809E 33600 962K 27320 Description Compiler Tray Assembly (Item215)(REP 16.9.1) Front/Rear Tamper Motor Plate Front/Rear Tamper Home Sensor Rack Actuator Tamper Assembly Finger Spring Compiler Paper Sensor Actuator Paper Guide Spring Wire Harness End Guide Finger
Parts-list
PL 16.9
12/05 5-362
PL 16.10 Elevator
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part 127K 39910 015K 50680 019E 50340 007E 67830 007E 67840 007E 67820 038E 24640 015K 51640 130E 82530 130E 82530 029E 31780 Description Stacker Motor Assembly (REP 16.10.1) Elevator Bracket (Front)(REP 16.10.2) Clamp Bearing Gear (Rear) Actuator Gear (Front) Stacker Tray Bracket Assembly Rack Tray Guide Stack Paper Sensor Assembly (Item12-16) Stack Paper Sensor Actuator Bracket Spring Cover Bracket Stacker Upper Limit/Stack A/Stack B Sensor Bracket Pin Bearing Shaft Rivet Bracket
Parts-list
PL 16.10
12/05 5-363
PL 16.11 Exit
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Part 007E 72080 006K 23720 007E 72070 013E 26750 006K 23730 013E 20250 105E 12850 022K 65140 022K 67460 130K 94740 Description Gear (46Z) Bearing Exit Shaft Collar Gear (32Z/18T) Bearing Paddle Gear Shaft (REP 16.11.1) Paddle Bearing Lower Exit Chute Eliminator Pinch Roll (Exit 1) Pinch Roll (Exit R) Upper Exit Chute Compiler Entrance Sensor Bracket
Parts-list
PL 16.11
12/05 5-364
PL 16.12 Electrical
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Part 960K 01650 537K 68530 110E 97990 962K 27330 Description Finisher PWB (REP 16.12.1) ROM PWB Bracket Bracket Top Cover/Front Door Interlock Switch Bracket I/F Harness
Parts-list
PL 16.12
12/05 5-365
PL 16.13 LVPS
Item 1 2 3 4 Part 105K 21000 962K 27340 Description LVPS Frame LVPS Cover Power Cord
Parts-list
PL 16.13
12/05 5-366
PL 16.14 Rack
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 Part 015K 65450 015K 65470 849E 29870 017K 93190 802K 65070 802K 65080 Description Rear Rack Front Rack Bottom Plate Foot Front Rack Assembly (Item2, 4) Rear Rack Assembly (Item1, 4)
Parts-list
PL 16.14
12/05 5-367
Common Hardware
Item A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM AN AP AQ AR AS AT AU AV AW AX AY AZ BA Parts-list Part 112W 27677 112W 27678 112W 27851 112W 27898 113W 15488 113W 20678 113W 20857 113W 21278 113W 21778 113W 27688 113W 36278 114W 27678 141W 35651 153W 17688 153W 17888 153W 18088 153W 27678 153W 27878 158W 27655 158W 27663 158W 27677 158W 27678 158W 27855 158W 27863 158W 27878 158W 28078 158W 28255 158W 28278 158W 35678 220W 21278 271W 21250 285W 16251 285W 28051 354W 15251 354W 15278 354W 21251 354W 21278 354W 24251 354W 24254 354W 24278 354W 26278 354W 27251 354W 27254 354W 27278 354W 28278 354W 29251 354W 29278 251W 21278 113W 27651 Description Screw (Red)(M3x6) Screw (M3x6) Screw (M3x8) Screw (M3x8) Screw (M2x4) Screw (M3x6) Screw (M3x8) Screw (M3x12) Screw (M3x18) Screw (M3x6) Screw (M4x12) Screw (M3x6) Setscrew (M4x6) Tapping Screw (M3x6) Tapping Screw (M3x8) Tapping Screw (M3x10) Tapping Screw (M3x6) Tapping Screw (M3x8) Screw (M3x6) Screw (M3x6) Screw (Red)(M3x6) Screw (M3x6) Screw (M3x8) Screw (M3x8) Screw (M3x8) Screw (M3x10) Screw (M3x12) Screw (M3x12) Screw (M4x6) Nut (M3) Dowel Pin (2.5x12) Spring Pin (2x12) Spring Pin (3x10) E-Clip (2) E-Clip (2) E-Clip (3) E-Clip (3) E-Clip (4) KL-Clip (4) E-Clip (4) E-Clip (5) E-Clip (6) KL-Clip (6) E-Clip (6) E-Clip (7) E-Clip (8) E-Clip (8) Washer (3)(t 0.5) Screw (M3x6)
BB BC BD BE BF BG BH BJ BK BL BM BN BP BQ BR BS BT BU BV BW BX BY BZ CA CB
112W 27659 113W 16088 113W 20688 113W 27551 141W 27451 153W 15888 153W 16288 158W 35878 271W 16050 285W 16051 153W 17655 153W 17855 252W 29450 158W 36255 354W 26251 153W 27855 113W 20457 113W 27451 113W 20657 112W 35651 112W 27859 158W 28678 285W 21851 252W 26450 251W 19278
Screw (M3x6) Screw (M2x10) Screw (M2.5x6) Screw (M3x5) Setscrew (M3x4) Tapping Screw (M4x12) Tapping Screw (M4x12) Screw (M4x8) Dowel Pin (2x10) Spring Pin (2x10) Tapping Screw (M3x6) Tapping Screw (M3x8) Nylon Washer (8)(t 1) Screw (M4x12) E-Clip (5) Tapping Screw (M3x8) Screw (M3x4) Screw (M3x4) Screw (M3x6) Screw (M4x6) Screw (M3x8) Screw (M3x16) Spring Pin (2.5x20) Nylon Washer (5)(t 1) Washer (2.5)(t 0.5)
Common Hardware
12/05 5-368
Part Number Index

Table 1 Part Number Index Part Number TBD Part List TBD
Parts-list
Common Hardware, Part Number Index
12/05 5-369
Parts-list
12/05 5-370
Parts-list
12/05 5-371
Parts-list
12/05 5-372
Parts-list
12/05 5-373
Parts-list
12/05 5-374
Parts-list
12/05 5-375
Parts-list
12/05 5-376
6 General Procedures & Information

Diagnostics (dC100-dC129)
Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS ...................................................................... UI Diagnostic Mode ......................................................................................................... DC Quick (CODE Number LIST)..................................................................................... dC100 Service Entry ....................................................................................................... dC118 Jam Counter ........................................................................................................ dC120 Fault Counter ....................................................................................................... dC122 Shutdown History................................................................................................. dC129 System Registration Setup .................................................................................. 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 8 9 10 12 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 23 23 24 30 48 49 50 53 64 69 86 96 97 97 98 99 99 100 100 127 128 128 129 129 132 12/05 6-1 General procedures information dC921 TC/ATC Sensor Setup ......................................................................................... dC922 TRC Control......................................................................................................... dC924 TRC Adjust .......................................................................................................... dC929 Max Setup............................................................................................................ dC934 ADC/AGC Setup .................................................................................................. dC945 IIT Calibration ...................................................................................................... dC956 Belt Edge Learn Mode ......................................................................................... 132 133 133 134 134 135 135 137 138 139 140 141 143 143 144 145 146 149 149 150 150 150 153 153
General Procedures
GP 1 Network Printing Simulation ................................................................................... GP 2 Machine Startup Troubleshooting .......................................................................... GP 3 Special Boot Modes ............................................................................................... GP 4 Intermittent Problem RAP ...................................................................................... GP 5 Fax Diagnostics...................................................................................................... GP 6 Resetting the Administrator Password ................................................................... GP 10 Replacing Billing PWBs........................................................................................ GP 12 Printing Reports ...................................................................................................
Diagnostics (dC131)
dC131 NVM Read/Write.................................................................................................. CRU NVM List ................................................................................................................. Drive NVM List ................................................................................................................ ESS IF NVM List ............................................................................................................. Exit NVM List................................................................................................................... Finisher NVM List ............................................................................................................ Billing NVM List ............................................................................................................... Fuser NVM List................................................................................................................ General NVM List ............................................................................................................ HFSI NVM List................................................................................................................. MC Code NVM List.......................................................................................................... NOHAD NVM List............................................................................................................ Paper Handling NVM List ................................................................................................ Procon NVM List ............................................................................................................. Recycle NVM List ............................................................................................................ ROS NVM List ................................................................................................................. TRAY NVM List ............................................................................................................... XERO NVM List............................................................................................................... 710-xxx DADF NVM List ................................................................................................. 715-xxx IISS NVM List .................................................................................................... 716-xxx EXT NVM List .................................................................................................... 719-xxx IISS Config. NVM List ........................................................................................
General Information
Space Requirements....................................................................................................... Product Specs. ................................................................................................................ Common Tools ................................................................................................................ Product Tools and Test Patterns..................................................................................... Cleaning Materials........................................................................................................... Machine Consumables.................................................................................................... Glossary of Terms ...........................................................................................................
Change Tag Information

Change Tag Introduction................................................................................................. IOT/Processor (P) Tags ..................................................................................................
Diagnostics (dC132-dC956)
dC132 Serial Number/Billing Meter Synchronization ...................................................... dC135 HFSI Counters ..................................................................................................... dC140 Analog Monitor..................................................................................................... dC188 Exiting from Service Mode................................................................................... dC301 NVM Initialization ................................................................................................. dC305 UI Component Check .......................................................................................... dC330 Component Control.............................................................................................. dC351 NVM Background Processing.............................................................................. dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostic Program ............................................................................ dC371 Configuration Page .............................................................................................. dC527 DADF Document Calibration ............................................................................... dC612 Test Pattern Print................................................................................................. dC685 Registration.......................................................................................................... 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
General procedures information
12/05 6-2
Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS

Procedure
The following procedure describes how to enter Diagnostics using the PWS. 1. 2. 3. Inform the customer that the machine will be undergoing service and will not be available. (Copy jobs and local print jobs will be stopped) Disconnect the machine from the customer network. Connect the Portable Work Station (PWS) to the machine (Figure 1).
NOTE: The PWS cannot connect to the machine if it is in Power Save mode. Ensure that the machine indicates Ready to Copy before launching the PWS Tools. 8. The Diagnostics Tool screen will be displayed. a. b. 9. Select Use Local DB from the Diagnostics Tool screen. The PWS Diagnostic Service Entry Window appears. While the machine is connected to the PWS, the machine UI will display the message Connecting to the PWS.
When the tool obtains machine data, it is displayed on the Service Entry Screen. When the system has obtained the machine data, Complete will be displayed in the upper left corner of the Service Entry Screen. The data listed in Table 1 will be displayed. Table 1 Machine Data displayed at Service Entry
Heading Machine Data
Contents Product Code Serial Number
Description Displays a code allocated to each machine type. Displays the 6 (XC) or 10 (XE) digit number allocated to each machine. Displays the total number of copies/prints Displays the total number of copies/prints since the last CSE visit (complete closeout). Displays current IOT S/W version. Displays the Jams that have occurred since the last complete closeout. Displays the component(s) (HFSI) that have exceeded the life threshold. Displays current (active) faults in the machine.
Total Copies Copies Since Last Call
Software Version Non-Zero Jams ID, Description, Occurrences
HFSI Requiring Replacement ID, Description, Threshold, Count. Faults in Progress (Current Faults) ID, Description, Primary
10. If communication is lost between the PWS and the machine, click Reconnect from the main file menu. 11. To exit Diagnostics: a. Figure 1 Connecting the PWS 4. 5. 6. 7. Switch on the PWS. Make sure the machine is not copying or printing. The machine UI should display Ready to Copy when there are no pending jobs. At the PWS, enter the GSNLock Password and select OK. From the Start menu in the lower left corner, select Programs/Xerox Applications. Select the appropriate PWS for the machine. 12/05 6-3 General procedures information c. b. Select the Service Exit tab. Click on the appropriate close-out buttons: Complete Closeout Temporary Closeout
After the PWS has disconnected from the machine, select Exit PWS to close the tool.
Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS
UI Diagnostic Mode
Diagnostic routines are mainly instructed/executed through the PWS. UI Diagnostics are provided for simple tasks that do not require connection with the PWS.
7.
Select the requested log button and press the Start button. The selected log will be printed. CAUTION
Exiting UI Diagnostics Ensure that the machine is not inadvertently left in UI Diagnostics. There are three ways to exit from UI Diagnostics. Switch the power off and on. Perform the following: Press Close to exit any of the service screens that were opened. When the System Settings screen is displayed, press Exit. When the reversed-color Copy Mode screen is displayed, press the Start button while the 0 key is pressed.
Procedure
Access UI Diagnostics by following the procedures below. Entering UI Diagnostics 1. At the Control Panel, press and hold the 0 key for 5 seconds, then press the Start button while still pressing the 0 key. The CE Mode - Password Entry screen will appear. 2. Enter the Access Number (6789) and press Confirm. The colors on the display will be reversed to indicate that the mode has changed to the UI Diagnostics. Accessing Diagnostic routines 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press the Access button on the Control Panel. Select System Settings. Select Common Settings. Select Diagnostics. The following dC routines can be accessed from the UI screen a. DC301 NVM Initialization - Select the subsystem to be initialized and press the Start button on the display. Refer to dC301 for details. b. c. DC355 Hard Disk Initialization - Only Partition A can be initialized. For full initialization, refer to [ADJ 9.8]. DC131 NVM Read/Write - Follow the instructions on the screen. If one or more NVM locations is changed, the machine will reboot upon exit. Refer to dC131 for details. d. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Fax Diagnostics, refer to GP 5 for details. Printing Service Reports To access Service reports, follow the Entering UI Diagnostics procedure. After entering the Access Number, press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. Select the Billing Meter/Print Reports tab on the display. Press the Print Reports/List button. Press the CE button. The following reports can be printed. a. b. c. d. e. f. Debug Log HFSI Report Jam Report Shutdown Report Fail Report Protocol Monitor Report
If the Restart button is displayed on the screen, pressing the button will exit UI Diagnostics and restart the operation.
UI Diagnostic Mode
12/05 6-4
DC Quick (CODE Number LIST)

Once in Service Mode, dC Routines can be selected by dC Number or by selecting the appropriate tab from the Service Entry Screen. dC Number 132 Name
Table 1 dC Routines Description If you have replaced the PWB that has a Machine Serial Number, check the PWB and set the Machine Serial Number. Set Machine Serial Number
Procedure
1. 2. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Using the DC Quick pull-down menu (upper-right side of Diagnostics Service Entry Screen), select the desired dC routine. Table 1 is a complete list of dC routines that are available from the DC Quick pull-down menu. Table 1 dC Routines dC Number 100 Name Service Entry Screen Description 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 118 Jam Counter Displays the Service Routine tabs. Lists Active Faults. Lists the HFSIs that have exceeded life expectancy. Lists the jams that have occurred since the last Call Closeout. Displays IOT S/W Version. Lists the total copies/prints. 188 199 301 305 Service Mode Exit Screen No Paper Run NVM access: NVM initialization System Test: Component Operation Check UI Component Check Component Check: Component Control 140 Component Check: Analog Monitor 135 Service Data HFSI Counter
Read Billing Meter Information Reads Billing Meter Information for the following: MCU PWB ESS PWB ESS NVM PWB
Displays the regular part replacement life expectancy (threshold) and current value (usage). You can change the replacement life expectancy to a preset value in the PWS database and reset the current value. Monitors the analog values of the sensors (A/D conversion) while operating the components (e.g., C.C). You can temporarily change the output value. Displays the requirements for exit from Service Mode. T.B.D Initiates NVM Data initialization. Checks the UI Screen and Component Panel Button operation. Displays the instructions and results of the Input Component Check and Output Component Check. 1. You can monitor each Input Component or check the operation of each Output Component. You can simultaneously check up to 11 Input Components and Output Components.
Displays the following: Number of jams since the counter was reset after servicing. Displays the following: Number of fault events after the last Complete Closeout (performed in Service Exit) to the current copy count. 1. Displays the history in three categories: Document Jam, Paper Jam and Other Fault. Displays the most recent 40 Faults (without categorization).
120
Fault Counters
122
Shut-down History
330
2. 129 131
Automatic Setting: Adjust Sys- The IOT lead registration and side registem Registration tration are matched. NVM access: Read/Write NVM You can reference or set/change the NVM data.
2.
12/05 6-5
DC Quick
Table 1 dC Routines dC Number 351 Name Description Saves and restores values of all NVM in PWS dC131 database. NOTE: Background Read must be completed prior to saving. 2. 3. 4. 5. 355 371 HDD Diagnostics Configuration Page Start and Stop background NVM Read. Saves/restores machine settings. Saves NVM values listed. Resets all HFSI. Batch write of region-specific NVM. NVM Background Processing 1.
dC100 Service Entry

When entering Diagnostics, this routine allows you to view faults in progress, Non-Zero Jams and HFSI items requiring replacement. Service entry allows you to view product information such as: 1. 2. 3. Product Code Machine Serial Number Total Copies Copies since Last Call IOT Software Version Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Check the HFSI Requiring Replacement. Check the Non-Zero Jams. These are jams that have occurred since the last service exit with the Complete Closeout option selected. Check for any jams that have a high number of occurrences. Check the Faults In Progress. If any faults in progress are displayed, troubleshoot accordingly. Select the Refresh button to have the PWS request and receive the latest information on Total Copies, Copies Since Last Call, Non-Zero Jams or HFSI Requiring Replacement.
Procedure
Performs maintenance on HDD. Allows viewing of current software version and Market Place setting, Machine Configuration, Output Device(s), Accessories, Feature Config., and Input Device. These settings can be changed to align with the machine configuration.
4. 5.
612
Color Test Pattern Print
Generates test pattern from the pattern generator in the machine. Patterns for use in identifying IQ problems, setting registration, and performing adjustments. T.B.D Registration/Skew setup Enter ATC Sensor Calibration code into NVM. Measure the gray scale patch by the ADC sensor. Make the LUT for IOT TRC correction. Manually fine adjust each color (low/mid/ high density) in PG. Execute automatic adjustment of the ADC Sensor Gain. 1. 2. Calculate and set the white reference compensation coefficient. Correct the IIT sensitivity variation.
640 685 921 922
ROS Power Check Regicon ATC Calibration TRC Control/Toner Density Adjustment TRC Adjustment ADC/AGC Setup IIT calibration
924 934 945
956
Belt Edge Learn
Set up the Belt Edge Sensor.
DC Quick, dC100
12/05 6-6
dC118 Jam Counter

Purpose
Displays the number of occurrences of jams since the previous Complete Closeout. NOTE: This procedure does not count jams detected while in Service Mode.
dC120 Fault Counter

Purpose
Displays the number of occurrences of each fault since the last Service Exit with the Complete Closeout option selected. NOTE: The machine does not count the faults detected while in Service Mode. The machine does not count interlock open detected faults while the Main Processor is stopped.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select Maintenance on the Service Entry Screen. Select the Jam Counters (dC118) tab. The screen displays all jam-related fault codes, and the number of times that the fault has occurred since the last time the Complete Closeout option was selected when exiting Diagnostics. The following subsets of data are selectable: All Jams - This is the default. All jam-related faults are listed. DADF Jams - Selecting this tab lists only the DADF jam codes. Paper Jams - Selecting this tab lists only the paper supply and paper feeding jam codes. Non-Zero Jams - Selecting this tab lists only those jam codes that have had at least one occurrence since the last time the Complete Closeout option was selected.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select Maintenance on the Service Entry Screen. Select the Fail Counters (dC120) tab. The screen displays all fault codes that have occurred since the last time the Complete Closeout option was selected when exiting Diagnostics. The codes are listed in ascending order; to list in descending order, click on ID in the table header. If machine data was previously saved to diskette, and Diagnostics was entered with the Read From Diskettes option selected, the previous fault history #Occurrence will be displayed in the P1 column. If this same procedure was performed previously, the fault history #Occurrence will be displayed in P2, then P3, up to column P7. 5. The following subsets of data are selectable: All Faults DADF Faults System Faults Xero Faults
5.
12/05 6-7
dC118, dC120
dC122 Shutdown History

Purpose
To display the Last 40 Faults (History). NOTE: 1. Faults detected while in Service Mode are not counted. 2. 3. An open Interlock while the machine is stopped is not counted. If multiple faults occurred in the machine, the primary fault is recorded.
dC129 System Registration Setup

Purpose
Performs Lead Registration and Side Registration adjustments by looking at the output of the built-in Test Pattern. NOTE: For details on the dC129 System Registration adjustment, see [ADJ 9.9] IOT Registration Series (dC129).
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select the Diagnostics tab. Select the Shutdown Hist (dC122) tab. The system displays the faults that occurred in Customer Mode since the last service call closeout, up to a maximum of 40 faults. The information in the lower right corner of the screen (Input, Original, Paper, Tray, Output) reflects the fault highlighted in the table. The following subsets of data are available: 7. Last 40 Faults History (default screen) - Displays the 40 newest faults and lists copy count when each occurred. Last 40 Faults Occurrences - Displays the 40 newest faults and lists the number of occurrences. DADF Jams - Displays the 40 newest DADF jams and lists copy count when each occurred. Paper Jams - Displays the 40 newest paper jams and lists copy count when each occurred. Faults - Displays the 40 newest non-jam faults and lists copy count when each occurred. To clear the shutdown history, select Complete Closeout in the Service Mode Exit screen (dC188). Exiting from Service Mode clears all data in the Shut-Down History.
dC122, dC129
12/05 6-8
dC131 NVM Read/Write

Purpose
Reads, sets or changes the NVM data.
2.
When a new value is entered, the Changed tab will turn green. The number in parentheses counts the number of pending NVM values. Clicking this tab will show a list of all the changed values. These locations can be written individually or as a block from this tab, or can be canceled. Select Write NVM. a. b. c. If the input value is valid (within the range), the system writes the new NVM value in the NVM location in the machine. If the input value is invalid, the system displays the following message in the information screen, The given NVM value is out of range. NVM was not changed. If the NVM cannot be changed (Write protected NVM), the system displays the following message, The specified NVM is read only.
Procedure
Module Selection 1. 2. 3. 4. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select Adjustments in the Service Entry Screen. The system displays one of the Read/Write Screens. dC131 NVM Read/Write is the default screen. Select a Sub-System from the Vertical Left Tab List. The default tab is All. Table 1 Module Selection Module item CRU ESS IF Exit Ext(IISS) ROS TRAY Config PH DADF Xero Drives ProCon Fuser Finisher CRU ESS IF Errors (number of errors) Changed (number pending change) Chain number allocation 26 20, 50, 60, 61 20, 23, 41, 50 715 6 7 719 20, 62 710 26, 28, 29, 50, 53-58 26 16 37, 38, 39, 40 22, 23 27, 30 60, 61 Displays NVM outside of the ranges listed in the PWS database. Displays any new value entered in the New column, but not yet written.
3.
4.
When the system writes the new value in the specified NVM code, the value is updated in the New box and reduces the count in the Changed tab.
Reading NVM 1. Select an ID from the Sub-System Table, then click Read NVM, or double click on the line ID and the value will be read in the Value column. The Range Check column will fill in. Writing NVM 1. To change a value, enter a new value in the New column and press Enter.
12/05 6-9
dC131
CRU NVM List

Table 1 CRU ChainFunc 26-59 27-1 27-2 27-3 27-4 27-5 27-6 27-7 27-8 27-9 27-10 27-11 27-12 27-13 27-14 27-15 27-16 27-17 27-18 27-19 27-20 27-21 27-22 27-23 27-24 27-25 27-26 27-27 27-28 27-29 27-30 27-31 27-32 27-33 27-34 27-35 27-36 27-37 Chain-Link Name 740-501 Availability at OEM ID Code's NVM R/W (50-50) Toner Disp Time 0 Toner Disp Time 1 Toner Disp Time 2 Toner Disp Time 3 Toner Filling 0 Toner Filling 1 Toner Capacity TradeMark_DRUM 0 TradeMark_DRUM 1 TradeMark_DRUM 2 TradeMark_DRUM 3 TradeMark_DRUM 4 TradeMark_DRUM 5 TradeMark_DRUM 6 TradeMark_DRUM 7 TradeMark_DRUM 8 TradeMark_DRUM 9 TradeMark_DRUM 10 TradeMark_DRUM 11 TradeMark_DRUM 12 TradeMark_DRUM 13 TradeMark_DRUM 14 TradeMark_DRUM 15 TradeMark_DRUM 16 TradeMark_DRUM 17 TradeMark_DRUM 18 TradeMark_DRUM 19 TradeMark_TONER 0 TradeMark_TONER 1 TradeMark_TONER 2 TradeMark_TONER 3 TradeMark_TONER 4 TradeMark_TONER 5 TradeMark_TONER 6 TradeMark_TONER 7 TradeMark_TONER 8 TradeMark_TONER 9 Range 0,1 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 Default 0 1 Count Remarks 0: R/W available, 1: R/W unavailable TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 0th byte) TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 1st byte) TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 2nd byte) TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 3rd byte) TONER: The filling up quantity of the toner bottle (the 0th byte) TONER: The filling up quantity of the toner bottle (the 1st byte) TONER: The capacity of the toner bottle DRUM: Registered trademark (the 0th byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the first byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the second byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the third byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the fourth byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the fifth byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the sixth byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the seventh byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the eighth byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the ninth byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the 10th byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the 11th byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the 12th byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the 13th byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the 14th byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the 15th byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the 16th byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the 17th byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the 18th byte) DRUM: Registered trademark (the 19th byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the 0th byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the first byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the second byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the third byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the fourth byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the fifth byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the sixth byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the seventh byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the eighth byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the ninth byte) 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
CRU NVM List
12/05 6-10
Table 1 CRU ChainFunc 27-38 27-39 27-40 27-41 27-42 27-43 27-44 27-45 27-46 27-47 30-2 30-12 30-22 30-32 30-3 30-13 30-23 30-33 31-24 31-25 31-26 31-27 31-28 31-29 31-30 31-31 31-32 31-33 31-34 31-35 31-36 31-37 31-38 31-39 31-40 31-41 31-42 31-43 Chain-Link Name 751-1 751-1 751-1 751-4 751-4 751-4 751-13 751-14 751-15 751-16 751-17 751-18 751-19 751-20 751-32 751-21 751-22 751-23 751-24 751-25 751-26 751-27 751-28 751-33 751-29 751-30 TradeMark_TONER 10 TradeMark_TONER 11 TradeMark_TONER 12 TradeMark_TONER 13 TradeMark_TONER 14 TradeMark_TONER 15 TradeMark_TONER 16 TradeMark_TONER 17 TradeMark_TONER 18 TradeMark_TONER 19 Last 2Dig of Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count)(8 Digits) 5th&6thDig of Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count)(8 Digits) 3rd&4thDig of Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count)(8 Digits) First 2Dig of Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count)(8 Digits) Last 2Dig of Cartridge CRU Print Counter(8 Digits) 5th&6thDig of Cartridge CRU Print Counter(8 Digits) 3rd&4thDig of Cartridge CRU Print Counter(8 Digits) First 2Dig of Cartridge CRU Print Counter(8 Digits) IDcode1 for DRUM IDcode2 for DRUM IDcode3 for DRUM IDcode4 for DRUM IDcode5 for DRUM IDcode6 for DRUM IDcode7 for DRUM IDcode8 for DRUM IDcode_checksum for DRUM IDcode1 for TONER IDcode2 for TONER IDcode3 for TONER IDcode4 for TONER IDcode5 for TONER IDcode6 for TONER IDcode7 for TONER IDcode8 for TONER IDcode_checksum for TONER Detection1 for CRUM ERROR Detection2 for CRUM ERROR Range 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The way to express 255: If 255 exists in 24 to 31, round it up to 254 and set the appropriate BIT. For debugging. Can be deleted later. For debugging. Can be deleted later. The way to express 255: If 255 exists in 24 to 31, round it up to 254 and set the appropriate BIT. Remarks TONER: Registered trademark (the 10th byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the 11th byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the 12th byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the 13th byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the 14th byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the 15th byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the 16th byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the 17th byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the 18th byte) TONER: Registered trademark (the 19th byte) 0 returns only in BM. (Because CRUM is not mounted) 0 returns only in BM. (Because CRUM is not mounted) 0 returns only in BM. (Because CRUM is not mounted) 0 returns only in BM. (Because CRUM is not mounted) 0 returns only in BM. (Because CRUM is not mounted) 0 returns only in BM. (Because CRUM is not mounted) 0 returns only in BM. (Because CRUM is not mounted) 0 returns only in BM. (Because CRUM is not mounted)
12/05 6-11
CRU NVM List
Table 1 CRU ChainFunc 31-44 31-45 31-46 31-47 50-48 50-50 50-57 50-58 50-59 50-63 Chain-Link Name 751-31 751-8 740-549 751-9 751-10 751-11 751-878 Detection3 for CRUM ERROR Lower Digits of Geographic Code (for CRUM Authentication) Upper Digits of Geographic Code (for CRUM Authentication) Geographic Code (for CRUM Authentication) Drum Life Warning Function OEM Code (for CRUM Authentication) Drum Life Function Drum Life Warning Detection Time Drum Life End Stop CRUM available/unavailable switching function Range 0~254 0~99 0~99 0~31 0,1 0~254 0,1 0~254 0~254 0,1 Default 0 1 1 120 127 1 1 Count 1 12min 12min 1 0: Inhibit, 1: Control Min(0)=1098min, Max(254)=4140min, Initial(120)=2520min Min(0)=1098min, Max(254)=4140min, Initial(127)=2604min 0: Unavailable, 1: Available 0: Inhibit, 1: Control Remarks For debugging. Can be deleted later. Available values are 10bit [0000000000b] to [1111111111b] (binary).
Drive NVM List

Table 1 Drive ChainFunc 26-4 26-52 26-53 26-54 26-55 26-57 26-58 28-1 28-2 50-28 Chain-Link Name 751-501 741-502 741-503 741-504 741-505 741-506 741-507 741-508 740-502 741-1 M.Mot fine adjustment value when printing heavy media Pulse corrected value (number of pulses) at M.Mot rising Pulse corrected value (number of pulses) at M.Mot falling Input pulse expected value (number of pulses) at M.Mot inertial revolution Pulse difference from the target value (number of pulses) at M.Mot stop point and form change point Expected value of M.Mot inertial revolution time Reset period (number of pulses) of the M.Mot clock counter Main Mot Type U1-1 History Fine-Tuning of Main and Drum Motor Speed Range 0~75 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~50 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~53 Default 63 5 1 13 19 8 50 0 0 27 1 Count 0.04% 2 2 2 10 10ms 1 0.001 Diag50-28 Adjust Main and Drum Motor Speed at the same time. Min(0)=-2.7%, Max(53)=2.6%, Initial(27)=0% Remarks Min(0)=-1%, Max(75)=2%, Initial(63)=1.52% 0~198 0~198 0~198 0~990 0ms~500ms Min(0)=680, Max(99)=779, Initial(59)=730 0: Traditional Main Motor, 1: Fast Main Motor
ESS IF NVM List

Table 1 ESS IF ChainFunc 20-57 50-3 60-1 60-2 Chain-Link Name 740-1 762-502 740-7 740-8 Check System Data Set up Inform ESS when Toner is Empty MCU VERSION MCU Release Number Range 0~99 0,1 0,1 0~99 12/05 6-12 Default 0 0 1 Count 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Remarks Controller will write in the optional value when System Data setting is completed. 0: Do not inform, 1: Inform
CRU NVM List, Drive NVM List, ESS IF NVM List
Table 1 ESS IF ChainFunc 60-3 60-4 60-5 60-8 60-9 60-10 60-11 60-12 60-13 60-14 60-15 60-16 60-17 60-23 61-1 61-2 61-3 61-4 61-5 61-6 61-7 61-8 61-9 61-10 Chain-Link Name 740-9 740-10 740-11 740-12 740-13 740-88 740-89 740-82 740-83 740-84 740-85 740-86 740-87 740-558 740-22 740-23 740-24 740-25 740-26 740-27 740-28 740-29 740-30 740-31 MCU Patch Level DM ROM Version DM ROM Release Number Exit Version Exit Release Number TM-Version TM-Release Number Finisher Version major Finisher Version minor Finisher Patch Level HCF Version major HCF Version minor HCF Patch Level Controller Interface Type The Area1 that Controller is free to use The Area2 that Controller is free to use The Area3 that Controller is free to use The Area4 that Controller is free to use The Area5 that Controller is free to use The Area6 that Controller is free to use The Area7 that Controller is free to use The Area8 that Controller is free to use The Area9 that Controller is free to use The Area10 that Controller is free to use Range 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 1,2 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1: Type-Di, 2: CDI Remarks
Exit NVM List

Table 1 Exit ChainFunc 20-25 Chain-Link Name 764-1 FULL DETECTION TIME ADJUSTMENT VALUE for FACE DOWN TRAY1/2 FACE UP TRAY Range 0~30 Default 10 1 Count 1sec Remarks Time from the Full Stack Sensor detecting paper until the bin becomes full. This diagnostic will not function if either L. Diag 20-25 or L. Diag 20-26 is set at 00. (After Face Down Tray becomes full) Time from the Full Stack Sensor stops detecting paper until the bin is reset. This diagnostic will not function if either L. Diag 20-25 or L. Diag 20-26 is set at 00.
20-26
764-2
FULL RESET TIME ADJUSTMENT VALUE for FACE DOWN 0~30 TRAY1 / 2 FACE UP TRAY
1sec
12/05 6-13
ESS IF NVM List, Exit NVM List
Table 1 Exit ChainFunc 23-30 Chain-Link Name FACE DOWN TRAY#1,#2 Offset Mode Range 0~2 Default 0 1 Count Remarks 0: No Offset 1: Front Offset 2: Rear Offset Applies only when Output Tray is FACE DOWN TRAY#1 & #2. 41-19 742-526 OCT1 offset operation start timing adjustment 0~30 0 10ms Exit SNR1 OFF~OCT1 Offset ON Min/Initial(0)=30ms, Max(30)=330ms 41-20 742-527 OCT1 restore operation start timing adjustment 0~60 5 10ms EXIT SNR1 ON~OCT1 restore ON Default=80msec (FIO), 200msec (SHEETA) 41-21 742-528 OCT2 offset operation start timing adjustment 0~30 0 10ms Exit SNR2 OFF~OCT2 Offset ON Min/Initial(0)=30ms, Max(30)=330ms 41-22 742-529 OCT2 restore operation start timing adjustment 0~60 5 10ms EXIT SNR2 ON~OCT2 restore ON Default=80msec (FIO), 200msec (SHEETA) 50-9 764-3 Enable OCT1 0,1 1 0: Disable OCT1 1: Enable OCT1 50-10 742-4 Enable OCT2 0,1 1 0: Disable OCT2 1: Enable OCT2 50-12 742-98 Enable Facedown Tray#2 0,1 0 0: Disable Facedown Tray#2 1: Enable Facedown Tray#2 1 is taken with M0. 50-13 742-99 Enable Face Up Tray 0,1 0 0: Disable Face Up Tray 1: Enable Face Up Tray 50-15 742-100 EXIT2 Unit Type 0,1 0 0: Type A (Enable Inverter, Disable OCT2 and FDT#2) 1: Type B (Enable Inverter and OCT2 and FDT#2)
Finisher NVM List

Table 1 Finisher ChainFunc 22-1 22-11 22-2 Chain-Link Name 764-105 764-105 764-106 Sheet Width of Last EjectedSheet Lo Sheet Width of Last EjectedSheet Hi Sheet Length of Last EjectedSheet Lo Range 0~99 0~99 0~99 Default 0 0 0 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 1 Count Remarks
Exit NVM List, Finisher NVM List
12/05 6-14
Table 1 Finisher ChainFunc 22-12 22-3 22-13 22-4 22-14 22-31 22-32 22-33 22-34 22-35 22-36 22-37 22-38 22-39 22-41 23-50 Chain-Link Name 764-106 764-107 764-107 764-108 764-108 764-100 764-101 764-102 764-103 764-104 764-109 764-110 764-111 764-112 764-113 Sheet Length of Last EjectedSheet Hi Sheet Width of Maximum SizeSheet Lo Sheet Width of Maximum SizeSheet Hi Sheet Length of Maximum SizeSheet Lo Sheet Length of Maximum SizeSheet Hi Mix Stack Enable/Disable Maximum Set Count Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Staple Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/Big paper size Number Of Ejected Staple Set Mix Sensor Level Indicate Staple Mode of Last Set Sleep Mode Recovery Indicate Decurler On Level FINISHER Offset Mode Range 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0,1 0~100 0~100 10~100 0~99 0,1 0~254 0,1 0~100 0~2 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 50 25 50 0 0 0 0 0 2 0: Front Offset 1: Rear Offset 2: Offset mode change alternately Front and Rear Applies only when Output Tray is FINISHER. 23-51 FINISHER Staple Mode 0~4 1 0: Non Staple-Stack on Compile Tray 1: Front Staple 2: Rear Staple 3: Dual Staple 4: Non Staple-NoStack on Compile Tray Applies only when Output Tray is FINISHER. 23-53 Number of paper per set 2~50 10 Applies only when Output Tray is FINISHER. 1 Count Remarks
Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/Small paper size 10~100
Billing NVM List

Table 1 Billing ChainFunc 29-1 29-11 Chain-Link Name Last 2Dig of Total Copy Counter(8 Digits) 5th&6thDig of Total Copy Counter(8 Digits) Range 0~99 0~99 Default 0 0 1 Count Remarks
12/05 6-15
Finisher NVM List, Billing NVM List
Table 1 Billing ChainFunc 29-21 29-31 29-2 29-12 29-22 29-32 29-3 29-13 29-23 29-33 Chain-Link Name 3rd&4thDig of Total Copy Counter(8 Digits) First 2Dig of Total Copy Counter(8 Digits) Last 2Dig of Total Fax Counter(8 Digits) 5th&6thDig of Total Fax Counter(8 Digits) 3rd&4thDig of Total Fax Counter(8 Digits) First 2Dig of Total Fax Counter(8 Digits) Last 2Dig of Total Print Counter(8 Digits) 5th&6thDig of Total Print Counter(8 Digits) 3rd&4thDig of Total Print Counter(8 Digits) First 2Dig of Total Print Counter(8 Digits) Range 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 Count Remarks
Fuser NVM List

Table 1 Fuser ChainFunc 37-4 37-6 37-7 37-9 37-21 37-22 37-23 37-24 37-25 37-26 37-29 37-30 37-31 37-32 37-36 37-51 37-52 37-54 37-55 37-56 37-57 37-58 37-60 37-61 Chain-Link Name 744-6 744-7 744-8 744-10 744-17 744-18 744-19 744-20 744-21 744-22 744-24 744-25 744-26 744-27 744-30 744-42 744-43 744-11 744-12 744-45 744-46 744-47 744-51 744-52 FSR Stby Lamp ON Temp FSR Run Temp (T6)(NP) FSR Run Temp (T7) FSR Stby LampOFF Temp FSR Run St Tmp1(G1G2 N) FSR Run St Tmp2(G3G4 N) FSR Run St Tmp3(G5 N) FSR Run Tmp1(G1G2 N) FSR Run Tmp2(G3G4 N) FSR Run Tmp3(G5 N) FSR WU f-time Tmp Adj FSR MotOn Tmp Upper LMT FSR MotOn Tmp Under LMT FSR Dup-Side Ctrl Tmp FSR HotSagging Restart FSR F ML ON TM(G3-G9) FSR C1 Rdy Tmp(T-READY) FSR SL ON TM(G5) FSR ML ON TM(G5) FSR Case1Ready PcycT FSR Case2 MotOnTmp(TR) FSR Precyc End Tmp AdjFSR SL ON TM(G3G4) FSR ML ON TM(G3G4) Range 0~99 0~30 0~30 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~20 0~99 0~99 0~70 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~20 0~99 0~99 Default 45 30 0 20 45 40 45 45 40 45 35 12 49 10 50 25 25 56 13 34 50 0 60 10 1 Count 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 40msx2 1degrees 40msx2 40msx2 40ms 1degrees 1degrees 40msx2 40msx2 Remarks Nominal=175degrees Nominal=30degrees Nominal=0degrees (While waiting for the next sheet of paper) Nominal=180degrees Nominal=185degrees Nominal=180degrees Nominal=180degrees Nominal=180degrees Nominal=175degrees Nominal=175degrees Nominal=115degrees Nominal=152degrees Nominal=129degrees Nominal=10degrees Nominal=190degrees Nominal=2sec Nominal=155degrees Nominal=4.48sec Nominal=1.04sec Nominal=1.36sec Nominal=150degrees Nominal=0degrees Nominal=4.8sec Nominal=0.8sec 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
Billing NVM List, Fuser NVM List
12/05 6-16
Table 1 Fuser ChainFunc 37-62 37-63 38-4 38-5 38-6 38-7 38-8 38-9 38-10 38-11 38-12 38-13 38-14 38-15 38-16 38-22 38-25 38-26 38-27 38-31 38-32 38-33 38-34 38-35 38-36 38-37 38-38 38-39 38-40 38-41 38-42 38-43 38-44 38-45 38-46 38-47 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Chain-Link Name 744-53 744-54 744-55 744-56 744-31 744-32 744-59 744-60 744-61 744-62 744-63 744-64 744-65 744-66 744-67 744-69 744-70 744-71 744-72 744-73 744-74 744-75 744-76 744-77 744-78 744-79 744-80 744-81 744-82 744-83 744-84 744-85 744-86 744-87 744-88 744-89 FSR Precyc End Tmp Adj+ FSR Precyc TM LMT(t14) FSR High1 RunTmp+(T39) FSR HotSaggingOnTM(t15) FSR OnFailTmr Adj(PRNT) FSR From Ready Sec(t20) FSR High2 RunTemp+(T40) FSR High3 RunTemp+(T41) FSR Low RunTemp-(T42) FSR F ML On TM Adj(t71) FSR SL On TM Adj(G2) FSR ML On TM Adj(G2) FSR OHP RunTemp-(T43) FSR LABEL RunTemp+(T44) FSR F ML On TM Adj(t76) FSR From Ready Sec(t2) FSR On Fail(WU)(t5) FSR On Fail(StbyML)(t6) FSR On Fail(StbySL)(t7) FSR Precyc Ctrl2 Ctrl FSR PrecycCtrl2 T-REST FSR PrecycCtrl2 T-PTM a FSR PrecycCtrl2 T-PTM b FSR LowPowM Lp On(T45) FSR LowPowM Lp Off(T46) FSR AfterHighJob StbyTM FSR SSTSctrlExceTM(t13) FSR SSTSctrlExceAppP(M) FSR JobEndMotTM(t-Ltr) FSR JobEndMtTM(t-ThicA) FSR JobEndMtTM(t-ThicB) FSR JobEndMtTM(t-Post) FSR SmearPrevMainMot TM FSR F ML On TM Adj(G1) FSR SL On TM Adj(G1) FSR ML On TM Adj(G1) Range 0~20 0~99 0~40 20~90 0~99 0~99 0~40 0~40 0~40 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~40 0~40 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0,1 0~50 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~20 0~20 0~20 0~20 0~75 0~99 0~99 0~99 12/05 6-17 Default 3 60 15 60 60 99 20 20 15 50 20 50 0 20 50 30 50 56 56 1 15 10 40 45 20 0 30 10 0 0 0 0 5 5 0 1 1 Count 1degrees 400ms 1degrees 1sec 400ms 5sec 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 40msx10 40msx2 40msx2 1degrees 1degrees 40msx10 10sec 200ms 100ms 100ms 0.1 0.1 1 1degrees 1degrees 1sec 1sec 1page 1sec 1sec 1sec 1sec 40ms 40msx10 40msx2 40msx2 Remarks Nominal=3degrees Min(0)=4sec(0+10), Nominal(60)=28sec(60+10), Max(99)=43.6sec(99+10) Nominal=15degrees Nominal=60sec Min(0)=4sec(0+10), Nominal(60)=28sec(60+10), Max(99)=43.6sec(99+10) Nominal=495sec Nominal=20degrees Nominal=20degrees Nominal=15degrees Nominal=20sec Nominal=1.6sec Nominal=4.0sec Nominal=0degrees Nominal=20degrees Nominal=20000ms Nominal=30x10sec Min=5sec, Nominal=15sec, Max=24.8sec sion: (NVM+25)*2*100ms Min=4sec, Nominal=9.6sec, Max=13.9sec sion: (NVM+40)*100ms Min=4sec, Nominal=9.6sec, Max=13.9sec sion: (NVM+40)*100ms Nominal=control Nominal=1.5 Nominal=1 Nominal=40 Nominal=175degrees Nominal=180degrees Nominal=0sec Nominal=30sec Nominal=10page Nominal=0sec Nominal=0sec Nominal=0sec Nominal=0sec Nominal=200ms Nominal=2sec Nominal=0ms Nominal=80ms General procedures information ExpresExpresExpres-
Fuser NVM List
Table 1 Fuser ChainFunc 38-48 38-49 Chain-Link Name 744-90 744-91 FSR From CycDn Sec(t21) FSR Prnt~t65 time Adj Range 0~99 0~63 Default 12 37 1 Count 40msx2 80ms Remarks Nominal=960ms Adjustment time of applying high Lamp Off temperature at printing Min(0)=0ms, Max(63)=5040ms, Initial(37)=2960ms 38-50 39-13 39-14 39-15 39-16 39-17 39-18 39-19 39-20 39-21 39-22 39-23 39-24 39-25 39-26 39-27 39-28 39-29 39-30 39-31 39-32 39-33 40-1 40-14 744-92 744-115 744-116 744-117 744-118 744-119 744-120 744-121 744-122 744-123 744-124 744-125 744-126 744-127 744-128 744-129 744-130 744-131 744-132 744-133 744-134 744-135 744-93 744-186 Prnt Off Tmp Adj(T66) FSR STS Hi Temp(T47) FSR STS THi Temp(T48) FSR STS LowHi Temp(T49) FSR STS THi Temp(T50) FSR STS LowHi Temp(T51) FSR STS THi Temp(T52) FSR STS Hi Temp(T53) FSR STS THi Temp(T54) FSR STS Hi Temp(T55) FSR STS THi Temp(T56) FSR STS THi Temp(T57) FSR STS THi Temp(T58) FSR STS THi Temp(T59) FSR STS THi Temp(T60) FSR STS THi Temp(T61) FSR STS THi Temp(T62) FSR STS THi Temp(T63) FSR Run Temp Set(T64) FSR WU STRT T70(ForSB2) FSR Stby2 On Temp(T71) FSR Stby2 Off Temp(T72) FSR Stby Lamp Select C FSR Flicker Control SW 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~30 0~99 0~70 0~70 0~50 0,1 70 50 25 85 70 70 85 15 25 10 20 80 40 70 70 70 70 70 30 50 69 50 20 0 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees Adjustment of high Lamp Off temperature at printing (Nominal=250degrees) Nominal=50degrees Nominal=25degrees Nominal=85degrees Nominal=70degrees Nominal=70degrees Nominal=85degrees Nominal=15degrees Nominal=25degrees Nominal=10degrees Nominal=20degrees Nominal=80degrees Nominal=40degrees Nominal=70degrees Nominal=70degrees Nominal=70degrees Nominal=70degrees Nominal=70degrees Nominal=30degrees Nominal=130degrees Nominal=199degrees Nominal=200degrees Nominal=20degrees 0: Wave Control Disable (Only from Job Start to Exit Sensor Off of 1 Sheet), 1: Wave Control Enable (Only from Job Start to Exit Sensor Off of 1 Sheet) 1.5ms 1.5ms 40ms 40ms 40ms 1sec 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees Nominal=15degrees Nominal=10degrees Nominal=9degrees Nominal=15degrees 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 10.5ms 19.5ms Wave Control Time (For Flicker Precycle, Cycle) 600ms Wave Control Time (For Flicker Stby) 1200ms Wave Control Time (For Flicker Warm Up) 480ms
40-15 40-16 40-17 40-18 40-19 40-20 40-21 40-22 40-23 40-24
744-180 744-181 744-182 744-183 744-184 744-185 -
FSR Flicker Lamp On TM FSR Flicker Lamp Off TM FSR Lamp Change t8 FSR Lamp Change t9 FSR Lamp Change t10 FSR HeatCtr PageDwn Sec FSR Very Low Tmp T80 FSR Very Low Tmp T81 FSR Very Low Tmp T82 FSR Very Low Tmp T83
0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~30 0~30 0~30 0~20 0~35 12/05 6-18
7 13 15 30 12 10 15 10 9 15
Fuser NVM List, General NVM List
Table 1 Fuser ChainFunc 40-25 40-26 40-27 40-28 40-29 40-30 40-31 40-51 40-52 40-53 40-54 40-55 40-56 40-57 40-58 40-59 40-60 40-61 40-62 40-63 50-2 50-19 Chain-Link Name 744-140 744-141 744-142 744-143 744-144 744-145 744-146 744-147 744-148 744-149 744-150 744-151 744-152 744-218 744-219 FSR Very Low Tmp TR2 FSR Very Low Tmp tP2 FSR Hi2 G5 T5(T84) FSR Hi2 G6 T5(T85) FSR Hi2 G7 T5(T86) FSR Hi2 G8G9 T5(T87) FSR TmpUpFail(WU)(t22) G4 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: B4S G4 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 5 G4 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 6 G5 Plain Paper, Heavy Weight Paper 1, 2, 4 ppm Adjustment: C5L G5 Plain Paper, Heavy Weight Paper 1, 2, 4 ppm Adjustment: C4S G5 Plain Paper, Heavy Weight Paper 1, 2, 4 ppm Adjustment: Western 3 L G5 Plain Paper, Heavy Weight Paper 1, 2, 4 ppm Adjustment: Com#10 L G8 Heavy Weight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: 5.5x8.5S, A5S G3 Heavy Weight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: 16-K L G4 Heavy Weight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: B5L, 7.25x10.5L G5 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 7 G5 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 8 G6 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: A5L, 5.5x8.5L G6 Plain Paper, Heavy Weight Paper ppm Adjustment: DLL H/Roll warmingup cycle at the start of paper feed FSR U4-2 Reset Mode Range 0~40 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0,1 0,1 Default 5 10 20 22 15 7 40 13 12 25 40 58 27 16 49 5 11 25 0 0 0 0 1 Count 1degrees 1sec 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 1degrees 100ms 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0: Inhibit, 1: Execute 0: NVM Rewrite 1->0 1: Power OFF/ON 50-20 50-55 744-220 744-223 FSR Reset FuserOverTemp Heat Roll Rotation to preventive Paper Wrinkles 0,1 0,1 0 1 0: Reset, 1: Detected over temp (Only reset is possible in diagnostic mode) 0: Inhibit, 1: Control Remarks Nominal=5degrees Nominal=10sec Nominal=190degrees Nominal=192degrees Nominal=185degrees Nominal=177degrees Nominal=4000ms, Formula: NVM*100ms
General NVM List

Table 1 General ChainFunc 20-2 Chain-Link Name 740-62 Firmware Download Status Range 0~254 Default 1 1 Count Remarks for th FW Down load by PC-TOOL
12/05 6-19
Fuser NVM List, General NVM List
Table 1 General ChainFunc 23-29 Chain-Link Name Range Default 0 1 Count Remarks 1 0: Normal Test Print Mode, 1: Tone Up Print 2: Tone Down Print (The old code is C/F=48-10) 60-18 740-14 CPM 0~5 0 1 Set CPM. 0: 50 (FIO) / 28 (SHEETA) / 18 (CHIHIRO), 1-5: 40 (FIO) / 23 (SHEETA) / 13 (CHIHIRO) (2-5: Reserve) E Enable Read/Write until Sim-B1. Read Only at B1. 60-20 60-21 60-22 60-24 740-555 740-556 740-557 740-559 Introduction Type CPM Type Catereing Type Process Speed 0,1 0,1 1~4 1~4 0: For an experiment, 1: For the market 0: Can change, 1: Cannot change (Diag) 1: OPB, 2: OSG, 3: LMK, 4: FX 1: 90mm/s (or 100mm/s), 2: 145mm/s, 3: 242mm/s, 4: 267mm/s, (TBD)
Normal TestPrint Mode / Tone Up/Down Mode Change SW 0~2
HFSI NVM List

Table 1 HFSI ChainFunc 21-1 21-11 21-21 21-31 21-2 21-12 21-22 21-32 21-3 21-13 21-23 Chain-Link Name 741-511 741-511 741-511 741-511 741-512 741-512 741-512 741-512 741-513 741-513 741-513 Tray1 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray1 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray1 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray1 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray1 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray1 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray1 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray1 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray2 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray2 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray2 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray2 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray2 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray2 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray2 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray2 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray3 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray3 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray3 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray3 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray3 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray3 is exchanged(8 Digits) Range 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Store Tray3 Recycle Counter when clearing Tray3 HFSI Counter. Store Tray2 Recycle Counter when clearing Tray2 HFSI Counter. Remarks Store Tray1 Recycle Counter when clearing Tray1 HFSI Counter.
General NVM List, HFSI NVM List
12/05 6-20
Table 1 HFSI ChainFunc 21-33 21-4 21-14 21-24 21-34 21-6 21-16 21-26 21-36 21-7 21-17 21-27 21-37 21-8 21-18 21-28 21-38 21-9 21-19 21-29 21-39 29-4 29-14 Chain-Link Name 741-513 741-514 741-514 741-514 741-514 741-516 741-516 741-516 741-516 741-517 741-517 741-517 741-517 741-518 741-518 741-518 741-518 954-807 954-807 954-807 954-807 954-800 954-800 Tray3 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray3 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray4 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray4 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray4 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray4 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray4 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray4 is exchanged(8 Digits) Tray4 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray4 is exchanged(8 Digits) MSI Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when MSI is exchanged(8 Digits) Range 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Store Total Billing Counter value (total of Copy/FAX/Print) when clearing Fuser HFSI Counter. Store Total Billing Counter value (total of Copy/FAX/Print) when clearing BTR HFSI Counter. Store MSI Recycle Counter when clearing MSI HFSI Counter. Store Tray4 Recycle Counter when clearing Tray4 HFSI Counter. Remarks
MSI 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity value when MSI is exchanged(8 0~99 Digits) MSI 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity value when MSI is exchanged(8 0~99 Digits) MSI First 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when MSI is exchanged(8 0~3 Digits) Last 2Dig of the value of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll when 0~99 BTR is exchanged(8 Digits) 5th&6thDig of the value of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll BTR is exchanged(8 Digits) 3rd&4thDig of the value of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll BTR is exchanged(8 Digits) 0~99 0~99
First 2Dig of the value of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll BTR 0~3 is exchanged(8 Digits) Last2 of Fuser discharging value when Fuser is exchanged 5th&6th Fuser discharging value when Fuser is exchanged 3rd&4th Fuser discharging value when Fuser is exchanged First2 of Fuser discharging value when Fuser is exchanged Last2 of Fuser discharging Number 5th&6th Fuser discharging Number 3rd&4th Fuser discharging Number First2 of Fuser discharging Number Tray1 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray1 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99
12/05 6-21
HFSI NVM List
Table 1 HFSI ChainFunc 29-24 29-34 29-5 29-15 29-25 29-35 29-6 29-16 29-26 29-36 29-7 29-17 29-27 29-37 29-9 29-19 29-29 29-39 30-1 30-11 30-21 Chain-Link Name 954-800 954-800 954-801 954-801 954-801 954-801 954-802 954-802 954-802 954-802 954-803 954-803 954-803 954-803 954-805 954-805 954-805 954-805 954-806 954-806 954-806 Tray1 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray1 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray2 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray2 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray2 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray2 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray3 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray3 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray3 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray3 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray4 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray4 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray4 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray4 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) MSI Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) MSI 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) MSI 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) MSI First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Last 2Dig of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits) Range 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Remarks Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time)
5th&6thDig of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 0~99 Digits) 3rd&4thDig of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 0~99 Digits)
HFSI NVM List
12/05 6-22
Table 1 HFSI ChainFunc 30-31 Chain-Link Name 954-806 First 2Dig of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits) Range 0~3 Default 0 1 Count 1 Remarks Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time)
MC Code NVM List

Table 1 MCCode ChainFunc 60-26 60-27 60-28 60-29 60-30 60-31 60-32 60-33 60-34 60-35 60-36 60-37 60-38 60-39 60-40 60-41 60-42 60-43 Chain-Link Name 740-44 740-44 740-44 740-44 740-44 740-44 740-44 740-44 740-44 740-44 740-54 740-54 740-54 740-54 740-54 740-54 740-54 740-54 Serial Code1 Serial Code2 Serial Code3 Serial Code4 Serial Code5 Serial Code6 Serial Code7 Serial Code8 Serial Code9 Serial Code10 Product Code1 Product Code2 Product Code3 Product Code4 Product Code5 Product Code6 Product Code7 Product Code8 Range 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Remarks
NOHAD NVM List

Table 1 NOHAD ChainFunc 50-6 50-8 50-11 50-14 50-16 Chain-Link Name 741-509 741-510 ROS FAN Control Temperature ROS FAN OFF Delay Time ROS FAN FAIL Detection Control Non-condensation mode Condensation Mode Transition Time Range 15~30 6~14 0,1 0,1 0~120 Default 24 10 1 0 1 Count 1degrees 1sec 1 1 1 min 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Normal mode, 1: Condensation mode Remarks
12/05 6-23
HFSI NVM List, MC Code NVM List, NOHAD NVM
Paper Handling NVM List

Table 1 Paper Handling ChainFunc 20-1 Chain-Link Name 742-27 LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - ALL TRAY Range 0~66 Default 33 1 Count Remarks
0.2175mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. (267x388mm) Min(0)=-7.18mm, Max(66)=7.18mm, Initial(33)=0mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Diag 20-5 value(A/D value-800) 104(388h) - 163(3C3h) - 223(3FFh)
20-8 20-9 20-10 20-11 20-12 20-13 20-15
760-16 760-17 760-18 760-19 760-20 760-21 -
TRAY1 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT SMH for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT SMH for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT Read SMH Side Guide Minimum Paper Width Adjustment(G1) Value Read SMH Side Guide Maximum Paper Width Adjustment(G2) Value DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4,HCF for Thick-1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY2-4,HCF for Thick-2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER SMH for Thick-1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER SMH for Thick-2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER DUP for Thick-1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER DUP for Thick-2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY1 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT SMH for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT ALL TRAY - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY1 for Normal Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY2-4,HCF - REGI LOOP TIMER SMH for Normal Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER DUP for Normal Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER REGI CLUTCH OFF TIMER - ALL TRAY INVERT TIMING - ALL TRAY
0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 104~223
33 33 33 33 33 33 163
20-16
0~254
194
Diag 20-6 value(A/D value) 0(00h) - 194(C2h) - 254(FEh)
20-27 20-28 20-29 20-30 20-31 20-32 20-33 20-34 20-41 20-42 20-43 20-45 20-46 20-47 20-48 20-49 20-51 20-52 20-53
760-22 760-23 760-24 760-25 760-26 760-27 760-28 760-29 760-1 760-2 760-3 760-5 760-6 760-7 760-8 760-9 760-10 760-11 742-30
0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66
33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33
0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.2175mm 0.435mm
Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Clutch off is delayed by 2ms when Set Value is increased. Invert timing is delayed by 3msec when Set Value is increased. Min(0)=-14.96mm, Max(99)=14.96mm, Initial(33)=0mm
20-54
760-12
TOP SIGNAL OFFSET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
0~99 12/05 6-24
0.2175mm 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
Table 1 Paper Handling ChainFunc 20-61 20-62 20-63 20-14 20-18 20-23 20-24 20-35 20-36 20-37 20-40 20-55 20-59 23-20 23-21 23-22 23-26 23-27 26-1 26-15 Chain-Link Name 760-13 760-14 760-15 760-31 760-32 760-33 760-34 760-35 760-36 760-37 760-38 760-39 760-40 740-90 751-500 751-507 DUP A3 Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP A4S Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP A4L Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT SMH for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1 for Thick-1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY1 for Thick-2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY1 for Thick-4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY2-4,HCF for Thick-4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER SMH for Thick-4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER DUP for Thick-4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER Simplex/Duplex Feed Tray Output Tray Test Print Run Length Low Byte Test Print Run Length High Byte Lead-Regi correction value when printing heavy media Specify Edge Drop Improvement (Cycle In/Out Extension) Range 0~16 0~16 0~16 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0,1 1~6 0~4 0~99 0~99 10~30 0~2 Default 10 10 10 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 0 1 0 1 0 19 0 0.41mm 1 Count 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.2175mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.435mm 0.435mm Remarks Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. 0: Simplex, 1: Duplex 1: Tray1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: HCF, 6: MSI 0: FACE DOWN TRAY#1, 1: FACE DOWN TRAY#2, 2: FACE UP TRAY, 3: FINISHER Bin1, 4: FINISHER Top Tray The Number of Test Print The Number of Test Print Min(10)=-4.1mm, Max(30)=4.1mm 0: CYCLE IN timing+12290ms 1: CYCLE OUT timing+10ms 2: Both CYCLE IN/OUT 26-16 751-508 Applicable Tray for Edge Drop Improvement 0~7 0 0: No applicable TRAY 1~5: TRAY#1~#5 6: MSI 7: ENV 26-17 751-509 Always Specify Edge Drop Improvement 0,1 0 0: Disable Diag26-15 1: Enable Diag26-15 26-18 37-10 37-11 37-12 37-13 751-510 744-807 744-808 744-809 744-810 Select BIAS for Transparency Mode 0,1 0 15 34 50 42 0: Plain paper, 1: Transparency G7 Plain Paper, Heavyweight Paper ppm Adjustment: Return 0~99 PostCard L G7 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 11 G7 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 12 Not in use 0~99 0~99 0~99
12/05 6-25
Table 1 Paper Handling ChainFunc 37-14 37-15 37-16 37-17 37-18 37-19 Chain-Link Name 744-811 744-812 744-813 744-814 744-815 744-816 G8 Plain Paper, Heavyweight Paper ppm Adjustment: PostCard L, A6L, PostCard L G8 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 13,14 G8 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 15 G8 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 16 G9 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 17,18 Range 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 Default 19 69 44 59 74 23 1 Count Remarks
G2 Heavyweight Paper 1,2,4 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 0~99 3 G2 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 8.5x11L G1 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment:A4L, Non-Standard 1 G2 Heavyweight Paper 1,2,4 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 0~99 4 G2 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 11x17S G1 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment:A3S, Non-Standard 2 G2 Heavyweight Paper 12 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 4 0~99 G6 Heavyweight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: A4S, 8.5x11S Not in use 0~99 0~99
37-20
744-817
32
37-20 40-10 40-11 40-12 40-47 40-48 40-49 41-1
744-817 744-801 744-802 744-803 744-804 744-805 744-806 742-508
24 25 0 32 25 22 28 35 9ms Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and Regi Start of 11x17S Paper Group The nominal setting value is set to a PH standard timing. Larger value means longer Pitch timing.
G7 Heavyweight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: B5S, 7.25x10.5S, 0~99 B6L, 16-K S G6 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 10 Not in use G7 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Monarch L Productivity Pitch Adjustment of 11x17S Paper Group 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99
41-2
742-509
Productivity Pitch Adjustment of B4S Paper Group
0~99
35
9ms
Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and Regi Start of B4S Paper Group The nominal setting value is set to a PH standard timing. Larger value means longer Pitch timing.
41-3
742-510
Productivity Pitch Adjustment of A4S Paper Group
0~99
35
9ms
Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and Regi Start of A4S Paper Group The nominal setting value is set to a PH standard timing. Larger value means longer Pitch timing.
41-4
742-511
Productivity Pitch Adjustment of 8.5x11L Paper Group
0~99
35
9ms
Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and Regi Start of 8.5x11L Paper Group The nominal setting value is set to a PH standard timing. Larger value means longer Pitch timing.
41-5
742-512
Regi Start Pitch Timing Adjustment of A4S Paper Group 2nd 0~99 sheet
50
1.5msec
Regi Start Pitch Timing Adjustment of A4S Paper Group 2nd sheet
12/05 6-26
Table 1 Paper Handling ChainFunc 41-6 Chain-Link Name 742-513 The Following Timing Adjustment of 8.5x11L Paper Group (1) 2nd sheet Regi Start Pitch (2) Productivity Pitch at FDT2/FUT output 41-7 41-8 41-9 41-10 41-11 41-12 41-13 41-14 41-15 41-16 41-17 41-18 742-514 742-515 742-516 742-517 742-518 742-519 742-520 742-521 742-522 742-523 742-524 742-525 TRAY1 Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper Groups) TRAY2 Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper Groups) 0~99 0~99 50 50 50 50 33 0 20 20 20 20 0 29 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 10ms Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and TRAY1 Feed (Common to All Paper Groups) Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and TRAY2 Feed (Common to All Paper Groups) Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and MSI Feed (Common to All Paper Groups) Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and TRAY2 Feed Stop (Common to All Paper Groups) Inverting's OFF will delayed by 1.5msec when Set Value is increased. ON Timing for Dup Motor to push paper while RegiStart. It will be delayed for 1.5msec when Set Value is increased. TRAY2 Feed~T/A CL ON timing MSI Feed~T/A CL ON timing TRAY MODULE Feed~T/A CL ON timing HCF Feed~T/A CL ON timing Regi CL ON~T/A CL ON timing Regi CL ON~OCT Homing ON Min(0)=30ms, Max(60)=630ms, Initial(29)=320ms 41-24 41-25 41-26 41-27 41-29 41-30 41-31 41-32 41-33 742-571 742-572 742-573 742-574 742-576 742-577 744-818 744-819 744-820 2TM-TRAY3 Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper 0~99 Groups) 2TM-TRAY4 Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper 0~99 Groups) TTM-TRAY3 Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper 0~99 Groups) TTM-TRAY4 Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper 0~99 Groups) Boost Stop Timing after Dup (Start to speed up at 90>150.2mm/s) 0~99 50 50 50 50 50 50 15 25 15 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and 2TM-TRAY3 Feed (Common to All Paper Groups) Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and 2TM-TRAY4 Feed (Common to All Paper Groups) Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and TTM-TRAY3 Feed (Common to All Paper Groups) Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and TTM-TRAY4 Feed (Common to All Paper Groups) Timing Adjustment between Regi Start and Boost Stop (Only for 8.5x11L Group) Timing Adjustment between Invert Motor Reverse Revolution and Invert Motor Stop Range 0~99 Default 50 1 Count 1.5ms Remarks 2nd Sheet Feed Timing Adjustment of 8.5x11L Paper Group Adjustment timing between Regi Start and Regi Start of this paper group at FDT2/FUT output
MSI Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper Groups) 0~99 TRAY2 Feed Stop Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper 0~99 Groups) Duplex Motor Stop Timing Adjustment Duplex Motor Boost Start Timing Adjustment T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment at TRAY2 Feed T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment at MSI Feed T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment at TRAY MODULE Feed T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment at HCF Feed T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment at RegiStart OCT Homing Start Timing Adjustment 0~66 0~66 0~40 0~40 0~40 0~40 0~20 0~60
Dup Inversion Revolution Stop Timing (Start to switch CCW- 0~99 >CW) Not in use G3 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 8-K S Not in use 0~99 0~99 0~99
12/05 6-27
Table 1 Paper Handling ChainFunc 41-34 Chain-Link Name 744-821 G3 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 16-K L G4 Heavyweight Paper 2, 4 ppm Adjustment: B5L, 7.25x10.5 L 41-35 41-36 41-37 41-38 41-39 41-40 41-41 41-42 41-43 41-44 41-45 41-46 41-47 41-48 41-49 41-50 41-51 41-52 41-53 41-54 41-55 41-56 41-57 41-58 41-59 50-40 744-822 744-823 744-824 744-825 744-826 744-827 744-828 744-829 744-830 744-831 744-832 744-833 744-834 744-835 744-836 744-837 744-838 744-839 744-840 744-841 744-842 744-843 744-844 744-845 744-846 740-6 G4 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: B4S 0~99 34 36 52 51 0 64 82 44 38 38 19 20 50 40 54 54 51 69 54 82 59 77 84 55 52 0 0.2sec The time until the M/C stops after the paper is exited. Min(0)=0sec, Max(99)=19.88sec, Initial(0)=0sec 50-47 742-81 Main Motor Cycle Time for #TA2 Roll part JAM 0~10 5 100ms Min(0)=0msec G4/G5/G6 Heavyweight Paper 1, 2, 4 ppm Adjustment: Non- 0~99 Standard 5,7,9 G4/G5/G6 Heavyweight Paper 1, 2, 4 ppm Adjustment: Non- 0~99 Standard 6,8,10 G8 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 5.5x8.5S, A5S G3 Heavyweight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: 8-K S Not in use Not in use G6 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: A4S, 8.5x11S G6 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 8.5x13 S G6 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 8.5x14 S 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 Range 0~99 Default 15 1 Count Remarks
G6 Heavyweight Paper 1,2,4 ppm Adjustment: A5L, 5.5x8.5L 0~99 G6 Heavyweight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: 8.5x13S, 8.5x14S 0~99 Not in use G7 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: B5S, 7.25x10.5S, B6L, 16-K S Not in use Not in use G7 Heavyweight Paper 1,2 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 11 G7 Heavyweight Paper 1,2 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 12 Not in use G8 Heavyweight Paper 1,2 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 13,14 G8 Heavyweight Paper 1,2 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 15 G8 Heavyweight Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 16 G9 Heavyweight Paper 1,2 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 17,18 G2 Heavyweight Paper 3 ppm Adjustment: A4S, 8.5x11 L G5 Heavyweight Paper 3 ppm Adjustment: Com#10 The time which the Engine automatically start the Cycle Down 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99
12/05 6-28
Table 1 Paper Handling ChainFunc 51-1 51-33 62-1 Chain-Link Name 742-97 742-89 742-90 Paper Type Heavy Media Special Setting Paper Path Sensor (IOT & Tray Module) Range 0~99 0,1 0~127 Default 10 0 1 Count Remarks 0: Normal, 1: Thick1, 2: Thick2, 3: Thick3, 4, 5: Thick, 6: OHP1, 7: OHP2, 8: OHP3, 9: Thin, 10: Type specified from ESS 0: Non Heavy Media, 1: Heavy Media Bit0: PREFEED#2 SENSOR (Fio only) Bit1: PREFEED#1 SENSOR (Fio only) Bit2: FEED OUT#4 SENSOR Bit3: FEED OUT#3 SENSOR Bit4: FEED OUT#2 SENSOR Bit5: REGI SENSOR Bit6: EXIT#1 SENSOR Bit7: *The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 m 62-2 742-91 Paper Path Sensor (HCF / DM / EXIT) 0~15 Bit0: HCF PREFEED SENSOR (FIO only) Bit1: HCF FEED OUT SENSOR (FIO only) Bit2: DM WAIT SENSOR Bit3: EXIT#2 SENSOR (w/o CHIHIRO) *The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms. 62-4 742-93 Paper Path Sensor (FINISHER) 0~63 Bit0: H-TRA INPUT PATH SENSOR Bit1: H-TRA EXIT PATH SENSOR Bit2: FIN INPUT PATH SENSOR Bit3: FIN PATH SENSOR Bit4: FIN EXIT PATH SENSOR Bit5: COMPILE TRAY EXIT PATH SENSOR *The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is
12/05 6-29
Procon NVM List

Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 15-1 15-11 15-2 15-12 15-3 15-13 15-4 15-14 15-5 15-15 15-6 15-16 15-7 15-17 15-8 15-18 15-9 15-19 15-10 15-20 15-30 15-21 15-31 15-22 15-32 15-23 15-33 15-24 15-34 15-25 15-35 15-26 15-36 15-27 15-37 15-28 15-38 15-29 Chain-Link Name 753-523 753-523 753-525 753-525 753-527 753-527 753-544 753-544 753-546 753-546 753-548 753-548 753-550 753-550 753-552 753-552 753-554 753-554 753-532 753-556 753-556 753-558 753-558 753-560 753-560 753-562 753-562 753-564 753-564 753-566 753-566 753-568 753-568 753-570 753-570 753-572 753-572 753-574 Last 2Dig of preDelta LDicdc Factor/Percentage First 2Dig of preDelta LDicdc Factor/Percentage Last 2Dig of preDelta LDpr Factor/Percentage First 2Dig of preDelta LDpr Factor/Percentage Last 2Dig of preDelta VHbcr Factor/Percentage First 2Dig of preDelta VHbcr Factor/Percentage Last 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X1) First 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X1) Last 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X2) First 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X2) Last 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X3) First 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X3) Last 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X4) First 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X4) Last 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X5) First 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X5) Last 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y1) First 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y1) PV monitor used to change LD light volume Last 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y2) First 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y2) Last 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y3) First 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y3) Last 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y4) First 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y4) Last 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y5) First 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y5) Last 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X1) First 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X1) Last 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X2) First 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X2) Last 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X3) First 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X3) Last 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X4) First 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X4) Last 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X5) First 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X5) Last 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y1) Range 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 0~99 0~05 0~99 0~05 0~99 0~05 0~99 0~05 0~99 0~05 00~99 47~59 0~99 00~99 47~59 00~99 47~59 00~99 47~59 00~99 47~59 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 00~99 Default 00 50 00 51 00 50 0 0 10 0 0 01 80 01 40 02 00 50 0 90 49 76 49 64 49 60 49 00 50 00 51 60 51 00 52 40 52 00 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) (Move from 53-33) Remarks
Procon NVM List
12/05 6-30
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 15-39 15-40 15-50 15-41 15-51 15-42 15-52 15-43 15-53 15-44 15-54 15-45 15-55 15-46 15-56 15-47 15-57 15-48 15-58 15-49 15-59 16-1 16-11 16-21 16-2 16-12 16-22 16-3 16-4 16-5 16-13 16-14 16-6 16-16 16-26 Chain-Link Name 753-574 753-576 753-576 753-578 753-578 753-580 753-580 753-582 753-582 753-613 753-613 753-615 753-615 753-620 753-620 753-622 753-622 753-624 753-624 753-626 753-626 752-908 752-908 752-908 753-680 753-680 753-680 753-646 753-647 753-648 753-649 753-650 753-609 753-609 753-609 First 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y1) Last 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y2) First 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y2) Last 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y3) First 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y3) Last 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y4) First 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y4) Last 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y5) First 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y5) Last 2Dig of Count Reset ATC for Toner Empty Detection First 2Dig of Count Reset ATC for Toner Empty Detection Last 2Dig of Count Start ATC for Toner Empty Detection First 2Dig of Count Start ATC for Toner Empty Detection Last 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 1 First 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 1 Last 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 2 First 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 2 Last 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 3 First 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 3 Last 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 4 First 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 4 Range 39~69 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 0~99 0~19 0~99 0~19 00~99 49~59 00~99 49~59 00~99 49~59 00~99 49~59 Default 50 02 50 04 50 08 50 20 50 99 3 0 04 80 49 0 50 30 50 55 50 50 05 03 00 20 00 0 4 10 30 100 0 0 0 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. Remarks
Last 2Dig of Toner Empty Detection Threshold Value for TotalDelta 00~99 ATC Middle 2Dig of Toner Empty Detection Threshold Value for TotalDelta ATC 00~99
First 2Dig of Toner Empty Detection Threshold Value for TotalDelta 00~06 ATC Last 2Dig of ICDC Toner_Empty Threshold Value Middle 2Dig of ICDC Toner_Empty Threshold Value First 2Dig of ICDC Toner_Empty Threshold Value Toner_Rest category 1 [Unit: %] Toner_Rest category 2 [Unit: %] Toner_Rest category 3 [Unit: %] Toner_Rest category 4 [Unit: %] Toner_Rest category 5 [Unit: %] 0~99 0~99 0~06 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254
Last 2Dig of Accumulative disp Time after Humidity and Remaining 0~99 Toner Volume Correction Middle 2Dig of Accumulative disp Time after Humidity and Remain- 0~99 ing Toner Volume Correction First 2Dig of Accumulative disp Time after Humidity and Remaining 0~49 Toner Volume Correction
12/05 6-31
Procon NVM List
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 16-7 16-17 16-27 16-8 16-9 16-10 16-15 16-18 16-19 16-20 16-23 16-24 16-25 16-28 16-29 16-30 16-31 16-32 16-33 16-34 16-35 16-36 16-37 16-38 16-39 16-40 16-41 16-42 16-43 16-44 16-45 16-46 16-47 16-48 16-50 16-51 16-52 16-53 Chain-Link Name 753-500 753-500 753-500 753-651 753-652 753-653 753-654 753-657 753-688 753-689 753-691 753-682 753-698 753-701 753-706 753-634 753-635 753-690 753-716 753-693 753-670 753-671 753-672 753-639 753-708 753-709 753-710 753-711 753-712 753-713 753-673 753-674 753-641 752-949 753-632 753-633 753-717 753-727 Last 2Dig of Division Factor of Total Pixel Count Middle 2Dig of Division Factor of Total Pixel Count First 2Dig of Division Factor of Total Pixel Count Remaining Toner Correction 1 for Toner_Rest Remaining Toner Correction 2 for Toner_Rest Remaining Toner Correction 3 for Toner_Rest Remaining Toner Correction 4 for Toner_Rest Count Reset Changed Volume for Toner Empty Detection, Delta ATC Delta ATC Changed Volume Threshold Value since Count Start for Toner Empty Detection Standard Delta ATC since Near until Empty Recovery Factor Recovery Level after Replacement with New Cartridge Vbias Correction Volume for Copy (Dots Prevention) Flag indicating Toner Refill Complete Dispense Correction Coefficient by Remaining Toner Correction Coefficient for Near Delta ATC exceeding Toner Near Empty Detection ATC Code (ATC Sensor Properties) Recovery Judge Loop Count Judge for Emp_end_ATC+Delta Recovery Judge for Emp_end_ATC Recovery Toner_Near_Emp_flag PV Count since Near until M/C Stop Toner Meter Theshold (1) Toner Meter Theshold (2) Toner Meter Theshold (3) Toner Meter Theshold (4) Toner Recovery Execution Information Toner Empty Information Remaining Toner [%] Remaining Toner Status Near Threshold Value Max. Recovery Time at Skip Delta ATC Count Factor for Toner Empty Detection Dispense Correction Coefficient by Humidity Switch between enable/disable Toner Recovery before Job Toner Transfer Time Range 0~99 0~99 0~69 0~100 0~100 0~100 0~100 0~99 Default 33 73 01 100 100 100 100 29 30 99 20 5 20 0 0 100 100 50 55 0 0 0 0 0 25 50 75 99 0 0 100 4 50 20 100 100 1 20 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0: Disable, 1: Enable, 2: Disable all toner recoveries To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. Remaining Toner Correction 5 for Toner_Rest is C-F=52-43 Remarks
Count Start Changed Volume for Toner Empty Detection, Delta ATC 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0,1 0~254 0~254 0~99 0~99 0~99 0,1 0,1 0,1 0~254 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~2 0~4 0~100 0~10 0~254 0~99 0~254 0~254 0~2 0~99
Procon NVM List
12/05 6-32
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 16-55 16-56 16-57 16-58 16-59 16-60 16-61 16-62 16-63 16-54 Chain-Link Name 753-699 753-719 753-718 753-724 753-636 753-640 753-700 753-637 753-638 753-3 Switch for Copy (Dots Prevention) Temperature Threshold Value in Dew Condensation Mode Toner Cartridge Life Detection Threshold Value Counter for not peeling off seals Correction Coefficient 2 for Near PV Count Lower Limit since Near until M/C Stop Humidity Threshold Value for Copy (Dots Prevention) LD Light Volume Lower Limit LD Light Volume Upper Limit Toner Recovery in M/C Setup Range 0,1 0~30 0~99 0~10 0~254 0~254 0~99 0~254 0~254 0,1 Default 1 12 75 0 100 2 20 75 230 0 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0: Toner recovery is necessary in the M/C initial setting 1: Toner recovery is necessary in the M/C initial setting (1 appears on the display. Once toner recovery is complete, the IOT FW automatically changes the display to 0.) 23-28 42-1 42-2 42-3 752-500 752-501 752-954 TC Up/Down PV Dispense Mode Potential Control Mode ATC Sensor 1~20 0~3 0~2 0,1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 The number of Tone Up/Down diagnostics print. (The old code is C-F=52-52) 0: Timer, 1: ICDC+ATC, 2: ICDC 0: Full, 1: Supported, 2: Manual setting ATC Sensor / 0: Normal, 1: Abnormal To be changed to CRUM R after M1. 42-4 42-5 42-6 42-7 42-8 42-9 42-10 752-503 752-504 752-505 752-506 752-507 752-508 752-509 Temperature Sensor Humidity Sensor Near_PV_Max Humidity Sensor Fail Count Temperature Sensor Fail Count ATC Warning Toner Empty 0,1 0,1 0~254 0~99 0~99 0,1 0,1 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0: Normal, 1: Abnormal 0: Normal, 1: Abnormal To be changed to CRUM R after M1. 42-11 42-12 42-13 42-14 42-15 42-16 42-17 42-18 42-19 42-20 42-21 752-510 752-511 752-512 753-612 753-619 752-2 752-514 752-515 752-516 752-517 752-518 TotalDelta ATC_EMP_FLG Delta ATC_EMP_FLAG K_PN Toner Refill Rate [mg/s] Toner Empty Status ATC Level Noise Removal Count for ATC Sampling Scan Count for ATC Sampling Number of Superior Calculation for ATC Sampling Min. Step for LD Light Volume Change ATC Sampling Period 0,1 0,1 0~99 0~254 0~4 0~2 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~96 0 0 20 22 0 0 2 44 13 1 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 To be changed to CRUM R after M1. ATC Level 0: Normal, 1: Abnormal 0: Normal, 1: Abnormal Max. Value for Near PV 0: No, 1: Yes To be changed to CRUM R after M1. Remarks
12/05 6-33
Procon NVM List
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 42-22 42-23 42-24 42-25 42-26 42-27 42-28 42-29 42-30 42-31 42-32 42-33 42-34 42-35 42-36 42-37 42-38 42-39 42-40 42-41 42-42 42-43 42-44 42-45 42-46 42-47 42-48 42-49 42-50 42-51 42-52 42-53 42-54 42-55 42-56 42-57 42-58 42-59 42-60 42-61 Chain-Link Name 752-519 752-520 752-521 752-522 752-523 752-524 752-525 752-526 752-527 752-528 752-529 752-530 752-531 752-532 752-533 752-534 752-535 752-536 752-537 752-538 752-539 752-540 752-541 752-542 752-543 752-544 752-545 752-546 753-534 753-535 753-536 753-537 753-538 753-539 753-540 753-541 753-542 753-543 753-628 753-629 ATC Sensor Warning Count ATC Sensor Status ATC_War Count ATC_War Count Threshold Value Current Humidity Standard Humidity [%] Current Humidity Upper Threshold Value [%] Current Humidity Lower Threshold Value [%] PN_aft_ICDC (Last 2Dig) PN_aft_ICDC (First 2Dig) Humidity for Humidity Sensor Output [%] (Y1) Humidity for Humidity Sensor Output [%] (Y2) Humidity for Humidity Sensor Output [%] (Y3) Humidity for Humidity Sensor Output [%] (Y4) Humidity for Humidity Sensor Output [%] (Y5) Humidity for Humidity Sensor Output [%] (Y6) Temperature for Temperature Sensor Output [degrees] (Y1) Temperature for Temperature Sensor Output [degrees] (Y2) Temperature for Temperature Sensor Output [degrees] (Y3) Temperature for Temperature Sensor Output [degrees] (Y4) Temperature for Temperature Sensor Output [degrees] (Y5) Temperature for Temperature Sensor Output [degrees] (Y6) Current Temperature [degrees] Standard Temperature [degrees] Current Temperature Upper Threshold Value [degrees] Current Temperature Lower Threshold Value [degrees] PN_LimitL PN_LimitH PR_Cycle Category (X1) PR_Cycle Category (X2) PR_Cycle Category (X3) PR_Cycle Category (X4) PR_Cycle Category (X5) preDelta VHbcr Correction for PR_Cycle (Y1) preDelta VHbcr Correction for PR_Cycle (Y2) preDelta VHbcr Correction for PR_Cycle (Y3) preDelta VHbcr Correction for PR_Cycle (Y4) preDelta VHbcr Correction for PR_Cycle (Y5) K_DispHum Correction 1 for Delta Hum K_DispHum Correction 2 for Delta Hum Range 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~255 0~255 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 Default 0 0 0 2 0 30 98 1 0 0 0 15 30 50 80 99 60 50 40 25 9 0 0 22 59 1 80 140 0 80 140 200 254 0 1 2 3 4 100 100 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Remarks
Procon NVM List
12/05 6-34
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 42-62 42-63 43-2 43-12 43-3 43-13 43-11 43-4 43-14 43-5 43-15 43-6 43-16 43-7 43-17 43-8 43-18 43-10 43-20 43-30 43-21 43-31 43-22 43-25 43-35 43-26 43-36 43-27 43-37 43-28 43-38 43-29 43-39 43-40 43-50 43-41 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Chain-Link Name 753-630 753-631 752-6 752-6 752-3 752-3 752-7 752-951 752-951 752-952 752-952 752-557 752-557 752-547 752-547 752-551 752-551 753-504 753-675 753-675 753-725 753-726 753-730 752-575 752-575 752-577 752-577 752-579 752-579 752-581 752-581 752-583 752-583 752-585 752-585 752-587 K_DispHum Correction 3 for Delta Hum K_DispHum Correction 4 for Delta Hum ATC Target Last 2Dig ATC Target First 2Dig ATC OUT Last 2Dig ATC OUT First 2Dig Result of ATC Check ACT OUT LimitH Last 2Dig ACT OUT LimitH First 2Dig ACT OUT LimitL Last 2Dig Last 2Dig of ACT OUT LimitL Last 2Dig of Previous ATC_OUT First 2Dig of Previous ATC_OUT Last 2Dig of ATC Sensor Offset Standard Value (different for each M/C) First 2Dig of ATC Sensor Offset Standard Value (different for each M/C) Last 2Dig of ATC Mean Value First 2Dig of ATC Mean Value Toner Cartridge Type Last 2Dig of Toner Cartridge Initial Toner Volume First 2Dig of Toner Cartridge Initial Toner Volume Range 0~254 0~254 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 0~4 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~19 0~99 0~99 0~19 Default 102 106 70 3 70 03 00 10 0 70 06 0 0 80 05 00 10 00 50 02 60 01 00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 General procedures information x100 To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. 0=Low, 1=Normal, 2=High, 3=False, 4=Abnormal end Last 2Dig of ATC_OUT upper limit First 2Dig of ATC_OUT upper limit Last 2Dig of ATC_OUT lower limit First 2Dig of ATC_OUT lower limit To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. Remarks
Last 2Dig of ICDC Accumulative Value since Empty until TC Lower 0~99 Limit First 2Dig of ICDC Accumulative Value since Empty until TC Lower 0~99 Limit ICDC Accumulative Threshold Value since Empty until TC Lower Limit 0~254
Last 2Dig of Fluctuation Margin Threshold Value for ATC Sampling 00~99 First 2Dig of Fluctuation Margin Threshold Value for ATC Sampling 00~19 Last 2Dig of ATC Sensor Mean Value First 2Dig of ATC Sensor Mean Range Last 2Dig of ATC Sensor Mean Range after Correction First 2Dig of ATC Sensor Mean Range after Correction Last 2Dig of PV Interval of LD Light Value Change First 2Dig of PV Interval of LD Light Value Change Last 2Dig of BCR Upper Limit First 2Dig of BCR Upper Limit Last 2Dig of BCR Lower Limit First 2Dig of BCR Lower Limit Last 2Dig of ATC Sensor Slant (different for each M/C) 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~02 00~99 00~02 00~99 12/05 6-35
Procon NVM List
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 43-51 43-42 43-52 43-43 43-53 43-45 43-55 43-46 43-56 43-47 43-57 43-48 43-58 43-49 43-59 43-60 43-61 43-62 43-63 43-63 43-9 43-19 43-23 43-33 43-24 43-34 43-44 43-54 44-60 46-61 44-1 44-11 44-2 44-12 44-3 44-13 44-4 44-14 Chain-Link Name 752-587 752-589 752-589 752-591 752-591 752-595 752-595 752-597 752-597 752-599 752-599 752-601 750-601 752-603 752-603 752-930 752-931 752-932 722-933 722-933 752-934 752-935 752-605 752-605 752-607 752-607 752-609 752-609 752-611 752-611 First 2Dig of ATC Sensor Slant (different for each M/C) Last 2Dig of ATC Sensor Read Value First 2Dig of ATC Sensor Read Value To be added K2 Specifications: 2.25V -> 460 Last 2Dig To be added K2 Specifications: 2.25V -> 460 First 2Dig Last 2Dig of ATC Read Wait Time [msec] since the first PV Developer starts operation First 2Dig of ATC Read Wait Time [msec] since the first PV Developer starts operation Last 2Dig of BCR (output from Xero) First 2Dig of BCR (output from Xero) Last 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X1) [min] First 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X1) [min] Last 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X2) [min] First 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X2) [min] Last 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X3) [min] First 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X3) [min] ATC_OUT Upper/Lower Limit Range (Range for ATC_target) Other LD Correction Volume LD Correction Volume for Copy (Dots Prevention) Overrun Time [10msec] at dispense_Motor Operation Overrun Time [10msec] at dispense_Motor Operation Last 2Dig of Delta ATCman First 2Dig of Delta ATCman Last 2Dig of Delta ATCman LimitL First 2Dig of Delta ATCman_LimitL Last 2Dig of Delta ATCman LimitH First 2Dig of Delta ATCman_LimitH Last 2Dig of Catr_Disp_TimeR at PreNear First 2Dig of Catr_Disp_TimeR at PreNear SW for dispense_Motor Operation Overrun Last 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X4) [min] First 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X4) [min] Last 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X5) [min] First 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X5) [min] Last 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y1) First 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y1) Last 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y2) First 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y2) Range 00~49 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~49 00~99 00~2 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~254 0~254 0~99 49,50 0~99 49,50 0~99 49,50 0~99 0~99 0,1 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 Default 10 00 00 90 03 00 05 84 01 00 00 35 00 70 00 10 0 12 30 10 0 50 85 49 20 50 0 0 0 20 05 01 40 01 00 00 02 00 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ATC Manual Correction/Lower ATC Manual Correction/Upper ATC Manual Correction Lower Limit/Lower ATC Manual Correction Lower Limit/Upper ATC Manual Correction Lower Limit/Lower ATC Manual Correction Lower Limit/Upper Unit: [sec] Unit: [sec] Remarks
SW Judge Threshold Value for dispense_Motor Operation Overrun 0~254
Procon NVM List
12/05 6-36
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 44-5 44-15 44-6 44-16 44-7 44-17 44-8 44-18 44-9 44-19 44-10 44-20 44-30 44-21 44-31 44-22 44-32 44-23 44-33 44-24 44-34 44-25 44-35 44-26 44-36 44-27 44-37 44-28 44-38 44-29 44-39 44-40 44-50 44-41 44-51 44-42 44-52 44-43 44-53 44-44 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Chain-Link Name 752-613 752-613 752-615 752-615 752-617 752-617 752-619 752-619 752-621 752-621 753-506 752-623 752-623 752-625 752-625 752-627 752-627 752-629 752-629 752-631 752-631 752-633 752-633 752-635 752-635 752-637 752-637 752-639 752-639 752-641 752-641 752-643 752-643 752-645 752-645 752-647 752-647 752-649 752-649 752-651 Last 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y3) First 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y3) Last 2Dig of ATC_OUT Reference Value First 2Dig of ATC_OUT Reference Value Last 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y4) First 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y4) Last 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y5) First 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y5) Last 2Dig of CRU_Disp Time [min] First 2Dig of CRU_Disp Time [min] 2 or 3 Steps for Toner Empty Detection Last 2Dig of Disp Time Adjustment Volume [msec] First 2Dig of Disp Time Adjustment Volume [msec] Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X1) First 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X1) Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X2) First 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X2) Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X3) First 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X3) Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X4) First 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X4) Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X5) First 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X5) Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y1) First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y1) Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y2) First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y2) Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y3) First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y3) Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y4) First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y4) Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y5) First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y5) Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X1) First 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X1) Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X2) First 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X2) Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X3) First 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X3) Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X4) Range 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 0~2 00~99 00~19 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 47~52 00~99 47~52 0~99 47~52 0~99 47~52 0~99 47~52 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 Default 04 00 70 03 06 00 08 00 00 00 0 00 00 74 49 86 49 00 50 20 50 40 50 30 50 20 50 10 50 00 50 88 49 74 49 88 49 00 50 15 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 General procedures information Remarks
12/05 6-37
Procon NVM List
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 44-54 44-45 44-55 44-46 44-56 44-47 44-57 44-48 44-58 44-49 44-59 44-61 44-62 44-63 45-1 45-11 45-2 45-12 45-3 45-13 45-4 45-14 45-5 45-15 45-6 45-16 45-7 45-17 45-8 45-18 45-9 45-19 45-10 45-20 45-30 45-21 45-31 45-22 45-32 45-23 Chain-Link Name 752-651 752-653 752-653 752-655 752-655 752-657 752-657 752-659 752-659 752-661 752-661 752-936 752-937 752-938 752-663 752-663 752-665 752-665 752-667 752-667 752-669 752-669 752-671 752-671 752-673 752-673 752-675 752-675 752-677 752-677 752-679 752-679 753-729 752-681 752-681 752-683 752-683 752-685 752-685 752-687 First 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X4) Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X5) First 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X5) Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y1) First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y1) Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y2) preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y2) First 2Dig Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y3) First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y3) Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y4) First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y4) Buff_Emp_count Category 1 Buff_Emp_count Category 2 Buff_Emp_count Category 3 Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y5) Frist Two Digits of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y5) Last 2Dig of Document Density per Page: A3 (100%)=4095 First 2Dig of Document Density per Page: A3 (100%)=4095 Last 2Dig of ICDC disp Time Adjustment Volume [msec] First 2Dig of ICDC disp Time Adjustment Volume [msec] Last 2Dig of ICDC Category (X1) First 2Dig of ICDC Category (X1) Last 2Dig of ICDC Category (X2) First 2Dig of ICDC Category (X2) Last 2Dig of ICDC Category (X3) First 2Dig of ICDC Category (X3) Last 2Dig of ICDC Category (X4) First 2Dig of ICDC Category (X4) Last 2Dig of ICDC Category (X5) First 2Dig of ICDC Category (X5) Last 2Dig of ICDC Category (X6) First 2Dig of ICDC Category (X6) CRU Emp_State before Replacement Last 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y1) First 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y1) Last 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y2) First 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y2) Last 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y3) First 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y3) Last 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y4) Range 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 0~99 0~99 0~99 00~99 39~60 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~49 00~99 00~49 00~99 00~49 00~99 00~49 00~99 00~49 00~99 00~49 00~99 00~49 0~4 00~99 00~49 00~99 00~49 00~99 00~49 00~99 Default 50 40 50 20 50 12 50 06 50 02 50 0 20 40 00 50 00 00 01 00 00 00 20 00 0 1 0 16 00 30 0 40 0 80 00 75 00 70 00 70 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Buff_Emp_count Category 4 is C-F=46-60 Remarks
Procon NVM List
12/05 6-38
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 45-33 45-24 45-34 45-25 45-35 45-26 45-36 45-27 45-37 45-28 45-38 45-29 45-39 45-40 45-50 45-41 45-51 45-42 45-52 45-43 45-53 45-44 45-54 45-45 45-55 45-46 45-56 45-47 45-57 45-48 45-58 Chain-Link Name 752-687 752-989 752-989 752-691 752-691 752-693 752-693 752-695 752-695 752-697 752-697 752-699 752-699 752-701 752-701 752-703 752-703 752-705 752-705 752-707 752-707 752-709 752-709 752-711 752-711 752-713 752-713 753-643 753-643 752-717 752-717 First 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y4) Last 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y5) First 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y5) Last 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y6) First 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y6) Last 2Dig of ICDC disp Time [msec] First 2Dig of ICDC disp Time [msec] Last 2Dig of Delta ATC disp Factor (negative) First 2Dig of Delta ATC disp Factor (negative) Last 2Dig of Delta ATC disp Factor (positive) First 2Dig of Delta ATC disp Factor (positive) Range 00~49 00~99 00~49 00~99 00~49 00~99 00~49 00~99 39~60 0~99 39~60 Default 00 70 00 70 00 00 00 20 50 20 50 50 50 80 50 20 50 80 50 30 50 60 50 70 50 80 50 0 04 00 51 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Remarks
Last 2Dig of Developer Deterioration Correction Coefficient for ATC 00~99 Target First 2Dig of Developer Deterioration Correction Coefficient for ATC 39~60 Target Last 2Dig of Humidity Correction Coefficient (negative) for ATC Tar- 00~99 get First 2Dig of Humidity Correction Coefficient (negative) for ATC Tar- 39~60 get Last 2Dig of Humidity Correction Coefficient (positive) for ATC Tar- 00~99 get First 2Dig of Humidity Correction Coefficient (positive) for ATC Tar- 39~60 get Last 2Dig of Temperature Correction Coefficient (negative) for ATC 00~99 Target First 2Dig of Temperature Correction Coefficient (negative) for ATC 39~60 Target Last 2Dig of Temperature Correction Coefficient (positive) for ATC Target First 2Dig of Temperature Correction Coefficient (positive) for ATC Target Last 2Dig of ICDC Factor First 2Dig of ICDC Factor Last 2Dig of preICDC_disp_time Factor/Percentage First 2Dig of preICDC_disp_time Factor/Percentage Last 2Dig of preDelta LDhum Factor/Percentage First 2Dig of preDelta LDhum Factor/Percentage Last 2Dig of Previous ATC for Toner Empty Detection First 2Dig of Previous ATC for Toner Empty Detection Last 2Dig of preDelta LDtemp Factor/Percentage First 2Dig of preDelta LDtemp Factor/Percentage 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 0~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 0~99 0~19 00~99 39~60
12/05 6-39
Procon NVM List
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 45-49 45-59 45-60 45-61 45-62 45-63 46-1 46-11 46-2 46-12 46-3 46-13 46-4 46-14 46-5 46-15 46-6 46-16 46-7 46-17 46-8 46-18 46-9 46-19 46-10 46-20 46-30 46-21 46-31 46-22 46-32 46-23 46-33 46-24 46-34 46-25 46-35 46-26 46-36 46-27 Chain-Link Name 752-719 752-719 752-940 752-941 752-962 752-943 752-721 752-721 752-723 752-723 752-725 752-725 752-727 752-727 752-729 752-729 752-731 752-731 752-733 752-733 752-735 752-735 752-737 752-737 752-739 752-739 752-741 752-741 752-743 752-743 752-745 752-745 752-747 752-747 752-749 752-749 752-751 752-751 752-753 Last 2Dig of preDelta VHhum Factor/Percentage First 2Dig of preDelta VHhum Factor/Percentage LD Correction 1 for Buff_Emp_count LD Correction 2 for Buff_Emp_count LD Correction 3 for Buff_Emp_count LD Correction 4 for Buff_Emp_count Last 2Dig of preDelta VHtemp Factor/Percentage First 2Dig of preDelta VHtemp Factor/Percentage Last 2Dig of LD1 First 2Dig of LD1 Last 2Dig of LD2 First 2Dig of LD2 Last 2Dig of LDS First 2Dig of LDS Last 2Dig of Max. Disp Time [msec] per PV First 2Dig of Max. Disp Time [msec] per PV Last 2Dig of Min. Disp Time [msec] per PV First 2Dig of Min. Disp Time [msec] per PV Last 2Dig of Actual Disp Time [msec] First 2Dig of Actual Disp Time [msec] Last 2Dig of Accumulative PR Cycle Count [Kcycle] First 2Dig of Accumulative PR Cycle Count [Kcycle] Last 2Dig of Machine Rest Time [sec] First 2Dig of Machine Rest Time [sec] PN_aft_ICDC_Ref Last 2Dig of ICDC Disp Time before Factor Calculation First 2Dig of ICDC Disp Time before Factor Calculation Last 2Dig of PreLD First 2Dig of PreLD Last 2Dig of Delta LDhum before Factor Calculation First 2Dig of Delta LDhum before Factor Calculation Last 2Dig of Delta LDini before Factor Calculation First 2Dig of Delta LDini before Factor Calculation Last 2Dig of Delta LDtemp before Factor Calculation First 2Dig of Delta LDtemp before Factor Calculation Last 2Dig of Delta VHhum before Factor Calculation First 2Dig of Delta VHhum before Factor Calculation Last 2Dig of Delta VHhum before Factor Calculation First 2Dig of Delta VHhum before Factor Calculation Last 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X1) Range 00~99 39~60 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 00~99 39~60 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~05 00~99 00~99 0~99 00~99 00~49 00~99 00~19 00~99 47~52 00~99 47~52 00~99 47~52 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 Default 50 50 0 20 40 50 50 50 00 02 00 02 00 02 00 30 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 18 00 00 00 02 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 36 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Remarks
Procon NVM List
12/05 6-40
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 46-37 46-28 46-38 46-29 46-39 46-40 46-50 46-41 46-51 46-42 46-52 46-43 46-53 46-44 46-54 46-45 46-55 46-46 46-56 46-47 46-57 46-48 46-58 46-49 46-59 46-60 46-62 46-63 47-1 47-11 47-2 47-12 47-3 47-13 47-4 47-14 47-5 47-15 47-6 47-16 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Chain-Link Name 752-753 752-755 752-755 752-757 752-757 752-759 752-759 752-761 752-761 752-763 752-763 752-765 752-765 752-767 752-767 752-769 752-769 752-771 752-771 752-773 752-773 752-775 752-775 752-777 752-777 752-939 752-944 752-945 752-779 752-779 752-781 752-781 752-783 752-783 752-785 752-785 752-787 752-787 752-789 752-789 First 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X1) Last 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X2) First 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X2) Last 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X3) First 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X3) Last 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X4) First 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X4) Last 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X5) First 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X5) Last 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X5) First 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X6) Last 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X1) First 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X1) Last 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X2) First 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X2) Last 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X3) First 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X3) Last 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X4) First 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X4) Last 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X5) First 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X5) Last 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X6) First 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X6) Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X1) First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X1) Buff_Emp_count Category 4 LD Correction Volume for Toner Empty Detection (at count) Delta LDemp Value before Factor Calculation Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X2) First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X2) Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X3) First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X3) Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X4) First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X4) Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X5) First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X5) Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y1) First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y1) Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y2) First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y2) Range 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 0~99 48~51 0~99 0~99 0~99 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 47~52 00~99 47~52 Default 00 74 00 21 01 96 01 29 3 00 04 40 1 93 1 64 2 9 4 0 6 10 7 80 49 99 0 0 92 49 04 50 18 50 38 50 50 50 36 50 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 General procedures information Remarks
12/05 6-41
Procon NVM List
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 47-7 47-17 47-8 47-18 47-9 47-19 47-10 47-20 47-30 47-21 47-31 47-22 47-32 47-23 47-33 47-24 47-34 47-25 47-35 47-26 47-36 47-27 47-37 47-28 47-38 47-29 47-39 47-40 47-50 47-41 47-51 47-42 47-52 47-43 47-53 47-44 47-54 47-45 47-55 47-46 Chain-Link Name 752-791 752-791 752-793 752-793 752-795 752-795 752-797 752-797 752-799 752-799 752-801 752-801 752-803 752-803 752-805 752-805 752-807 752-807 752-709 752-709 752-811 752-811 752-813 752-813 752-815 752-815 752-817 752-817 752-819 752-819 752-821 752-821 752-823 752-823 752-825 752-825 752-827 752-827 752-829 Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y3) First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y3) Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y4) First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y4) Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y5) First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y5) Delta PreNear_TH Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X1) First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X1) Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X2) First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X2) Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X3) First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X3) Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X4) First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X4) Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X5) First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X5) Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y1) First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y1) Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y2) First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y2) Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y3) First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y3) Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y4) First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y4) Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y5) First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y5) Last 2Dig of Timer Disp Time [msec] First 2Dig of Timer Disp Time [msec] Last 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by Humidity First 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by Humidity Last 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by Temperature First 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by Temperature ATC disp Time [Last 2Dig] ATC disp Time [First 2Dig] Last 2Dig of VBIAS First 2Dig of VBIA Last 2Dig of Bias Reference Value (600V) First 2Dig of Bias Reference Value (600V) Last 2Dig of VH Calculation Value Range 00~99 47~52 00~99 47~52 0~99 47~52 0~99 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 48~51 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 00~49 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~02 00~99 00~02 00~99 Default 92 49 80 49 70 49 10 83 49 96 49 5 50 15 50 38 50 20 50 12 50 00 50 98 49 96 49 70 00 00 50 00 50 00 50 25 02 25 02 20 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Remarks
Procon NVM List
12/05 6-42
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 47-56 47-47 47-57 47-48 47-58 47-49 47-59 47-60 47-61 47-62 47-63 48-1 48-11 48-2 48-12 48-3 48-13 48-4 48-14 48-5 48-15 48-6 48-16 48-7 48-17 48-8 48-18 48-9 48-10 48-19 48-20 48-21 48-22 48-32 48-24 48-34 Chain-Link Name 752-829 752-831 752-831 752-833 752-833 752-835 752-835 752-946 752-947 752-948 753-723 752-837 752-837 752-839 752-839 752-841 752-841 752-843 752-843 752-845 752-845 752-847 752-847 752-849 752-849 752-851 752-851 752-565 752-566 752-567 752-568 752-863 752-863 First 2Dig of VH Calculation Value Last 2Dig of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman Upper Limit First 2Dig of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman Upper Limit Last 2Dig of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman Lower Limit First 2Dig of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman Lower Limit Last 2Dig of VH Reference Value (720V) First 2Dig of VH Reference Value (720V) Delta LDemp Factor for Calculation Range 00~19 00~99 47~52 00~99 47~52 00~99 00~19 0~254 Default 07 10 50 50 49 20 07 100 20 5 127 00 50 00 50 00 51 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 87 6 10 10 20 0 0 10 50 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Unit: [0.1KPV] Unit: [0.1KPV] To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. Remarks
Range Factor where LD Light Volume Changes by Steps at Job Idle 0~99 Operation Detection ATC Count Threshold Value that Changes LD Light Volume Limit at 0~99 Job Idle Operation Detection Value reached at CRUM Life End Last 2Dig of Delta ATCage before Factor Calculation First 2Dig of Delta ATCage before Factor Calculation Last 2Dig of Difference from ATC Target First 2Dig of Difference from ATC Target Last 2Dig of Delta ATC Threshold Value for Empty Detection First 2Dig of Delta ATC Threshold Value for Empty Detection Last 2Dig of Difference from Previous ATC_OUT First 2Dig of Difference from Previous ATC_OUT Last 2Dig of Previous Delta ATC First 2Dig of Previous Delta ATC Last 2Dig of Third latest Delta ATC First 2Dig of Third latest Delta ATC Last 2Dig of Forth latest Delta ATC First 2Dig of Forth latest Delta ATC Last 2Dig of Fifth latest Delta ATC First 2Dig of Fifth latest Delta ATC PR_VL_Ref K_PR_VL_TH PR_VL_TH K_VL Delta LDini_Limit Last 2Dig of PV Count at PreNear First 2Dig of PV Count at PreNear Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Upper Limit at Deterioration Correction First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Upper Limit at Deterioration Correction 0~254 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 0~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 0~254 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 00~99 39~60
12/05 6-43
Procon NVM List
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 48-25 48-35 48-26 48-36 48-27 48-37 48-28 48-38 48-29 48-39 48-30 48-40 48-50 48-41 48-51 48-42 48-52 48-43 48-53 48-44 48-54 48-45 48-55 48-46 48-56 48-47 48-57 48-48 48-58 48-49 48-59 Chain-Link Name 752-865 752-865 752-867 752-867 752-869 752-869 752-871 752-871 752-873 752-873 752-875 752-875 752-877 752-877 752-879 752-879 752-881 752-881 752-883 752-883 752-885 752-885 752-887 752-887 752-889 752-889 752-891 752-891 752-893 752-893 Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Lower Limit at Deterioration Correction First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Lower Limit at Deterioration Correction Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction at Temperature Correction First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction at Temperature Correction Range 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 Default 00 50 00 50 10 50 85 49 00 50 0 00 50 10 50 90 49 00 50 00 50 00 50 10 50 90 49 00 50 00 50 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Remarks
Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Upper Limit at Humidity Correc- 00~99 tion First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Upper Limit at Humidity Correc- 39~60 tion Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Lower Limit at Humidity Correc- 00~99 tion First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Lower Limit at Humidity Correc- 39~60 tion Last 2Dig of ATC Target Adjusted Volume First 2Dig of ATC Target Adjusted Value K_ATCoft Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction at Humidity Correction First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction at Humidity Correction Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Upper Limit at Temperature Correction First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Upper Limit at Temperature Correction Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Lower Limit at Temperature Correction First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Lower Limit at Temperature Correction Last 2Dig of Difference from Standard Humidity First 2Dig of Difference from Standard Humidity Last 2Dig of LD Correction Volume First 2Dig of LD Correction Volume Last 2Dig of LD Correction Volume after Limit First 2Dig of LD Correction Volume after Limit Last 2Dig of Delta LD_change Correction Upper Limit First 2Dig of Delta LD_change Correction Upper Limit Last 2Dig of Delta LD_change Correction Lower Limit First 2Dig of Delta LD_change Correction Lower Limit Last 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by Humidity First 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by Humidity Last 2Dig of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman First 2Dig of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman 00~99 39~60 0~254 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 39~60 00~99 48~51 00~99 47~52 00~99 47~52 00~99 47~52 00~99 47~52 00~99 47~52 00~99 47~52
Procon NVM List
12/05 6-44
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 48-60 48-61 48-62 48-63 49-1 49-11 49-2 49-12 49-3 49-13 49-4 49-14 49-5 49-15 49-6 49-16 49-7 49-17 49-8 49-18 49-9 49-19 49-20 49-30 49-21 49-31 49-22 49-32 49-23 49-33 49-24 49-34 49-25 49-35 Chain-Link Name 753-719 753-720 753-721 753-722 752-895 752-895 752-897 752-897 752-899 752-899 752-901 752-901 752-903 752-903 753-584 753-584 753-586 753-586 753-588 753-588 753-590 753-590 753-592 753-592 753-594 753-594 753-596 753-596 753-598 753-598 753-603 753-603 753-605 753-605 CRU Replacement Detection (Previous Recovery Information) CRU Replacement Detection (Previous Replacement Information) Toner Cartridge Replacement Detection (Previous Recovery Information) Toner Cartridge Replacement Detection (Previous Replacement Information) Last 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by Temperature First 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by Temperature Last 2Dig of Difference from Standard Tmperature First 2Dig of Difference from Standard Temperature Last 2Dig of Vbias Correction Volume First 2Dig of Vbias Correction Volume Last 2Dig of VH Correction Volume First 2Dig of VH Correction Volume Last 2Dig of Disp Time [msec] per PV First 2Dig of Disp Time [msec] per PV Last 2Dig of Delta LDicdc before Factor Calculation First 2Dig of Delta LDicdc before Factor Calculation Last 2Dig of Delta LDpr before Factor Calculation First 2Dig of Delta LDpr before Factor Calculation Last 2Dig of Delta VHbcr before Factor Calculation First 2Dig of Delta VHbcr before Factor Calculation Last 2Dig of Delta VHpr before Factor Calculation First 2Dig of Delta VHpr before Factor Calculation Last 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by Image Density First 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by Image Density Last 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by PR Accumulative Cycle Count First 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by PR Accumulative Cycle Count Last 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by BCR Contamination First 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by BCR Contamination Last 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by PR Accumulative Cycle Count First 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by PR Accumulative Cycle Count Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction at Deterioration Correction First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction at Deterioration Correction Last 2Dig of Delta ATC for Toner Empty Detection First 2Dig of Delta ATC for Toner Empty Detection Range 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 00~99 47~52 00~99 48~51 00~99 47~52 00~99 39~60 00~99 00~99 00~99 47~59 00~99 47~59 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 00~99 47~59 00~99 47~59 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 00~99 39~69 Default 0 0 0 0 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 50 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Remarks
12/05 6-45
Procon NVM List
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 49-26 49-36 49-27 49-37 49-28 49-38 49-29 49-39 49-40 49-50 49-41 49-51 49-42 49-52 49-43 49-53 49-44 49-54 49-45 49-55 49-46 49-56 49-47 49-57 49-48 49-58 49-49 49-59 49-60 49-61 49-62 49-63 50-1 Chain-Link Name 753-683 753-683 753-529 753-529 753-685 753-685 753-694 753-694 753-696 753-696 753-656 753-656 753-658 753-658 753-660 753-660 753-662 753-662 753-664 753-664 753-666 753-666 753-668 753-668 753-607 753-607 753-617 753-617 753-702 753-703 753-704 753-705 762-501 Range Default 00 50 50 50 7 0 0 0 00 02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 50 70 03 0 50 0 0 1 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. 0: Continue, 1: End To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. Remarks
Last 2Dig of Difference from Previous ATC for Toner Empty Detec- 00~99 tion First 2Dig of Difference from Previous ATC for Toner Empty Detec- 39~69 tion Last 2Dig of preDelta VHpr Factor/Percentage First 2Dig of preDelta VHpr Factor/Percentage Last 2Dig of Difference Limit Value from Previous ATC for Toner Empty Detection First 2Dig of Difference Limit Value from Previous ATC for Toner Empty Detection Last 2Dig of Recovery Time (Min. Unit: 100msec) First 2Dig of Recovery Time (Min. Unit: 100msec) Last 2Dig of Recovery Time Upper Limit (Min. Unit: 100msec) First 2Dig of Recovery Time Upper Limit (Min. Unit: 100msec) Last 2Dig of Count Value between 0 and 1 of Toner Empty Status First 2Dig of Count Value between 0 and 1 of Toner Empty Status Last 2Dig of ATC Value between 0 and 1 of Toner Empty Status First 2Dig of ATC Value between 0 and 1 of Toner Empty Status Last 2Dig of Max. Accumulative Delta ATC Value at 1 of Toner Empty Status First 2Dig of Max. Accumulative Delta ATC Value at 1 of Toner Empty Status Last 2Dig of Count Value between 1 and 2 of Toner Empty Status First 2Dig of Count Value between 1 and 2 of Toner Empty Status Last 2Dig of ATC Value between 1 and 2 of Toner Empty Status First 2Dig of ATC Value between 1 and 2 of Toner Empty Status Last 2Dig of Count Value between 2 and 3 of Toner Empty Status First 2Dig of Count Value between 2 and 3 of Toner Empty Status Last 2Dig of ATC Value between 2 and 1 of Toner Empty Status First 2Dig of ATC Value between 2 and 3 of Toner Empty Status Last 2Dig of Accumulative Delta ATC for Toner Empty Detection First 2Dig of Accumulative Delta ATC for Toner Empty Detection Last 2Dig of ATC Target Value at Delta ATC Count Start for Toner Empty Detection First 2Dig of ATC Target Value at Delta ATC Count Start for Toner Empty Detection Other VH Correction Volume VH Correction Volume for Copy (Dots Prevention) Toner_Pre_Near_flag Flag indicating CRU Layer Formation Complete Printing After Toner is Empty 00~99 39~69 0~99 0~19 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~19 0~99 0~19 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~19 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~19 00~99 39~69 0~99 0~19 0~99 0~254 0,1 0,1 0,1
Procon NVM List
12/05 6-46
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 50-4 50-30 52-1 52-11 52-21 52-2 52-12 52-22 52-3 52-13 52-23 52-4 52-14 52-24 52-5 52-15 52-25 52-6 52-16 52-26 52-36 52-7 52-17 52-27 52-37 52-9 52-19 52-29 52-39 52-33 52-43 52-53 52-54 53-24 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Chain-Link Name 762-501 762-6 752-905 752-905 752-905 753-667 753-667 753-667 752-911 752-911 752-911 752-914 752-914 752-914 752-917 752-917 752-917 752-920 752-920 752-920 752-920 752-924 752-924 752-924 752-924 753-505 753-505 753-505 753-505 753-642 753-655 753-645 753-731 The Toner Empty warning cancellation function Toner Empty Detection PIXEL Count Last 2Dig of Current and Last 9 TotalDelta ATCs Middle 2Dig of Current and Last 9 TotalDelta ATCs First 2Dig of Current and Last 9 TotalDelta ATCs Last 2Dig of Accumulative ICDC Value between 2 and 3 of Toner Empty Status Range 0,1 0~99 00~99 00~99 00~06 0~99 Default 0 0 00 00 03 0 0 0 00 70 02 00 30 03 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 50 100 114 88 70 1 Count 20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 General procedures information VL Fluctuation Correction using Drum Sensitivity Difference. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. To be changed to CRUM R after M1. Remarks 0: Inhibit, 1: Execute Min(0)=0, Max(99)=1980, Initial(0)=0
Middle 2Dig of Accumulative ICDC Value between 2 and 3 of Toner 0~99 Empty Status First 2Dig of Accumulative ICDC Value between 2 and 3 of Toner Empty Status Last 2Dig of ATC disp Time Lower Limit [msec] Middle 2Dig of ATC disp Time Lower Limit [msec] First 2Dig of ATC disp Time Lower Limit [msec] Last 2Dig of ATC disp Time Upper Limit [msec] Middle 2Dig of ATC disp Time Upper Limit [msec] First 2Dig of ATC disp Time Upper Limit [msec] Last 2Dig of BUFF_disp_time Middle 2Dig of BUFF_disp_time First 2Dig of BUFF_disp_time Last 2Dig of Cart_disp_time Middle 2Dig of Cart_disp_time(2) Middle 2Dig of Cart_disp_time(2) First 2Dig of Cart_disp_time 0~06 00~99 00~99 02~04 00~99 00~99 02~04 00~99 00~99 00~06 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~49
Last 2Dig of CRU Accumulative Disp Time [msec] (Last 2 digits are 00~99 not stored at NVM storage) Middle 2Dig of CRU Accumulative Disp Time [msec] (Last 2 digits are not stored at NVM storage) (2) Middle 2Dig of CRU Accumulative Disp Time [msec] (Last 2 digits are not stored at NVM storage) (2) 00~99 00~99
First 2Dig of CRU Accumulative Disp Time [msec] (Last 2 digits are 00~49 not stored at NVM storage) Last 2Dig of CRU Serial No. Middle Last 2Dig of CRU Serial No. (2) Middle Last 2Dig of CRU Serial No. (2) First 2Dig of CRU Serial No. Correction Near Threshold Value Remaining Toner Correction 5 for Toner_Rest PR_VL ACTOUT Last 2Dig (For CRUM Read) 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~254 0~100 0~254 00~255
PreNear Threshold Value (Threshold value of Remaining Toner [%]) 0~254
12/05 6-47
Procon NVM List
Table 1 Procon ChainFunc 53-25 53-26 53-27 53-28 53-29 53-30 53-31 53-32 53-33 53-34 53-35 53-36 53-37 53-53 57-22 57-32 57-23 57-33 Chain-Link Name ACTOUT First 2Dig (For CRUM Read) Last 2Dig of BUFF_disp_time (For CRUM Read) Middle 2Dig of BUFF_disp_time (For CRUM Read) First 2Dig of BUFF_disp_time (For CRUM Read) Last 2Dig of Accumulative Delta ATC for Toner Empty Detection (For CRUM Read) First 2Dig of Accumulative Delta ATC for Toner Empty Detection (For CRUM Read) Toner Empty Detection Status (For CRUM Read) Last 2Dig of Cart_disp_time (For CRUM Read) Middle 2Dig of Cart_disp_time (2) (For CRUM Read) Middle 2Dig of Cart_disp_time (2) (For CRUM Read) First 2Dig of Cart_disp_time (For CRUM Read) ATC Code (ATC Sensor Properties) (For CRUM Read) PR_VL (For CRUM Read) Pointer for Previous ATCs Last 2Dig of Catr_Disp_TimeR at Delta ATC Count First 2Dig of Catr_Disp_TimeR at Delta ATC Count Last 2Dig of PV Count at Delta ATC Count First 2Dig of PV Count at Delta ATC Count Range 00~255 00~255 00~255 00~255 00~255 39~255 0~255 00~255 00~255 00~255 00~255 0~255 0~255 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 Default 3 00 00 03 00 50 0 00 00 00 00 55 87 0 0 0 0 0 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Unit: [sec] Unit: [sec] Unit: [0.1KPV] Unit: [0.1KPV] VL Fluctuation Correction using Drum Sensitivity Difference. To be entered at the line. Remarks
Recycle NVM List

Table 1 Recycle ChainFunc 30-4 30-14 30-24 30-34 30-5 30-15 30-25 30-6 30-16 30-26 30-36 30-7 30-17 Chain-Link Name Last 2Dig of MSI Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 5th&6thDig of MSI Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 3rd&4thDig of MSI Feed Capacity (8 Digits) First 2Dig of MSI Feed Capacity(8 Digits) Last2 of IOT Starting Number 3rd 4th IOT Starting Number First2 of IOT Starting Number Tray1 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray1 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray1 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray1 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray2 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray2 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Range 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Remarks
Procon NVM List, Recycle NVM List
12/05 6-48
Table 1 Recycle ChainFunc 30-27 30-37 30-8 30-18 30-28 30-38 30-9 30-19 30-29 30-39 30-10 30-20 30-30 30-40 30-61 Chain-Link Name Tray2 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray2 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray3 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray3 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray3 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray3 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray4 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray4 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray4 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray4 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) HCF Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) HCF 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) HCF 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) HCF First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray Feed Capacity MAX Over Range 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0,1 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 It is shown whether the Recycle Tray Feed Capacity NVM was written more than 4,000,000 times. 0: Not exceeded, 1: Exceeded 30-62 IOT Starting Number MAX Over 0,1 0 1 It is shown whether the IOT Starting Number NVM was written more than 1,000,000 times. 0: Not exceeded, 1: Exceeded Remarks
ROS NVM List

Table 1 ROS ChainFunc 6-20 6-21 6-22 6-23 6-24 6-26 6-28 6-29 6-30 6-31 6-32 6-33 6-34 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) ChainLink 749-1 749-2 749-3 749-4 749-5 749-6 749-9 749-10 749-11 749-12 749-13 749-14 749-15 Name ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP HCF-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT Range 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 Default 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 1 Count 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm General procedures information Remarks
12/05 6-49
ROS NVM List, TRAY NVM List
Table 1 ROS ChainFunc 6-52 6-59 6-60 6-60 6-60 6-63 23-23 23-24 41-23 50-25 50-35 50-36 50-36 50-45 50-45 50-51 ChainLink 749-516 749-523 749-524 749-524 749-524 749-527 749-504 749-504 749-530 749-530 749-505 749-505 749-500 Name IMAGE AREA SIDE NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT END NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT Test Print Pattern IMAGE AREA Switch For ROS M0<->For M1 For Checking ROS Vref Output (Analog Output) Last 2 digits For Checking ROS Vref Output (Analog Output) First 1digit ROS MOTOR AUTO STOP TIME ROS MOTOR AUTO STOP TIME ROS Beam Position (LD2) ROS Beam Position (LD2) ROS Type Range 0,1 0~16 0~11 0~18 0~30 0~18 1~4 0,1 0,1 0~99 0~2 0~10 0~30 0~20 0~20 1~3 Default 0 8 5 9 15 9 1 0 1 0 0 10 10 4 10 1 1 1 1 1Sec 1Sec 1 1 ROS TYPE loading each engine 1: B-MF 600/1200dpi 2LD 2: B-MF 600 1LD 3: C-PRT 600 2LD 50-52 50-53 749-501 749-502 Operation LD Count ROS MOTOR JOB END AUTO STOP TIME 1,2 1~10 2 1 2 1Sec 1: 1LD, 2: 2LD Automatic stop time of ROS motor Min(1)=1sec Automatic stop time of ROS motor Automatic stop time of ROS motor 1 Count 0.254mm 0.363mm 0.217mm 0.135mm 0.217mm Remarks 0: Normal image area, 1: Wide image area Nominal=2.032mm Nominal=1.815mm Nominal=1.953mm Nominal=2.025mm Nominal=1.953mm 1: Stripe, 2: Dark Dusting, 3: Intentionally Blank Blank Copy, 4: Grid 0: Normal image area, 1: Wide image area 0=ROS for M0, 1=ROS for M1
TRAY NVM List

Table 1 TRAY ChainFunc 7-40 7-41 7-42 7-43 7-44 7-45 7-46 Chain-Link Name 742-1 742-2 742-2 742-4 742-5 742-5 742-7 Tray1-Default width of Universal-size paper Tray1- Last 2Dig of default length of Universal-size paper Tray1- First digit of default length of Universal-size paper Tray2-Default width of Universal-size paper Tray2-Last 2Dig of default length of Universal-size paper Tray2-First digit of default length of Universal-size paper Tray3-Default width of Universal-size paper Range 0~247 0~99 0~4 0~247 0~99 0~4 0~247 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Count 1mm 1mm 100mm 1mm 1mm 100mm 1mm 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm", "1-89"=cannot use 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm", "1-89"=cannot use 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "182 - 432"="182mm - 432mm", "1-181" and "433-499"=cannot use Remarks 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm", "1-89"=cannot use 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "98 - 432"="98mm - 432mm", "1-97" and "433-499"=cannot use
TRAY NVM List
12/05 6-50
Table 1 TRAY ChainFunc 7-47 7-48 7-53 7-54 7-55 7-50 Chain-Link Name 742-8 742-8 742-10 742-11 742-11 742-13 Tray3-Last 2Dig of default length of Universal-size paper Tray3-First digit of default length of Universal-size paper Tray4-Default width of Universal-size paper Tray4-Last 2Dig of default length of Universal-size paper Tray4-First digit of default length of Universal-size paper Size of Universal-size width in Tray1 Range 0~99 0~4 0~247 0~99 0~4 90~247 Default 0 0 0 0 0 1 Count 1mm 100mm 1mm 1mm 100mm 1mm "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm" This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. "98 - 432"="98mm - 432mm" This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. From 90 (140mm) to 247 (297mm) This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. "182 - 432"="182mm - 432mm" This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm" This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. "182 - 432"="182mm - 432mm" This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm" This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. "182 - 432"="182mm - 432mm" This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. "89 - 247"="139mm - 297mm" This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. "98 - 432"="98mm - 432mm" This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm", "1-89"=cannot use 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "182 - 432"="182mm - 432mm", "1-181" and "433-499"=cannot use Remarks 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "182 - 432"="182mm - 432mm", "1-181" and "433-499"=cannot use
7-56
742-14
Tray1 Last 2Dig of length Universal-size
0~99
1mm
7-57 7-51
742-14 742-16
Tray1 First digit of length of Universal-size Tray2 Width of Universal-size paper
0~4 90~247
100mm 1mm
7-58
742-17
Tray2 Last 2Dig of length Universal-size.
0~99
1mm
7-59 7-52
742-17 742-19
1~4 90~247
100mm 1mm
7-60
742-20
0~99
1mm
7-61 7-49
742-20 742-22
1~4 90~247
100mm 1mm
7-35
742-23
0~99
1mm
7-36 7-62
742-23 742-87
Tray4 First digit of length of Universal-size MSI Width of Universal-size paper
1~4 39~247
100mm 1mm
7-37
742-102
MSI Last 2Dig of length Universal-size.
0~99
1mm
7-38
742-102
MSI First digit of length of Universal-size
0~4
100mm
12/05 6-51
TRAY NVM List
Table 1 TRAY ChainFunc 7-29 7-39 18-1 18-2 20-7 23-25 26-2 26-3 26-5 26-6 26-19 26-21 26-22 26-23 26-24 26-26 26-27 26-30 26-31 26-32 26-33 26-34 26-38 26-45 26-48 26-49 26-51 Chain-Link Name 742-25 742-26 742-28 742-530 742-531 742-532 742-533 742-550 742-557 742-558 742-537 742-538 742-539 742-542 742-500 742-501 742-502 742-503 742-504 742-543 742-544 742-551 742-552 742-553 LAST 2DIG OF SMH SIDE GUIDE PAPER WIDTH DETECTION Range 0~99 Default 15 0 5 3 133 28 17 161 12 168 41 177 41 124 41 44 70 5 10ms 10ms 2ms Timing Adjustment between TTM-TRAY3 Feed and T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment between TTM-TRAY4 Feed and T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment between Prefeed SNR3 ON and Feed Motor3 Off (common to 2TM/TTM), 0ms~100ms 10ms None 10ms 10ms 10ms 4ms 10ms Timing Adjustment between 2TM-TRAY3/TRAY4 Feed and T/A CL ON T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment between Feed Out SNR3 ON and T/A CL OFF Timing Adjustment between Feed Out SNR3 ON and Pause, Min(0)=0ms, Max(25)=100ms, Initial(12)=48ms 10ms 10ms 10ms 1 Count 1mm 100mm 1mm See Diag 20-5 20-6 SMH Side Guide Adjustment. Min(0)=0mm, Max(30)=30mm, Initial(15)=15mm 0: Mech. and NVM billing, 1: Mech. billing only, 2: NVM billing only, 3: No billing Remarks "88 - 303"="88mm - 303mm" This is the paper width(mm) calculated from MSI Side Guide position.
FIRST DIGIT OF SMH SIDE GUIDE PAPER WIDTH DETEC- 0~3 TION CHECK Data1 Set Initial Value in CABINET CHECK Data2 Set Initial Value in CABINET SMH Size Detection Offset Value (delta T) Billing Control(Test Print) TRAY3 LIFT-UP Timing Adjustment TRAY4 LIFT-UP Timing Adjustment 0~255 0~255 0~30 0~3 1~20 1~20
IOT-TRAY1, 2 Remaining Toner Detection Timer Adjustment 0~254 Value (X) IOT-TRAY1, 2 Remaining Toner Detection Count-Up Factor Adjustment Value (Z) 2TM-TRAY3/TRAY4 T/A CL Timing Adjustment TRAY MODULE T/A CL Timing Adjustment TRAY MODULE Pause Timing Adjustment 1~99 0~30 75~165 0~25
2TM-TRAY3,4 Remaining Toner Detection Timer Adjustment 0~254 Value (X) 2TM-TRAY3,4 Remaining Toner Detection Count-Up Factor Adjustment Value (Z) TTM-TRAY3 Remaining Toner Detection Timer Adjustment Value (X) TTM-TRAY3 Remaining Toner Detection Count-Up Factor Adjustment Value (Z) TRAY1 Paper Remaining Value TRAY2 Paper Remaining Value TRAY3 Paper Remaining Value TRAY4 Paper Remaining Value HCF Paper Remaining Value TTM-TRAY4 Remaining Toner Detection Timer Adjustment Value (X) TTM-TRAY4 Remaining Toner Detection Count-Up Factor Adjustment Value (Z) TTM-TRAY3 T/A CL Timing Adjustment TTM-TRAY4 T/A CL Timing Adjustment TRAY3 PREFEED Stop Position Adjustment 1~99 0~254 1~99 0~60 0~60 0~100 0~105 0~200 0~254 1~99 0~56 0~82 0~50
TRAY NVM List, XERO NVM List
12/05 6-52
Table 1 TRAY ChainFunc 26-60 26-61 Chain-Link Name 742-554 742-555 TRAY4 PREFEED Stop Position Adjustment Timing Adjustment between TRAY3/Tray4 PREFEED and Main Feed Range 0~50 0~30 Default 5 15 1 Count 2ms 2ms Remarks Timing Adjustment between Prefeed SNR4 ON and Feed Motor4 Off (common to 2TM/TTM), 0ms~100ms Timing Adjustment between TRAY3 Prefeed ON and Main Feed ON (common to 2TM/TTM), Min(0)=150ms, Max(39)=210ms, Initial(15)=180ms Timing Adjustment between TRAY4 Prefeed ON and Main Feed ON (common to 2TM/TTM), Min(15)=150ms, Max(21)=210ms, Initial(18)=180ms 0: mm, 1: inch13, 2: inch14 0: Disable Tray4, 1: Enable Tray4 0: Thicker than 70gsm for multinational market, 1: 70gsm or under for domestic market 0: Mech. and NVM billing, 1: Mech. billing only, 2: NVM billing only, 3: No billing Select paper size. 0: B5LEF or 16kaiLEF, 1: 7.25*10.5LEF 50-62 Select A5S/5.5*8.5S 0,1 1 Select paper size. 0: A5SEF, 1: 5.5*8.5SEF
26-62
742-556
Timing Adjustment between Tray4 PREFEED and Main Feed 15~21
18
10ms
50-5 50-7 50-21 50-54 50-61
742-9 742-75 740-551 -
mm/inch select in detecting MSI size Enable Tray4 Kind of the default plain paper Billing Control(Normal Print) Select 7.25*10.5L /(B5L or 16kaiL)
0~2 0,1 0,1 0~3 0,1
1 0 0 0 1
XERO NVM List

Table 1 XERO ChainFunc 26-41 26-42 26-43 26-44 28-42 28-43 29-41 29-42 29-43 29-44 29-45 29-46 29-47 29-48 50-42 Chain-Link Name 751-511 751-512 751-513 751-514 751-540 751-541 749-16 Fine-Tuning of Main Motor Speed DRUM MOTOR Revolution Count OFFSET MAIN MOTOR Revolution Count OFFSET 1 MAIN MOTOR Revolution Count OFFSET 2 DRUM Reverse Revolution Timing DRUM Reverse Revolution Time Last 2Dig of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 13&14th Digits of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 11&12th Digits of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 9&10th Digits of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 7&8th Digits of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 5&6th Digits of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 3rd and 4th Digits of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) First 2Dig of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) Pre-Exposure Control Range 0~75 0~20 0~50 0~50 0~100 0~254 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0,1 Default 25 10 40 20 0 0 45 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Count 0.0004 0.001 0.0004 0.0004 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0: Inhibit, 1: Control Remarks Min(0)=-1%, Max(75)=2%, Initial(25)=0.92% Min(0)=-2%, Max(20)=0%, Initial(10)=-1% Min(0)=-1%, Max(50)=1%, Initial(40)=0.6% Min(0)=-1%, Max(50)=1%, Initial(20)=-0.2%
12/05 6-53
XERO NVM List
Table 1 XERO ChainFunc 50-46 Chain-Link Name 746-4 BIAS Transfer Roll Output Current Control Selection Range 0~2 Default 0 1 Count 1 Remarks 0: ATCC 1: NON ATCC (mode1) 2: NON ATCC (mode2) 53-2 53-3 53-4 53-5 53-6 53-7 53-8 53-9 53-10 53-11 53-12 53-14 53-15 53-16 53-17 53-18 53-19 53-21 53-23 53-41 53-45 746-502 746-500 746-503 746-504 751-710 746-505 746-506 746-507 746-508 746-509 746-510 746-511 746-512 746-513 746-514 746-515 746-516 751-535 751-537 751-556 751-560 ATCC Monitor Current Setting (Imon) Start Timing for Application of Copy Current (TT1) All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes Current Drop Rate (Gamma) at Paper Trailing Edge All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for 11"x17"(8.5") All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for 11"x17"(8.5") All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller Drum Motor OFF Delay Time at Emergency Stop Pre-Exposure Off Timing Deve DC OFF Delay Time at Emergency Stop Component Control Independent Output Selection 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 1~99 0~99 0~99 22 64 26 26 50 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 15 33 90 0 0.5MicroAmp 6ms 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 1% 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 10msec 1.5msec 1.5msec 1 0: Simultaneous Output (Independent Output disabled) 1: Independent Output 53-46 53-54 53-55 53-56 53-57 53-58 53-59 53-60 751-562 751-570 751-711 751-712 751-713 751-714 751-715 751-716 BCR AC OFF Delay Time at Emergency Stop BCR DC Control Selection Drum Cycle Correction Rate 1 (1) Drum Cycle Correction Rate 2 (2) Drum Cycle Correction Border Value 1 (DC1) Drum Cycle Correction Border Value 2 (DC2) Temperature Value converted from Environment SNR Output Value (Temp_now) Humidity Value converted from Environment SNR Output Value (Hum_now) 0~99 0,1 10~40 10~40 5~20 20~30 0~99 0~99 20 0 20 20 13 25 10msec 1 5% 5% 10Kcycle 10Kcycle degrees % 0: PWM Control, 1: Analog Control 0ms~990ms
All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF 0~99 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for B4SEF/B5LEF 0~99
All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for B5SEF/B6SEF 0~99 0~99
All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF 0~99 0~99 0~99 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for B4SEF/B5LEF 0~99
All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for B5SEF/B6SEF 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~254 0,1
XERO NVM List
12/05 6-54
Table 1 XERO ChainFunc 53-61 53-62 53-63 54-1 54-2 54-3 54-13 54-4 54-5 54-6 54-7 54-8 54-9 54-9 54-20 54-21 54-22 54-24 54-25 54-26 54-46 54-47 54-10 54-48 54-58 54-60 54-61 54-62 54-63 55-1 55-11 Chain-Link Name 751-717 751-718 751-719 751-571 751-573 751-573 751-575 751-577 751-579 751-581 751-583 751-585 751-587 751-587 751-589 751-591 751-593 751-597 751-599 751-601 751-621 751-623 751-720 751-721 751-722 751-723 751-724 751-725 751-726 751-806 751-806 Absolute Humidity (AH) used for Current Calculation Range 0~45 Default 14 7 34 34 68 04 100 40 34 230 30 65 115 85 110 100 40 30 27 85 85 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 0 1 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5ms 10V 1.5ms 1 1.5ms 10ms 10ms 1.5ms 5V 1.5ms 1.5ms 1.5msec 1.5msec 1.5msec 1.5msec 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 1M ohm 1M ohm 1 Count Remarks
Border Condition between Azone and Bzone (HUMA-B): HUMA-B=<AH -> 0~45 Azone Border Condition between Bzone and Czone (HUMA-C): HUMA-C=AH -> 0~45 Czone BCR AC On Timing BCR DC Pre-Exposure Output On Timing Last 2Dig of BCR DC VH Output On Timing First 2Dig of BCR DC VH Output On Timing BCR AC On Timing with No Pre-Exposure BCR DC Pre-Exposure Output Value Pre-Exposure On Timing Pre-Exposure Light Volume Output Value Deve DC Pre-Exposure Post-Output On Timing Deve DC Pre-Exposure Post-Output Time Deve DC Pre-Exposure Post-Output Time Job End Deve DC Bias Off Timing Deve DC Bias Output Value after Pre-Exposure BCR DC Output On Timing with No Pre-Exposure Deve DC Image Output Rising Time Deve DC Bias Rising Time after Pre-Exposure Deve DC Bias Falling Time Deve DC On Timing at Recovery Deve DC Off Timing at Recovery Azone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/ A4LEF 00~254 00~254 00~99 00~9 00~254 00~99 00~254 77~230 00~254 00~254 00~254 00~254 00~140 00~254 00~254 00~254 00~254 00~254 00~254 0~99
Azone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 0~99 14") Azone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller Azone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/ A4LEF 0~99 0~99
Azone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 0~99 14") Azone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller Azone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/ A4LEF Last 2Dig of Bzone Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes First 2Dig of Bzone Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes 12/05 6-55 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~9
XERO NVM List
Table 1 XERO ChainFunc 55-2 55-4 55-5 55-6 55-7 55-8 55-9 55-10 55-14 55-15 55-16 55-17 55-18 55-19 55-20 55-21 55-22 55-23 55-24 55-25 55-26 55-27 Chain-Link Name 751-631 751-727 751-728 751-729 751-730 751-731 751-732 751-733 751-734 751-735 751-736 751-737 751-738 751-739 751-740 751-741 751-742 751-743 751-744 751-745 751-746 751-747 Negative Voltage Switching Timing (TT2) Range 0~199 Default 103 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 1 Count 6ms 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp Remarks
Azone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 0~99 14") Azone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller Azone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/ A4LEF 0~99 0~99
Azone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 0~99 14") Azone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller Azone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF Azone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Azone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller Azone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF Azone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Azone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller Azone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF Azone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Azone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller Azone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF Azone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Azone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller Azone, Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/ A4LEF Azone, Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Azone, Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/ A4LEF Azone, Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99
XERO NVM List
12/05 6-56
Table 1 XERO ChainFunc 55-28 55-29 55-30 55-31 55-32 55-33 55-34 55-35 55-36 55-37 55-38 55-39 55-40 55-41 55-42 55-43 55-44 55-45 55-46 55-47 55-48 Chain-Link Name 751-764 751-765 751-766 751-767 751-768 751-769 751-770 751-771 751-772 751-773 751-774 751-775 751-776 751-777 751-778 751-779 751-780 751-781 751-782 751-783 751-784 Bzone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/ A4LEF Range 0~99 Default 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 1 Count 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp Remarks
Bzone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 0~99 14") Bzone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller Bzone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/ A4LEF 0~99 0~99
Bzone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 0~99 14") Bzone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller Bzone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/ A4LEF 0~99 0~99
Bzone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 0~99 14") Bzone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller Bzone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/ A4LEF 0~99 0~99
Bzone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 0~99 14") Bzone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller Bzone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF Bzone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Bzone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller Bzone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF Bzone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Bzone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller Bzone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF Bzone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Bzone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99
12/05 6-57
XERO NVM List
Table 1 XERO ChainFunc 55-49 55-50 55-51 55-52 55-53 55-54 55-55 55-56 55-57 55-58 55-59 55-60 55-61 55-62 55-63 56-1 56-11 56-2 56-12 56-3 56-13 56-4 56-14 56-5 56-15 56-6 56-16 Chain-Link Name 751-785 751-786 751-787 757-788 751-789 751-790 751-791 751-808 751-809 751-810 751-811 751-812 751-813 751-814 751-815 751-677 751-677 751-679 751-679 751-681 751-681 751-683 751-683 751-685 751-685 751-687 751-687 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF Bzone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Bzone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller Bzone, Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/ A4LEF Bzone, Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Bzone, Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/ A4LEF Bzone, Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Czone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/ A4LEF Range 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 Default 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 1 Count 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V Remarks
Czone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 0~99 14") Czone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller Czone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/ A4LEF 0~99 0~99
Czone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 0~99 14") Czone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and 0~99 smaller Czone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/ A4LEF 0~99
Czone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 0~99 14") Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -1 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -1 Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -2 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -2 Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -3 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -3 Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -4 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -4 Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -5 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -5 Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -6 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -6 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99
XERO NVM List
12/05 6-58
Table 1 XERO ChainFunc 56-7 56-17 56-8 56-18 56-9 56-19 56-20 56-30 56-21 56-31 56-22 56-23 56-61 56-62 56-63 56-24 56-34 56-25 56-35 56-26 56-36 56-27 56-37 56-28 56-38 56-29 56-39 56-40 56-50 56-41 Chain-Link Name 751-689 751-689 751-691 751-691 751-693 751-693 751-695 751-695 751-697 751-697 751-699 751-701 751-703 751-708 751-709 751-704 751-704 751-706 751-706 751-748 751-748 751-750 751-750 751-752 751-752 751-754 751-754 751-756 751-756 751-758 Last 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -1 First 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -1 Last 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -2 First 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -2 Last 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -3 First 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -3 Last 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -4 First 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -4 Last 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -5 First 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -5 Start Timing for Copy Current Drop (TT3) Stop Timing for Copy Current Drop (TT4) SystemR Adjustment Rate (beta) after ATCC Execution Side 1 Output Current Value Display (IBTR-1) Side 2 Output Current Value Display (IBTR-2) Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR SystemR Display (ZPRE) First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR SystemR Display (ZPRE) Last 2Dig of BTR SystemR (ZPRE) used for Current Calculation First 2Dig of BTR SystemR (ZPRE) used for Current Calculation Last 2Dig of Azone Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes First 2Dig of Azone Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Azone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes First 2Dig of Azone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Azone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes First 2Dig of Azone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes Range 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 00~99 0~99 0~99 1~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~9 0~99 0~9 0~99 0~9 0~99 0~9 0~99 0~9 Default 61 0 50 10 0 0 1 0 1 10 0 0 1 0 1 Count 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 1V 6ms 6ms 1% 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm Remarks
Last 2Dig of Azone Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current 0~99 (1) (2) for all sizes First 2Dig of Azone Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current 0~9 (1) (2) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Azone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current 0~99 (1) for all sizes First 2Dig of Azone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current 0~9 (1) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Azone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current 0~99 (2) for all sizes
12/05 6-59
XERO NVM List
Table 1 XERO ChainFunc 56-51 56-42 56-52 56-43 56-53 56-44 56-54 56-45 56-55 56-46 56-56 56-47 56-57 56-48 56-58 56-49 56-59 57-21 57-31 57-41 57-42 Chain-Link Name 751-758 751-760 751-760 751-762 751-762 751-792 751-792 751-794 751-794 751-796 751-796 751-798 751-798 751-800 751-800 751-802 751-802 751-804 751-804 751-816 751-717 Range Default 1 10 0 0 1 10 0 0 1 0 1 10 0 0 1 0 1 10 0 26 26 1 Count 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp Remarks
First 2Dig of Azone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current 0~9 (2) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Azone Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 0~99 all sizes First 2Dig of Azone Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Azone Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes First 2Dig of Azone Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Bzone Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes First 2Dig of Bzone Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Bzone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes First 2Dig of Bzone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Bzone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes First 2Dig of Bzone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes 0~9 0~99 0~9 0~99 0~9 0~99 0~9 0~99 0~9
Last 2Dig of Bzone Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current 0~99 (1) (2) for all sizes First 2Dig of Bzone Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current 0~9 (1) (2) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Bzone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current 0~99 (1) for all sizes First 2Dig of Bzone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current 0~9 (1) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Bzone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current 0~99 (2) for all sizes First 2Dig of Bzone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current 0~9 (2) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Bzone Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 0~99 all sizes First 2Dig of Bzone Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes Czone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller Czone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/ A4LEF 0~9 0~99 0~99
XERO NVM List
12/05 6-60
Table 1 XERO ChainFunc 57-43 57-44 57-45 57-46 57-47 57-48 57-49 57-50 57-51 57-52 57-53 57-54 57-55 57-56 57-57 57-58 57-59 57-60 57-1 57-11 57-2 Chain-Link Name 751-818 751-819 751-820 751-821 751-822 751-823 751-824 751-825 751-826 751-827 751-828 751-829 751-830 751-831 751-832 751-833 751-834 751-835 751-736 751-736 751-838 Range Default 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 10 0 0 1 Count 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 0.5MicroAmp 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm Remarks
Czone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 0~99 14") Czone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and 0~99 smaller Czone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF Czone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Czone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller Czone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF Czone, HeavyWeight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Czone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller Czone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF Czone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Czone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller Czone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF Czone, HeavyWeight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Czone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller Czone, Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/ A4LEF Czone, Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Czone, Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/ A4LEF Czone, Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14") Last 2Dig of Czone Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes First 2Dig of Czone Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~9
Last 2Dig of Czone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 0~99 all sizes
12/05 6-61
XERO NVM List
Table 1 XERO ChainFunc 57-12 57-3 57-13 57-4 57-14 57-5 57-15 57-6 57-16 57-7 57-17 57-8 57-18 57-10 57-20 57-30 57-9 57-19 58-1 58-2 58-11 58-16 58-17 58-18 58-19 58-20 58-26 58-27 Chain-Link Name 751-838 751-840 751-840 751-842 751-842 751-744 751-744 751-746 751-746 751-748 751-748 751-750 751-750 751-849 751-847 751-847 751-876 751-877 751-657 751-662 751-663 751-664 751-665 751-666 751-672 751-673 Range Default 1 0 1 10 0 0 1 0 1 10 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 100 11 11 4 40 10 15 15 30 1 Count 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 1M ohm 6min 6min 6min 100ms 100ms 1 1% 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 100ms 1s 0s~90s Beat Time for toner recovery during job To be deleted after installing Crum. To be deleted after installing Crum. To be deleted after installing Crum. To be deleted after installing Crum. To be deleted after installing Crum. 0: Disable, 1: Execute, 2: Execute (Fixed Value Output) To be enabled when the BCR Iac Control Switch is set to 2: Execute (Fixed Value Output). Remarks
First 2Dig of Czone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 0~9 all sizes Last 2Dig of Czone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 0~99 all sizes First 2Dig of Czone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 0~9 all sizes Last 2Dig of Czone Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current 0~99 (1) (2) for all sizes First 2Dig of Czone Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current 0~9 (1) (2) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Czone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current 0~99 (1) for all sizes First 2Dig of Czone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current 0~9 (1) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Czone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current 0~99 (2) for all sizes First 2Dig of Czone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current 0~9 (2) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Czone Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes First 2Dig of Czone Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Czone Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes First 2Dig of Czone Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes Last 2Dig of Drum Cycle Count Middle 2Dig of Drum Cycle Count First 2Dig of Drum Cycle Count Last 2Dig of Drum Cycle Count, Accumulative Value less than 6 mins First 2Dig of Drum Cycle Count, Accumulative Value less than 6 mins BCR Iac Control Switch BCR Iac Output Layer Formation Stablizing Time Beat Time (1) Beat Time (2) Disp Motor On Timing with Additional Used CRU Disp Motor Drive Time at New CRU Empty Detection Recovery Drum Motor ON Timing Empty Detection Recovery Disp Motor Drive Start Empty Detection Recovery Disp Motor Drive Stop 0~99 0~9 0~99 0~9 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~2 0~100 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99
XERO NVM List
12/05 6-62
Table 1 XERO ChainFunc 58-39 Chain-Link Name 751-516 Deve DC On Timing with No Pre-Exposure Range 0~254 Default 100 1 Count 1.5ms Remarks
12/05 6-63
XERO NVM List
710-xxx DADF NVM List

Table 1 Chain 710 Write permitted/ not permitted O
Chain-Link Name 710-500 DADF Document Size
Range 0, 1
Default 0
Remarks 0: Used in the order of input size followed by detected size 1: Only for SS, input size or detected size whichever is smaller
710-501
Fax Document Size Detection
0, 1
Indicates the switching of detection method when the Fax size detection is specified in the DADF mode. 0: A/B series, 1: Inch series
710-551
JAM Bypass
0, 1
0: Bypass OFF, 1: Bypass ON Use CVT together.
710-600
Size MisMatch Set(Simp)
1~2
1: Detects Size Mismatch Jam. 2: Does not detect Size Mismatch Jam.
710-603
Alternate Size Set3
1~2
Switch between PF1: 11x15S and 11x17S. No-Mix: mm, No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 1: 11x17S 2: 11x15S Switch between PF2: 11x15S/11x17S. No-Mix: mm/Inch13/Inch14, Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 1: 11x17S 2: 11x15S
710-604
Alternate Size Set4
1~3
Switch between PF1: 8.46x12.4, 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm 1: 8.5x13S 2: 8.5x14S 3: 8.46x12.4S Switch between PF2: 8.5x13S/8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix:mm, initial value is 2. 1: 8.5x13S 2: 8.5x14S Different initial values are used between PF1 and PF2. The initial value in the list is for PF1. The setting range of PF2 is 1 to 2.
12/05 6-64
Chain-Link Name 710-605 Alternate Size Set5
Range 1~2
Default 1
Remarks Switch between PF1: B5S and 16K S. No-Mix: mm 1: B5S 2: 16K S Switch between PF2: B5S/16K S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm 1: B5S 2: 16K S
710-606
Alternate Size Set6
1~3
Switch between PF1: 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 1: 8.5x11S 2: 8x10S 3: 8x10.5S Switch between PF2: 8x10S/8x10.5S/8.5x11S. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 1: 8.5x11S 2: 8x10S 3: 8x10.5S
710-607
Alternate Size Set7
1~3
Switch between PF1: 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 1: 8.5x11L 2: 8x10L 3: 8x10.5L Switch between PF2: 8x10L/8x10.5L/8.5x11L. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 1: 8.5x11L 2: 8x10L 3: 8x10.5L
12/05 6-65
Chain-Link Name 710-608 Alternate Size Set8
Range 1~4
Default 1
Remarks Switch between PF1: B4S/8K/11x15S/11x17S. Size-Mix: mm 1: B4S 2: 8K S 3: 11x15S 4: 11x17S Switch between PF2: B4S/8K S/11x17S. Size-Mix: mm 1: B4S 2: 8K S 3: 11x17S The setting range for PF2 is 1~3.
710-609
Alternate Size Set9
1~2
Switch between PF1: 8x10S/8x10.5S. No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 1: 8x10S (Initial value for Inch14) 2: 8x10.5S (Initial value for Inch13) Switch between PF2: 8x10S/8x10.5S. No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 1: 8x10S (Initial value for Inch14) 2: 8x10.5S (Initial value for Inch13)
710-610
Alternate Size Set10
1~2
Switch between PF1: B5L/16K L. Size-Mix: mm 1: B5L 2: 16K L Switch between PF2: B5L/16K L. Size-Mix: mm 1: B5L 2: 16K L
710-620
Stamp position Adjustment
0~50
20
Distance from the document trailing edge of stamp position in increments of 0.5mm 0 indicates 0mm from the trailing edge, 50 indicates 25mm from the trailing edge.
12/05 6-66
Chain-Link Name 710-621 Stamp on time Adjustment
Range 5~40
Default 5
Remarks Adjusts the stamp density by adjusting stamp time. Increments of 1ms
710-800 710-801 710-802 710-803 710-804 710-805 710-806 710-807 710-808 710-809 710-810 710-811 710-812 710-813 710-814 710-815 710-816 710-817 710-818
ADF Static Jam Count Total(No Sensor Sensed Jam)
0~65535
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted) Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Jam Counter (Write Disabled) Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Jam Counter (Write Disabled) Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Jam Counter (Write Disabled) Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted) Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted) Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted) Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted) Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted) Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
ADF Static Jam Count Since Reset(No 0~65535 Sensor) ADF Document Input Sensor Static Jam Count Total ADF DocInput SNR Static Jam Count Since Reset ADF Registration Sensor Static Jam Count Total ADF Regi Sensor Static Jam Count Since Reset ADF Exit Sensor Static Jam Count Total ADF Exit Sensor Static Jam Count Since Reset 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
ADF Duplex Sensor Static Jam Count 0~65535 Total ADF Duplex Sensor Static Jam Count 0~65535 Since Reset ADF Regi SNR On NonInvert Dynam- 0~65535 icJam Count Total ADF Regi SNR On Dynamic Jam Count Since Reset 0~65535
ADF RegiSNR Off NonInvert Dynamic- 0~65535 Jam Count Total ADF Regi SNR Off Dynamic Jam Count Since Reset ADF Regi SNR On Dynamic Jam Count Total (invert) ADF RegiSNROn DynamicJamCount SinceReset(invert) ADF Regi SNROff Dynamic Jam Count Total (invert) ADF RegiSNROffDynamicJamCount SinceReset(invert) ADF Exit Sensor On Dynamic Jam Count Total 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
12/05 6-67
Table 1 Chain 710 Write permitted/ not permitted X X X X X X X X X X
Chain-Link Name 710-819 710-820 710-821 710-822 710-823 710-900 710-901 710-902 710-903 710-904 ADF Exit Sensor On Dynamic Jam Count Since Reset ADF Exit Sensor Off Dynamic Jam Count Total ADF Exit Sensor Off DynamicJam Count Since Reset Size Mismatch Jam Count Total Size Mismatch Jam Count Since Reset
Range 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
Default 0 0 0 0 0 91 36224 0 0 0
Remarks Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted) Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted) Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Feed Count Replacement Life (upper digits) (Write not permitted) : 6,000,000 times Feed Count Replacement Life (lower digits) (Write not permitted) Feed Counter Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Feed Counter Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Register for Feed Counter Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
Document Feed Life Count (upper dig- 0~65535 its) Document Feed Life Count (lower dig- 0~65535 its) Document Feed Count Clear Data (upper digits) Document Feed Count Clear Data (lower digits) Document Feed Count Pointer 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
710-905 710-906 710-907 710-908 710-909 710-910 710-911
Document Feed Counter1 Document Feed Counter2 Document Feed Counter3 Document Feed Counter4 Document Feed Counter5 Document Feed Counter6 Document Feed Counter7
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Feed Count Accumulative 1 Feed Count Accumulative 2 Feed Count Accumulative 3 Feed Count Accumulative 4 Feed Count Accumulative 5 Feed Count Accumulative 6 Feed Count Accumulative 7 (MAX 6881175 times)
X X X X X X X
12/05 6-68
715-xxx IISS NVM List

Table 1 Chain 715 Write permitted/ not permitted O O O O O
Chain-Link Name 715-000 715-001 715-002 715-003 715-015 AGOC Timing AGOC_INT Number of ADF Max Reset at Sync Error Number of EXT Max Reset at Sync Error CVT_Image_Reading_Position
Range 0~29 50~255 0~65535 0~65535 0~6500
Default 15 20 1 1 4150
Remarks Time (min) between Power ON/Energy Saver recovery and AGOC (min), (0: Timer not available) AGOC Execution Interval 0.1H/increment (0: Timer not available), [No other value than 0, and 5 to 255 is set] Specify reset execution and connection retry count when communication with ADF fails Specify reset execution and connection retry count when communication with EXT fails CVT Read position and CRG position adjustment (mm), Relative position to Regi Sensor (control regi) PF1 initial value=4150 (increments of 0.01mm) -> 41.50mm (1152 pulses) The initial values in the unit of 4 pulses differ with products when mm is converted to Motor Pulse count.
715-050 715-051 715-052 715-053 715-095 715-096 715-099 715-100 715-107 715-108 715-128 715-129 715-138 715-139 715-148 715-149 715-150 715-160
Platen SS Registration Adjustment Platen SS Magnification Adjustment Platen / ADF Platen PRadjF WREF_ADJ__BWX WREF_ADJ__BWY CVT_Density_Level_ADJ_B CVT_Density_Level_ADJ_K Nut_Angle_Front Nut_Angle_Rear WDL_STD_BW_30_X WDL_STD_BW_30_Y WDL_STD_CVT_BW_30_X WDL_STD_CVT_BW_30_Y WDL_STD_BW_25_X WDL_STD_BW_25_Y WL_ERR PreIPS Special Feature
16~184 44~56 0~2 0~240 70~255 70~255 1~255 1~255 0~1980 0~1980 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~7
100 50 2 120 110 110 100 100 990 990 0 0 0 0 0 0 1023 0
Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.036mm/increment), Factory Settings Slow Scan direction Magnification Correction Value (0.1%/increment), Factory Settings 0: Platen model, 1: Belt DADF, 2:CVT, Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction REGI Correction Value (Dot), VLSS=PROMVLSS+(PRadjF -120)x2, Factory Settings BW-X W-Ref Correction Coefficient Factory Settings BW-Y W-Ref Correction Coefficient Factory Settings CVT Read Density Correction Coefficient Blue (used after converting to 1/100) CVT Read Density Correction Coefficient K (used after converting to 1/100)
O O O O O O O O
Light Axis Correction Front NUT revolution angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle, 0~990: Left rev- X olution angle) Light Axis Correction Rear NUT revolution angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle, 0~990: Left rev- X olution angle) BW White Conversion Correction Reference Data BW-X at 30mm position (For Platen Scan) BW White Conversion Correction Reference Data BW-Y at 30mm position (For Platen Scan) BW White Conversion Correction Reference Data BW-X at 30mm position (For CVT Scan) BW White Conversion Correction Reference Data BW-Y at 30mm position (For CVT Scan) BW White Conversion Correction Reference Data BW-X at 25mm position (For Belt DADF Scan) BW White Conversion Correction Reference Data BW-Y at 25mm position (For Belt DADF Scan) Data taken when White Conversion Correction fails, PF1: Green, PF2: Main(X) bit 0 -> 0: Normal, 1: LSWIDE LineSync Active large width bit 1 -> 0: Normal, 1: AGOC cancel, Manual Setup from NVM-AGCP, AOCP bit 2 -> 0: Normal, 1: Forward revolution output (ONPF=0) O O O O O O O O
12/05 6-69
Chain-Link Name 715-161 PreIPS_Through1
Range 0~65535
Default 0
Remarks Color PreIPS bit0: WMULTF bit1: WRDTF bit2: WSDTF bit3: DKTF bit4: SSFTF bit5: GPTF bit6: DCACTF bit7: DCBKTF bit8: DCFTF bit9: IPTF bit10: DFDG1TF bit11: FDG2TF bit12: LLUT_TH bit13: bit14: bit15:
715-200 715-201 715-202 715-203 715-204 715-205 715-206
ACS Detection Level ACS Detection Level Extension ACS_NVM ACS CCTH (FX) ACS CCTH ADF (FX) ACS CCTH (MN) ACS CCTH ADF (MN)
0~4 0, 1 0, 1 2400~25516 2400~25516 2400~25516 2400~25516
2 0 0 0 0 0 0
Level 0 (Black and White) ~ Level 4 (Color), UI Setting Data (Tools) 0: Normal, 1: Expand adjustment range 0: Use PROM, 1: Enable NVM in (Note2)
O O O
(Note2) ACS Color Pixel Th Adjustment Value (domestic: Platen) (Complement for 2) [No other value O than 0 to 16 and 240 to 255 is set] (Note2) ACS Color Pixel Th Adjustment Value (domestic: DADF) (Complement for 2) [No other value O than 0 to 16 and 240 to 255 is set] (Note2) ACS Color Pixel Th Adjustment Value (MN: Platen) (Complement for 2) [No other value than O 0 to 16 and 240 to 255 is set] (Note2) ACS Color Pixel Th Adjustment Value (MN: DADF) (Complement for 2) [No other value than O 0 to 16 and 240 to 255 is set]
12/05 6-70
Table 1 Chain 715 Write permitted/ not permitted
Chain-Link Name 715-207 715-208 715-209 715-210 715-242 715-243 715-300 715-301 715-302 715-303 715-304 715-305 715-306 715-307 715-320 715-321 715-322 715-323 715-324 715-325 715-326 715-327 715-336 715-337 715-338 715-339 715-340 715-341 715-342 715-343 715-350 Platen_DOC_EGTH1 Platen_DOC_EGTH2 Platen_DOC_EGTH3 Platen_DOC_EGTH4 Platen_DOC_EGTH5 Platen_DOC_EGTH6 Platen_DOC_WPTH Platen_DOC_BPTH CVT_DOC_EGTH1 CVT_DOC_EGTH2 CVT_DOC_EGTH3 CVT_DOC_EGTH4 CVT_DOC_EGTH5 CVT_DOC_EGTH6 CVT_DOC_WPTH CVT_DOC_BPTH AGOC-SHD_NVM ACS a* MAX Offset ACS a* MIN Offset ACS b* MAX Offset ACS b* MIN Offset DCIC LEVEL (BW MODE) DCIC TEST MODE A6 / Postcard Detection A4S/8.5in Detection 1 A4S/8.5in Detection 2 B5/8x10 Detection 8-K Detection 8.5x13/8.5x14 Detection Original detection table for special paper
Range 2060~25550 2060~25550 2060~25550 2060~25550 0~15 0~7 0, 1 0, 1 0~6 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 0~2 0~2 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0, 1
Default 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 30 30 30 30 30 24 210 180 30 30 30 30 30 24 210 180 0
Remarks
ACS a*LUT Upper Limit Adjustment Value (Complement for 2) [No other value than 0 to 50 and 206 O to 255 is set] ACS a*LUT Lower Limit Adjustment Value (Complement for 2) [No other value than 0 to 50 and 206 O to 255 is set] ACS b*LUT Upper Limit Adjustment Value (Complement for 2) [No other value than 0 to 50 and 206 O to 255 is set] ACS b*LUT Lower Limit Adjustment Value (Complement for 2) [No other value than 0 to 50 and 206 O to 255 is set] Black Line Correction Strength Level Setting when reading BW, the larger the value, the stronger the O correction strength ("0" means correction reset). Test Mode Setting for Designing Black Correction Parameter, "0" means normal operation. O FX,AP 0: A6 Document, 1: PostCard Document, XE 0: A6 Document, 1: PostCard, XC 0: PostCard, O 1: A6 Document 0: A4 Fixed (Other than XC), Letter Fixed (XC), 1: Can be changed by Area Switching 2 0: 210mm(A4S)~6:216mm(8.5") in increments of 1mm B5/8x10" switching (Default 0: B5 detection, 1: 8x10" detection) 8-K detection specification (Default 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect) XC->0: 8.5x14, 1: 8.5x13, XE->0: 8.5x13, 1: 8.5x14 O O O O O
0: Do not use Special Table, 1: A series (A4L when APS is Off, A3S when APS is On), 2: Inch Series O (Letter LEF when APS is Off, and 11x17" when APS is On) Switch Size Detection Table. 0: mm-size detection table, 1: Inch 13 series size detection table, 2: Inch 14 series size detection table Document Detection Threshold Value 1 (For Platen configuration) Document Detection Threshold Value 2 (For Platen configuration) Document Detection Threshold Value 3 (For Platen configuration) Document Detection Threshold Value 4 (For Platen configuration) Document Detection Threshold Value 5 (For Platen configuration) Document Detection Threshold Value 6 (For Platen configuration) White Document Detection Threshold Value (For Platen configuration) Black Document Detection Threshold Value (For Platen configuration) Document Detection Threshold Value 1 (For CVT configuration) Document Detection Threshold Value 2 (For CVT configuration) Document Detection Threshold Value 3 (For CVT configuration) Document Detection Threshold Value 4 (For CVT configuration) Document Detection Threshold Value 5 (For CVT configuration) Document Detection Threshold Value 6 (For CVT configuration) White Document Detection Threshold Value (For CVT configuration) Black Document Detection Threshold Value (For CVT configuration) 0: Use PROM, 1: Enable NVM in (Note1) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
12/05 6-71
Table 1 Chain 715 Write permitted/ not permitted O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Chain-Link Name 715-351 715-352 715-353 715-354 715-356 715-357 715-358 715-359 715-360 715-361 715-362 715-363 715-364 715-365 715-366 715-367 715-374 715-375 715-376 715-377 715-384 715-385 715-386 715-387 715-394 715-395 715-396 715-397 715-404 715-405 715-406 715-407 715-414 715-415 715-416 715-417 715-418 715-422 FBLM FBLI Dm Dmoe_c Oaccn nmaxo PLSnCL PLSnBW PLSm PLSG FL_CHK_NG_Count FL_CHK_NG_Data AGC_ADJ_R AGC_ADJ_G AGC_ADJ_B AGC_ADJ_BW Gap(7) Gap(8) Gap(9) Gap(10) AGCP(7) AGCP(8) AGCP(9) AGCP(10) Gsmp(7) Gsmp(8) Gsmp(9) Gsmp(10) Gloop(7) Gloop(8) Gloop(9) Gloop(10) AOCP(7) AOCP(8) AOCP(9) AOCP(10) AOCerr Oadj(4)
Range 0~1023 0~1023 0~65535 0~65535 0~127 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~65535 0~1023 1~200 1~200 1~200 1~200 1~1023 1~1023 1~1023 1~1023 0~2047 0~2047 0~2047 0~2047 0~102 0~102 0~102 0~102 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~255 0~255
Default 984 64 360 180 0 8 32 16 2 20 0 0 100 100 100 100 26 26 26 26 80 80 80 80 30 30 30 30 0 0 0 0 128 128 128 128 0 0
Remarks AGC Max. Allowed Volume (Note1) AGC Min. Allowed Volume (Note1) Pass Sensor Border Value at AOC Level (Note1) Pass Sensor Border Value at AOC O/E Difference (Note1) Hard Accumulative Addition Line Count when obtaining AOC data (Note1) AOC Execution LOOP Count (Note1) Shading RGB Read Line Count (Note1) Shading BW Read Line Count (Note1) Shading Read Position Count (Note1) Interval when Shading Data is obtained (1/10mm) (Note1) Lamp Check NG Count (Reset when Lamp is replaced) Data obtained when Lamp Check Fails (Read G Write data compared at checking) For AGC_Red Target Value Correction (used after converting to 1/100: 100=x1) For AGC_Green Target Value Correction (used after converting to 1/100: 100=x1) For AGC_Blue Target Value Correction (used after converting to 1/100: 100=x1) For AGC_BW Target Value Correction (used after converting to 1/100: 100=x1) B/W CCD Ch-1 Gain Value (PF1=BW-X, PF2=Main-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-2 Gain Value (PF1=BW-X, PF2=Main-Even) B/W CCD Ch-3 Gain Value (PF1=BW-Y, PF2=Sub-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-4 Gain Value (PF1=BW-Y, PF2=Sub-Even) B/W CCD Ch-1 AGC Setup Value (PF2=Main-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-2 AGC Setup Value (PF2=Main-Even) B/W CCD Ch-3 AGC Setup Value (PF2=Sub-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-4 AGC Setup Value (PF2=Sub-Even) B/W CCD Ch-1 AGC Obtained Data (PF2=Main-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-2 AGC Obtained Data (PF2=Main-Even) B/W CCD Ch-3 AGC Obtained Data (PF2=Sub-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-4 AGC Obtained Data (PF2=Sub-Even) B/W CCD Ch-1 AGC Loop Count (PF2=Main-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-2 AGC Loop Count (PF2=Main-Even) B/W CCD Ch-3 AGC Loop Count (PF2=Sub-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-4 AGC Loop Count (PF2=Sub-Even) AOC B/W ch1 BW Level Setup Value AOC B/W ch2 BW Level Setup Value AOC B/W ch3 BW Level Setup Value AOC B/W ch4 BW Level Setup Value Number of times the AOC flow has ended abnormally AOC BW Level Correction Value
12/05 6-72
Table 1 Chain 715 Write permitted/ not permitted O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Chain-Link Name 715-426 715-433 715-434 715-435 715-436 715-443 715-444 715-445 715-446 715-453 715-454 715-455 715-456 715-537 Oeadj(4) Osmp(7) Osmp(8) Osmp(9) Osmp(10) Osmpx(7) Osmpx(8) Osmpx(9) Osmpx(10) Osmpn(7) Osmpn(8) Osmpn(9) Osmpn(10) TX_BW_Scan Noise Cut Level
Range 0~255 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~14
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Remarks AOC BW O/E Difference Correction Value B/W CCD Ch-1 AOC Obtained Mean Data (PF2=Main-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-2 AOC Obtained Mean Data (PF2=Main-Even) B/W CCD Ch-3 AOC Obtained Mean Data (PF2=Sub-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-4 AOC Obtained Mean Data (PF2=Sub-Even) B/W CCD Ch-1 AOC Obtained Data Max (PF2=Main-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-2 AOC Obtained Data Max (PF2=Main-Even) B/W CCD Ch-3 AOC Obtained Data Max (PF2=Sub-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-4 AOC Obtained Data Max (PF2=Sub-Even) B/W CCD Ch-1 AOC Obtained Data Min (PF2=Main-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-2 AOC Obtained Data Min (PF2=Main-Even) B/W CCD Ch-3 AOC Obtained Data Min (PF2=Sub-Odd) B/W CCD Ch-4 AOC Obtained Data Min (PF2=Sub-Even) Specifying Removal Level Factor for IP Parameter Selection 0: Do not remove, For 1 to 14, specify a removal level. Larger value removes more noise.
715-560 715-600 715-602 715-604 715-608 715-610 715-611 715-617 715-618 715-619 715-630
BWPG Density AE1FS External Area AE3 FS External Area Line to Fix Variation BW_Copy Variation Control BinScan_Fax Variation Control ContoneScan Variation Control AE Control of FS Length Minimum FS Length for AE RAE Upper Limit of SS Magnification for adjusting AE Parameter
0~255 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 0~65535 0~4000
128 255 255 48 1 1 1 0 500 4000 0
While Surface Solid PG Density (0: Black) Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan direction undetected area INSTV, At SMPST, SMPED setting Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan direction undetected area INSTV, At MAEFST, MAEFSE setting (*Area used as detection area is used for PreIPS noise removal as well) Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan variation fixed position/NCON, Slow Scan Edge AE Detection Volume (increments of 0.16mm) LIM Control Mode LIM Control Mode LIM Control Mode 0: Always use the document size detection result, 1: Use the input document size as the detection size For AES parameter calculation. Fast Scan Detection Min Range (increments of 0.1mm), For AES parameter calculation. Slow Scan Detection Max Range (increments of 0.1%), For RAE. 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard) 0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen 4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy (*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT removal level as well)
O O O O O O O O O O O
TP_BW_Copy_Fax Removal Level of 0~4095 AE
12/05 6-73
Chain-Link Name 715-631
Range
Default 0
Remarks 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard) 0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen 4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy
TP_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE 0~4095
715-632
TX_BW_Copy_Fax Removal Level of 0~4095 AE
0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard) 0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen 4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy (*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT removal level as well)
715-633
TX_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE
0~4095
0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard) 0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen 4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy
715-634
TPL_BW_Copy_Fax Removal Level of 0~4095 AE
12/05 6-74
Chain-Link Name 715-635 TPL_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE
Range 0~4095
Default 0
715-636
TRP_BW_Copy_Fax Removal Level of AE
0~4095
715-637
TRP_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE
0~4095
715-642
TP_BW_Contone Removal Level of AE
0~4095
12/05 6-75
Chain-Link Name 715-643 TP_BW_Contone Offset Level of AE
Range 0~4095
Default 0
715-644
woTP_BW_Contone Removal Level of 0~4095 AE
715-645
woTP_BW_Contone Offset Level of AE
0~4095
715-650 715-669 715-689 715-690 715-691 715-701 715-702
Scan Show-Through Removal Level Control of Tracing Paper Mode CL Balance Def K / Low density CL Balance Def K / Medium Density CL Balance Def K / high density Text/Photo separation level PLTN/BELT FS Magnification Adjustment CVT FS Magnification Adjustment
0~4 0, 1 0~8 0~8 0~8 0~4 0~100
2 0 4 4 4 2 50
0: Softer 1, 1: Softer 2, 2: Nomal (default), 3: Stronger 1, 4: Stronger 2 0: Normal, 1: Second master drawing mode (*Used as PreIPS C mode as well) Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Low Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Middle Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color High Density 0: More text, 1: Text, 2: Normal, 3: Photo, 4: More photo (Tools)
O O O O O O
Fast Scan direction Fine Magnification Adjustment. Specify between 1 and 100 in units of 1. The O value indicates the magnification adjustment with 0= -5%, 50= 0% and 100= 5% at +/-5% (0.1% unit). (No adjustment in Factory Settings) Fast Scan direction Fine Magnification Adjustment. Specify between 1 and 100 in units of 1. The O value indicates the magnification adjustment with 0= -5%, 50= 0% and 100= 5% at +/-5% (0.1% unit). (No adjustment in Factory Settings)
715-703
0~100
50
12/05 6-76
Chain-Link Name 715-704 IPS Bypass Setting1
Range 0~65535
Default 0
Remarks IPS through Setting 1. Force to skip Image Processing functions at memory sample scan. Change a value at S/W & H/W DEBUG. Always set "0" in normal use. (Handle with Care) --The usage is as follows: Whether to execute/force to skip functions is assigned to each bit. However, you can specify multiple bits at a time. D'0: BEXG_TH D'1: FSRE_THD'2:SSR_TH D'3: NSP_TH D'4: AER_TH D'5: TRC2_TH D'6: ED_TH D'7:SEL_TH D'8: SEL2_TH D'9: (spare) D'10: (spare) D'11: (spare) D'12: (spare) D'13: (spare) D'14: (spare) D'15: (spare) The specified bit value is: B'0: Unchanged, B'1: Forced to skip
715-720 715-721 715-722 2nd Draft
Normal Density Text (BW Copy) High Density Text (BW Copy) Normal Density Text (Scan/Fax)
0~256 0~256 0~256
128 128 128
B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adjustment
O O O General procedures information
CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12/05 6-77
Chain-Link Name 715-723 715-724 715-725 High Density Text (Scan / Fax) PLTN RAE SS Not Detect Area
Range 0~256 0~65535
Default 128 0 0
Remarks Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment
Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for Platen model, BASE, HAEST, MAE- O SST, NAESS Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF model Platen job. Or, Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for CVT job, BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS O
DADF-P-Job RAE SS Not Detect Area 0~65535
715-726 715-740 715-741 715-742 715-743 715-744 715-745 715-746 715-747 715-748 715-749 715-750 715-751 715-752 715-753 715-754 715-755 715-756 715-757 715-758 715-759 715-760 715-761 715-762 715-763 715-764 715-765 715-766 715-767 715-800
DADF-D-Job RAE SS Not Detect Area 0~65535 S/W Logic Fail Total Counts S/W Logic Fail DADF Mgr S/W Logic Fail IIT S/W Logic Fail IPS S/W Logic Fail IPS S/W Logic Fail Monitor S/W Logic Fail JobCont S/W Logic Fail Diag S/W Logic Fail10 PosiFailCont PosiFailCur1 PosiFailCrg1 PosiFailCur2 PosiFailCrg2 PosiFailCur3 PosiFailCrg3 PosiFailCur4 PosiFailCrg4 PosiFailCur5 PosiFailCrg5 Job Cont Status Job Cont Status Job Cont Status Job Cont Status Job Cont Status Monitor Status DIAG Status 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF model DADF job, BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (accumulative occurrence count) S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (accumulative occurrence count since power On) S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (DADF Mgr status) S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (IIT status) S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (Pre IPS status) S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (Post IPS status) S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (Monitor status) S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (JobCont status) S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (Diag status) S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (ID for identifying fail occurrence positions) For IIT Development Check (IIT) For IIT Development Check (IIT) For IIT Development Check (IIT) For IIT Development Check (IIT) For IIT Development Check (IIT) For IIT Development Check (IIT) For IIT Development Check (IIT) For IIT Development Check (IIT) For IIT Development Check (IIT) For IIT Development Check (IIT) For IIT Development Check (IIT) For Development Check (JobCont) For Development Check (JobCont) For Development Check (JobCont) For Development Check (JobCont) For Development Check (JobCont) For Development Check (Monitor) For Development Check (DIAG) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O X
S/W Logic Fail Counts since Power On 0~65535
IISS/DADF Communication Fail Count 0~65535 Overall Total
12/05 6-78
Table 1 Chain 715 Write permitted/ not permitted X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Chain-Link Name 715-801 715-802 715-803 715-804 715-805 715-806 715-807 715-808 715-809 715-812 715-813 715-814 715-815 715-816 715-817 715-818 715-819 715-820 715-821 715-822 715-823 715-824 715-825 715-826 715-827 715-828
Range
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Remarks Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)
IISS/DADF Communication Fail Count 0~65535 Since Reset IISS/Cont Communication Fail Count Overall Total IISS/Cont Communication Fail Count Since Reset 0~65535 0~65535
DADF EEPROM Failure Count Overall 0~65535 Total DADF EEPROM Failure Count Since Reset IPS Fan Failure Count Overall Total IPS Fan Failure Count Since Reset Scan Carriage Position Fail Count Overall Total Scan Carriage Position Fail Count Since Reset PreIPS (X) Recognition Fail Count Overall Total PreIPS (X) Recognition Fail Count Since Reset 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
Lamp Illumination Failure Count Over- 0~65535 all Total Lamp Illumination Failure Count Since 0~65535 Reset CRG Over Run Fail Count Overall Total CRG Over Run Fail Count Since Reset Lamp Fan Fail Total Lamp Fan Fail Reset CCD Fan Fail Total CCD Fan Fail Reset AGC Fail Count Overall Total AGC Fail Count Since Reset AOC Fail Count Overall Total AOC Fail Count Since Reset IPS PWBA Fail Total IPS PWBA Fail Reset IISS/EXT Communication Fail Count Overall Total 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
12/05 6-79
Table 1 Chain 715 Write permitted/ not permitted X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Chain-Link Name 715-829 715-830 715-831 715-846 715-847 715-850 715-851 715-852 715-853 715-854 715-855 715-856 715-857 715-858 715-859 715-860 715-861 715-862 715-863 715-864 IISS/EXT Communication Fail Count Since Reset
Range 0~65535
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 91 36224 0 0 0
Remarks Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted) Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Scan Count Replacement Life (upper digits) (Write not permitted) : 6,000,000 times (including Pre Scan) Scan Count Replacement Life (lower digits) (Write not permitted) Scan Counter Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Scan Counter Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Register for Scan Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat count of counter currently in use
Extension EEPROM Fail Count Over- 0~65535 all Total Extension EEPROM Fail Count Since 0~65535 Reset ("X") Hard Failure Total Count ("X") Hard Failures Since Reset ("X") Configuration Failures Since Reset ("X") Version Failure Total Count ("X") Version Failures Since Reset Original Size Sensor Failure Total Count Original Size Sensor Failures Since Reset IIT Hot Line Failure Total Count IIT Hot Line Failures Since Reset DADF RAM CHECK Failure Total Count DADF RAM CHECK Failures Since Reset Scan Life Count (upper digits) Scan Life Count (lower digits) Scan Count Clear Data (upper digits) Scan Count Clear Data (lower digits) Scan Count Pointer 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
("X") Configuration Failure Total Count 0~65535
715-865 715-866 715-867 715-868 715-869 715-870 715-871
Scan Counter1 Scan Counter2 Scan Counter3 Scan Counter4 Scan Counter5 Scan Counter6 Scan Counter7
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Scan Count Accumulative 1 Scan Count Accumulative 2 Scan Count Accumulative 3 Scan Count Accumulative 4 Scan Count Accumulative 5 Scan Count Accumulative 6 Scan Count Accumulative 7 (Max 6881175 times)
X X X X X X X
12/05 6-80
Table 1 Chain 715 Write permitted/ not permitted X
Chain-Link Name 715-875 Lamp On Time Life Count (upper digits) Lamp On Time Life Count (lower digits) Lamp On Time Count Clear Data (upper digits) Lamp On Time Count Clear Data (lower digits) Lamp On Time Count Pointer
Range 0~65535
Default 109
Remarks Lamp On Time Count Replacement Life (upper digits) (Write not permitted) 7,200,000sec (2000 hours)
715-876 715-877 715-878 715-879
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
56576 0 0 0
Lamp On Time Count Replacement Life (lower digits) (Write not permitted) Lamp On Time Count Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Lamp On Time Count Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Register for Lamp On Time Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
X X X X
715-880 715-881 715-882 715-883 715-884 715-885 715-886 715-887 715-890
Lamp On Time Counter1 Lamp On Time Counter2 Lamp On Time Counter3 Lamp On Time Counter4 Lamp On Time Counter5 Lamp On Time Counter6 Lamp On Time Counter7 Lamp On Time Counter8 Lamp On Life Count (upper digits)
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 91
Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 1 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 2 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 3 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 4 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 5 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 6 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 7 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 8 (Max 7864200sec) Lamp On Count Replacement Life (upper digits) (Write not permitted) 6,000,000 times
X X X X X X X X X
715-891 715-892 715-893 715-894
Lamp On Life Count (lower digits)
0~65535
36224 0 0 0
Lamp On Count Replacement Life (lower digits) (Write not permitted) Lamp On Count Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Lamp On Count Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted) Register for Lamp On Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
X X X X
Lamp On Count Clear Data (upper dig- 0~65535 its) Lamp On Count Clear Data (lower dig- 0~65535 its) Lamp On Count Pointer 0~65535
715-895 715-896 715-897 715-898 715-899 715-900 2nd Draft
Lamp On Counter1 Lamp On Counter2 Lamp On Counter3 Lamp On Counter4 Lamp On Counter5 Lamp On Counter6
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0 0 0 0
Lamp On Count Accumulative 1 Lamp On Count Accumulative 2 Lamp On Count Accumulative 3 Lamp On Count Accumulative 4 Lamp On Count Accumulative 5 Lamp On Count Accumulative 6
X X X X X X General procedures information
CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12/05 6-81
Table 1 Chain 715 Write permitted/ not permitted X X
Chain-Link Name 715-901 715-905 Lamp On Counter7 Platen Open Count Pointer(Platen)
Range 0~65535 0~65535
Default 0 0
Remarks Lamp On Count Accumulative 7 (Max 6881175 times) Register for Platen Open Count Control (Platen machines) (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
715-906 715-907 715-910
Platen Open Counter1(Platen) Platen Open Counter2(Platen) Platen Open Count Pointer(Belt DADF)
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0
Platen Open Count Accumulative 1 Platen Open Count Accumulative 2 (Max 1966050 times) Register for Platen Open Count Control (Belt DADF machines) (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
X X X
715-911 715-912 715-915
Platen Open Counter1(Belt DADF) Platen Open Counter2(Belt DADF) FLPS 5V ON Time Count Pointer
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0
Platen Open Count Accumulative 1 Platen Open Count Accumulative 2 (Max 1966050 times) Register for FLPS 5V ON Time Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
X X X
715-916 715-917 715-918 715-919 715-920 715-921 715-922 715-923 715-925
FLPS 5V ON Time Counter1 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter2 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter3 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter4 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter5 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter6 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter7 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter8 FLPS ON Count Pointer
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 1 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 2 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 3 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 4 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 5 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 6 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 7 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 8 (Max 7864200sec) Register for FLPS ON (light up) Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
X X X X X X X X X
715-926 715-927 715-928 715-929
FLPS ON Counter1 FLPS ON Counter2 FLPS ON Counter3 FLPS ON Counter4
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0 0
FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 1 FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 2 FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 3 FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 4
X X X X
12/05 6-82
Table 1 Chain 715 Write permitted/ not permitted X X X X
Chain-Link Name 715-930 715-931 715-932 715-935 FLPS ON Counter5 FLPS ON Counter6 FLPS ON Counter7 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Pointer
Range 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
Default 0 0 0 0
Remarks FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 5 FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 6 FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 7 (Max 6881175 times) Register for FLPS 24V ON Time Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
715-936 715-937 715-938 715-939 715-940 715-941 715-945
FLPS 24V ON Time Counter1 FLPS 24V ON Time Counter2 FLPS 24V ON Time Counter3 FLPS 24V ON Time Counter4 FLPS 24V ON Time Counter5 FLPS 24V ON Time Counter6 FLPS 24V ON Count Pointer
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
FLPS 24V ON Time Count Accumulative 1 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Accumulative 2 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Accumulative 3 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Accumulative 4 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Accumulative 5 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Accumulative 6 (Max 5898190sec) Register for FLPS 24V ON Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
X X X X X X X
715-946 715-950
FLPS 24V ON Counter1 Power ON Time Count Pointer
0~65535 0~65535
0 0
FLPS 24V ON Count Accumulative 1 (Max 983025 times) Register for Power ON Time Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
X X
715-951 715-952 715-953 715-954 715-955 715-956 715-960
Power ON Time Counter1 Power ON Time Counter2 Power ON Time Counter3 Power ON Time Counter4 Power ON Time Counter5 Power ON Time Counter6 Power ON Count Pointer
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Power ON Time Accumulative 1 Power ON Time Accumulative 2 Power ON Time Accumulative 3 Power ON Time Accumulative 4 Power ON Time Accumulative 5 Power ON Time Count Accumulative 6 (Max 5898190min) Register for Power ON Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
X X X X X X X
715-961
Power ON Counter1
0~65535
Power ON Count Accumulative 1 (Max 983025 times)
12/05 6-83
Table 1 Chain 715 Write permitted/ not permitted X
Chain-Link Name 715-965 FAN1 ON Time Count Pointer
Range 0~65535
Default 0
Remarks Register for FAN1 Revolution Time Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
715-966 715-967 715-968 715-969 715-970 715-971 715-975
FAN1 ON Time Counter1 FAN1 ON Time Counter2 FAN1 ON Time Counter3 FAN1 ON Time Counter4 FAN1 ON Time Counter5 FAN1 ON Time Counter6 FAN1 ON Count Pointer
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
FAN1 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 1 FAN1 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 2 FAN1 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 3 FAN1 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 4 FAN1 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 5 FAN1 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 6 (Max 5898190min) Register for FAN1 ON Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
X X X X X X X
715-976 715-980
FAN1 ON Counter1 FAN2 ON Time Count Pointer
0~65535 0~65535
0 0
FAN1 ON Count Accumulative 1 (Max 983025 times) Register for FAN2 Revolution Time Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
X X
715-981 715-982 715-983 715-984 715-985 715-986 715-990
FAN2 ON Time Counter1 FAN2 ON Time Counter2 FAN2 ON Time Counter3 FAN2 ON Time Counter4 FAN2 ON Time Counter5 FAN2 ON Time Counter6 FAN2 ON Count Pointer
0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
FAN2 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 1 FAN2 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 2 FAN2 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 3 FAN2 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 4 FAN2 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 5 FAN2 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 6 (Max 5898190min) Register for FAN2 ON Count Control (Write not permitted) Upper digits: Counter address currently in use Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use
X X X X X X X
715-991 715-780 715-781 715-782 715-783 715-784 715-785 715-786
FAN2 ON Counter1 B-Hue Start Degree B-Hue End Degree G-Hue Start Degree G-Hue End Degree R-Hue Start Degree R-Hue End Degree Y-Hue Start Degree
0~65535 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360
0 270 320 110 200 350 60 60
FAN2 ON Count Accumulative 1 (Max 983025 times) 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Start when Start > End. 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Start when Start > End. 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Start when Start > End. 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Start when Start > End. 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Start when Start > End. 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Start when Start > End. 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Start when Start > End.
X O O O O O O O 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
12/05 6-84
Table 1 Chain 715 Write permitted/ not permitted O O O O O O O O
Chain-Link Name 715-787 715-788 715-789 715-790 715-791 715-997 715-998 715-999 Y-Hue End Degree M-Hue Start Degree M-Hue End Degree C-Hue Start Degree C-Hue End Degree XInfo1 XInfo2 DustOff Control
Range 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
Default 120 320 360 190 280 0 0 0
Remarks 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Start when Start > End. 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Start when Start > End. 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Start when Start > End. 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Start when Start > End. 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Start when Start > End. For PreIPS X 1 For PreIPS X 2 0x00: Dust Off Area Initialization not completed 0xb38f: Dust Off Area Initialization completed
12/05 6-85
716-xxx EXT NVM List

Table 1 Chain 716 Write permitte d/not permited O
Chain-Link Name 716-000 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(55.0mm/sec)
Range 0~244
Default 122
Remarks Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (Page Sync.) +/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-pulse increments
716-001
CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(73.3mm/sec)
0~244
122
Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (Page Sync.) +/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-pulse increments
716-002
0~244
122
716-003
0~244
122
716-004
0~244
122
716-005
0~244
122
716-006
0~244
122
716-007
CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(220mm/sec)
0~244
122
716-008
0~244
122
716-009
0~244
122
716-010
CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(55.0mm/sec)
0~244
122
Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area (Page Sync.) +/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-pulse increments
716-011
0~244
122
716-012
0~244
122
12/05 6-86
Chain-Link Name 716-013 CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(110.0mm/sec)
Range 0~244
Default 122
Remarks Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area (Page Sync.) +/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-pulse increments
716-014
0~244
122
716-015
0~244
122
716-016
0~244
122
716-017
CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(220mm/sec)
0~244
122
716-018
0~244
122
716-019
0~244
122
716-020 716-021 716-022 716-023 716-024 716-025 716-026 716-027 716-028 716-029
CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-1 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-2 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-3 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-4 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-5 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-6 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-7 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-8 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-9 CVT-CIS Center Regi Position Adjust
0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~7196
120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 3598
IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Value (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Settings IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Value (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Settings IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Value (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Settings IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Value (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Settings IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Value (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Settings IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Value (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Settings IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Value (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Settings IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Value (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Settings IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Value (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Settings Adjusts center Regi. position for 1p duplex (Daimajin_Regi)
O O O O O O O O O
12/05 6-87
Chain-Link Name 716-030 CIS Black Level Average Line
Range 0~3
Default 3
Remarks Adjusts CIS black level mean line count BL[1:0] setting
716-031 716-032
CIS White Level Average Line CIS Black Level Auto Adjust Target
0~0 0~255
0 96
Adjusts CIS black level mean line count Adjusts CIS black level SDBL[7:0] setting
O O
716-033
CIS White Level Auto Adjust Target
0~1023
963
Adjusts CIS white level SDWL[9:0] setting
716-034 716-035
CIS Black Level Adjust CIS Digital Offset Level
0~255 0~1023
255 512
Sets CIS black level to any value, BKDA[7:0] setting Adds/substracts the setting value to/from CIS image data BDF+BST[8:0] setting value, BOF=0: (-), BOF=1: (+)
O O
716-036
CIS Output Mode
0~7
CIC Test Mode, Output Mode Setting S[2:0] setting
716-037
Black Level Correction Value
0~255
128
Correction Value Display after CIS Black Level Correction RD_BKDA[7:0] value
716-038
White Level Correction Value
0~255
255
Correction Value Display after CIS White Level Correction RD_LEDDA1[7:0] value
716-039
WL_Average Line
0~4
Sets shading accumulative line count DIPS SDLN[2:0] setting 0: 1 line, 1: 4 lines, 2: 8 lines, 3: 16 lines, 4: 32 lines
716-040
WL_Start Point
0~4095
1287
Sets the start position for white change average correction DIPS AVEST1[11:0] setting
716-041
WL_Averaging Area
0~255
63
Sets the area for white change average correction DIPS AVEAR1[7:0] setting/setting value=(AVEAR1+1) x 32
716-042
WL_Correction DATA
0~1023
Displays the initial value (value for Jump table) for white change correction X Initial average result for Jump table (DIPS AVE1M[9:0])
716-043 716-044 716-045
W-Ref ADJ Density Level ADJ W-Ref DATA
100~255 80~120 0~255
138 100 255
W-Ref density correction coefficient setting Highlight fine adjustment (used after converting to 1/100) Displays DIPS WMULM [7:0] setting value
O O X
12/05 6-88
Chain-Link Name 716-046 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(460mm/sec)
Range 0~244
Default 122
Remarks Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (Page Sync.) +/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-pulse increments
716-047
0~244
122
716-052
WL_ERR
0~1023
1023
Data obtained when White Change Correction fails PF1: Green, PF2: Main(X)
716-053
PreIPS_Through1
0~65535
Pre side ASIC Through Setting 1 bit0: WMULTF bit1: WRDTF bit2: WSDTF bit3: DKTF bit4: SSFTF bit5: GPTF bit6: DCACTF bit7: DCBKTF bit8: DCFTF bit9: IPTF bit10: FDG1TF bit11: FDG2TF bit12: LLUT_TH bit13: (spare) bit14: (spare) bit15: (spare)
716-056
External Area of FS Sampling For AE1
0~65535
255
Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan direction undetected area INSTV At SMPST, SMPED setting
12/05 6-89
Chain-Link Name 716-057 External Area of FS Sampling For AE3
Range 0~65535
Default 255
Remarks Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan direction undetected area INSTV At MAEFST, MAEFSE setting (*The area is used as the detection area for PreIPS noise removal as well.)
716-058 716-059 716-060 716-061 716-062
Line to Fix Variation Variation Control For BW Copy Variation Control For Binary Scan & Fax Variation Control For Contone Scan Control of FS Length for AE
0~65535 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1
48 1 1 1 0
Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan variation fixed position/NCON, Slow Scan Edge AE Detection Volume (increments of 0.16mm) LIM Control Mode LIM Control Mode LIM Control Mode 0: Always use document size detection result 1: Used the input document size as a detection size For AES parameter calculation.
O O O O O
716-063 716-064 716-070
Minimum FS Length for AE Upper Limit of SS Magnification for adjusting AE Parameter (RAE) Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary Scan (Text/Photo)
0~65535 0~4000 0~999
500 4000 0
Fast Scan Detection Min Range (increments of 0.1mm), For AES parameter O calculation. Slow Scan Detection Max Range (increments of 0.1%), For RAE. 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard) 0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen 4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy (*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT removal level as well) O O
716-071
Offset Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary 0~999 Scan (Text/Photo)
0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard) 0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen 4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy
12/05 6-90
Chain-Link Name 716-072 Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary Scan (Text,Pencil)
Range 0~999
Default 0
Remarks 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard) 0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen 4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy (*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT removal level as well)
716-073
Offset Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary 0~999 Scan (Text,Pencil)
716-074
Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary Scan (Light Document)
0~999
0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard) 0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen 4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy (*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT removal level as well)
716-075
Offset Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary 0~999 Scan (Light Document)
12/05 6-91
Chain-Link Name 716-076 Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary Scan (Tracing Paper)
Range 0~999
Default 0
716-077
Offset Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary 0~999 Scan (Tracing Paper)
716-078
Level of UnderColor Removal For Contone BW Scan (Text/Photo)
0~999
0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard) 0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen 4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy (*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT removal level as well)
716-079
Offset Level of UnderColor Removal For Contone BW Scan (Text/ Photo)
0~999
12/05 6-92
Chain-Link Name 716-080 Level of UnderColor Removal For Contone BW Scan (without Text/ Photo)
Range 0~999
Default 0
716-081
Offset Level of UnderColor Removal Contone BW Scan (without Text/ 0~999 Photo)
716-082
TX_BW_Scan Noise Cut Level
0~14
Specifying Removal Level Factor for IP Parameter Selection 0: Do not remove For 1 to 14, specify a removal level. Larger value removes more noise.
716-100 716-101 716-102 716-110 716-112
Color Balance Default: K/Low density Color Balance Default: K/Medium density Color Balance Default: K/high density Text/Photo separation level FS Magnification Adjustment (CVT)
0~8 0~8 0~8 0~4 0~100
4 4 4 2 50
Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Low Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Middle Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color High Density 0: More text, 1: Text, 2: Normal, 3: Photo, 4: More photo (Tools)
O O O O
Fast Scan direction Fine Magnification Adjustment. Specify between 1 and O 100 in units of 1. The value indicates the magnification adjustment with 0= 5%, 50= 0% and 100= 5% at +/-5% (0.1% unit). (No adjustment in Factory Settings)
12/05 6-93
Chain-Link Name 716-113 IPS Bypass Setting1
Range 0~65535
Default 0
Remarks IPS through Setting 1 Force to skip Image Processing functions at memory sample scan. Change a value at S/W & H/W DEBUG. Always set "0" in normal use. (Handle with Care) --The usage is as follows: Whether to execute/force to skip functions is assigned to each bit. However, you can specify multiple bits at a time. D'0: BEXG_TH D'1: FSRE_TH D'2: SSR_TH D'3: NSP_TH D'4: AER_TH D'5: TRC2_TH D'6: ED_TH D'7: SEL_TH D'8: SEL2_TH D'9: (spare) D'10: (spare) D'11: (spare) D'12: (spare) D'13: (spare) D'14: (spare) D'15: (spare) The specified bit value is: B'0: Unchanged, B'1: Forced to skip
12/05 6-94
Table 1 Chain 716 Write permitte d/not permited O O O O O
Chain-Link Name 716-120 716-121 716-122 716-123 716-126 Normal Density Text (BW Copy) High Density Text (BW Copy) Normal Density Text (Scan/Fax) High Density Text (Scan / Fax) SS Not Detect Area (Real Time AE)
Range 0~256 0~256 0~256 0~256 0~65535
Default 128 128 128 128 0
Remarks B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adjustment Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment Slow Scan Non-detection Setup Value at Real Time AE BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS
716-127
(NoiseRemoval) Line to Fix Variation
0~65535
240
Slow Scan End Position Slow Scan Leading Edge AE Detection Volume MAESSE (For noise removal)
716-128 716-129
(NoiseRemoval) Upper Limit of SS Magnification for adjusting Scan Show-Throght Removal Level
0~4000 0~4
4000 0
Slow Scan Detection Max Range (increments of 0.1%) (For noise removal) O Softer 1, Softer 2, Normal (default), Stronger 1, Stronger 2 O
12/05 6-95
719-xxx IISS Config. NVM List

Table 1 Chain 719 Write permitte d/not permited O O O O O O O O X X X X X X X X X
Chain-Link Name 719-000 719-001 719-002 719-003 719-004 719-005 719-006 719-007 719-008 719-009 719-010 719-011 719-012 719-013 719-014 719-015 719-016 IISS Serial No. ASCII Code1 (Upper) IISS Serial No. ASCII Code2 IISS Serial No. ASCII Code3 IISS Serial No. ASCII Code4 IISS Serial No. ASCII Code5 (Lower) IISS XJ Code ASCII Code1 (Upper) IISS XJ Code ASCII Code2 (Lower) Market Information ADF Version No. IISS Major Version IISS Minor Version IISS Revision Version IISS Patch Version ADF Major Version ADF Minor Version ADF Revision Version ADF Patch Version
Range 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~3 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Remarks Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code (upper digits) Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code (lower digits) Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code (upper digits) Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code (lower digits) FX=0, AP=1, XC=2, XE=3 Indicates the ADF version number IISS Major version number (same as the statement at download) IISS Minor version number (same as the statement at download) IISS Revison version number (same as the statement at download) IISS Patch version number (same as the statement at download) ADF Major version number (same as the statement at download) ADF Minor version number (same as the statement at download) ADF Revision version number (same as the statement at download) ADF Patch version number (same as the statement at download)
12/05 6-96
dC132 Serial Number/Billing Meter Synchronization

Purpose
Checks the Billing Meters and sets the Machine Serial Number when fault 103-208 occurs. This routine also reads the Billing Meters and can be accessed at any time for this purpose.
dC135 HFSI Counters

Purpose
This routine displays the service life (Threshold) and the current value (count) of the HSFIs. Changes to replacement life and current value resets are possible.
Procedure
CAUTION Failure to comply with the board replacement procedure in GP 10, could result in serious NVM corruption. Follow the procedure described in GP 10.
Procedure
Reading and resetting HFSI 1. 2. 3. 4. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select dC135 from the DC Quick menu, or click on Maintenance on the Service Entry Screen. The All Jams screen displays as the default screen. Select HFSI Counters (dC135) tab on the Maintenance screen. The HFSI Counters screen displays the replacement life (Threshold) and the current value (count) of the HSFIs. Two vertical tabs allow display of all HFSI counters, or only those counters that are over the threshold. Refer to Detailed Maintenance Activities in Section 1. Perform the listed Service Action for all HSFI counters that are at or near threshold (near threshold indicated by yellow diamond in the % column). To reset the count after replacing the parts, select the appropriate HFSI item, then select the Reset Counter button.
5.
6.
Changing Thresholds The PWS tool has two Threshold columns. Threshold represents the threshold value as stored within the PWS tool; Machine Threshold represents the data stored in the machine NVM. The Machine Threshold can be modified as follows: CAUTION Changing HFSI thresholds may adversely affect machine performance. Do not perform this procedure unless specifically directed to do so. 1. Select the Change Threshold tab. 2. 3. 4. 5. Select the counter you wish to modify. To reset the machine threshold to the same value as the PWS value, press the Set Threshold button. To reset the machine threshold to a value other than the current machine or PWS value, enter the value into the New Threshold box, then press the Set New Threshold button. Press the Refresh button to display the updated value.
12/05 6-9
dC132, dC135
dC140 Analog Monitor

Purpose
Monitors the analog values of the A/D converter sensors by driving each component (e.g. , ATC Sensor). Temporary change of output values is possible. Output component check is also possible.
3.
Increase or decrease the output level by 1. The new output level is input into the system and the Analog Monitor shows the new output level in the Level column. If the output level entered is out of the range, the screen displays the following message: ! Invalid value. Enter again. (A value that is out of the range is a value that is higher than the upper limit or lower than the lower limit defined by the machine.) Table 1 DC140 Analog Code List IOT-Input
Procedure
1. 2. 3. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select the Analog Monitor (dC140) tab in the Diagnostics Screen. The system displays the Analog Monitor Screen. a. The system displays the analog output component names and the analog input component names with the Chain Link Numbers (ID column) in the table in the order of Chain Link number. The status of all output components show Disabled. The Level columns are blank.
Chain Chain-Func Link 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-6 9-30
Name
Range 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 140~710 36~400 200~800
Default
Description Current Tray1 Size SNR AD Value, Monitor Current Tray2 Size SNR AD Value, Monitor Current Tray3 Size SNR AD Value, Monitor Current Tray4 Size SNR AD Value, Monitor Current SMH Size SNR AD Value, Monitor
071-100 TRAY1 SIZE SENSOR 071-101 TRAY2 SIZE SENSOR 071-102 TRAY3 SIZE SENSOR 071-103 TRAY4 SIZE SENSOR 071-105 MSI SIZE SENSOR 094-002 BTR MONITOR VOLTAGE INPUT
b. 4. a. b. c. d. e.
To run an output component check: Select a component. Select Start in the output component check. The output component in the machine is switched on. The PWS changes the output component status to Enable. You can switch on an input component to monitor the output component in the machine. NOTE: If the component has a runtime restriction, the component is switched on for that period and automatically switched off. NOTE: Some components cannot be energized at the same time as another component. If you activate such a combination of components, the first component switched on will be automatically switched off. NOTE: If the component cannot be automatically turned off, the following message appears: Cannot check the component. Stop another output component.
10-20 010-200 FUSER CONTROL SENSOR (FS1) 10-21 010-201 FUSER CONTROL SENSOR (FS2) 10-22 10-202 FUSER CONTROL SENSOR (PR)
Standby Temp. Monitor Standby Temp. Monitor Standby Temp. Monitor
15-60 092-001 Temp Sensor 15-61 092-002 Hum Sensor 15-62 092-003 ATC Sensor
Checking multiple components 1. 2. To check multiple components simultaneously, repeat steps 4a to 4e. To stop the check, select Stop while the component is selected, or select Stop All, which switches off all output components. You can temporarily change the output level of some output component by using the [+] or [-] to increase/decrease the output level by 1. Select the component whose output level you want to change. Select [+] to increase or [-] to decrease.
Changing output levels 1. 2.
dC140
12/05 6-10
dC188 Exiting from Service Mode

Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select the Service Exit tab on the Screen. The Service Exit Screen (dC188) will be displayed. The exit options are: Complete Closeout Temporary Closeout
dC301 NVM Initialization

Purpose
This procedure may be needed when the machine is unrecoverable, including problems such as producing blank copies/prints, continuous system faults, etc. It is also required as part of the software upgrade process.
Initial Actions
Disconnect any Foreign Interface devices. Obtain all of the following information: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Machine Settings diskette (either a new or usable diskette, if possible - refer to dC351) NVM value factory setting report (typically it is located in the Tray 1 pocket) Any customer setting Auditron account from the system administrator Any setting changes (specifically NVM settings) shown on the machines service log. Any customer settings in the Tools mode.
NOTE: Selecting Complete Closeout resets the Shutdown History (dC122), Fault Counter (dC120), Jam Counters (dC118) and the numbers of copies since the last call. 5. Select Complete Closeout or Temporary Closeout. The machine reboots. The UI message Ready to Copy will be displayed. NOTE: Selecting Temporary Closeout exits from the Service Mode without resetting the Shutdown History (dC122), Fault Counter (dC120), Jam Counter (dC118), and the number of copies since last call. 6. 7. Select Exit PWS to close from the PWS diagnostic tool after the PWS has been disconnected from the machine. After Exit PWS is selected, the following message will be displayed, Would you like to copy Machine Data to the a:drive? Yes or No. If Yes is selected, insert a diskette into a:drive and the PWS will write Machine Data to a:drive and the diagnostic tool will close. If No is selected the diagnostic tool will close.
If possible, save Machine Settings (dC351). Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select the Adjustments tab. Select the NVM Init, S/R tab. Select the NVM Initialize (dC301) tab. The NVM Initialize screen displays. There are four selectable areas of NVM that can be individually initialized. Follow the instructions. Table 1 lists the NVM locations that are reset for each selection. After initialization is complete, use the data accumulated in Initial Actions to restore the machine to its previous configuration. Table 1 NVM Initialization
Procedure
NOTE: If the PWS is disconnected from the machine after the machine entered the Service Mode, the machine does not automatically exit from the Service Mode. If the machine is disconnected from the PWS, switch the machine power off, then on to force an exit from PWS mode.
Name IOT
Description The following NVM locations will be initialized: T.B.D
IIT/IPS
The following NVM locations will be initialized: T.B.D
SYS-System
The following NVM locations will be initialized: T.B.D
SYS-User
All user settable NVM locations in the following chains will be reset: T.B.D
12/05 6-11
dC188, dC301
dC305 UI Component Check

Purpose
Checks the operations of the UI Screen and Control Panel buttons.
dC330 Component Control

Purpose
The purpose of the dC330 Component Control is to display the logic state of input signals and to energize output components. NOTE: Refer to Table 1 for a list of all Input Components listed by Chain/Link ID number. Refer to Table 2 for a list of all Output Components listed by Chain/Link ID number.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select the Diagnostics tab in the Service Entry Screen. Select the System Test tab in the Diagnostics Screen. The System Test Screen will be displayed. The UI Component Check dC305 is the default screen. Select Start. The following message displays, Perform the UI Component Check on the Machine. When complete, select Stop. Select OK. Touch the UI Screen in different spots. The spots are highlighted accordingly. All LEDs should be illuminated when the dC305 Touch Screen Test is displayed. Select Stop to Turn-OFF all LEDs. Select Stop on the Component Check Screen. The Touch Screen Test Screen on the machine UI closes.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select the Diagnostics tab on the Service Entry Screen. Select Component Control (dC330) on the Diagnostic Entry Screen. The dC330 Screen is displayed. The display indicates the following: 5. Input/Output Components ID Number (chain/link order) Active Stack (including ID and state of component)
The Component Control Codes are arranged in categories, such as: Processor, System, Finisher, etc. Select the appropriate vertical tab. CAUTION
Some components have special machine safety requirements, such as removing the IBT assembly before running the IBT Drive, etc. These cautionary statements are listed in the QuickHelp window for each code. Read and fully comply to these messages, in order to prevent damage to the machine. 6. Activate the desired component code by double clicking on the Chain/Link ID number or by clicking once on the Chain/Link ID number then selecting the Start Button. The IDs will be displayed in the Active Stack. NOTE: If the component has a runtime restriction, the component is switched on for that period and automatically switched off. 7. Press the Stop or Stop All button, or double click the active component in the Active Stack box to end the test. The ID and Active Stack components are removed from the Active Stack box.
Stacking Component Codes NOTE: Some components cannot be energized at the same time as another component. If you activate such a combination of components, the first component switched on will be automatically switched off. If the component cannot be automatically turned off, the following message appears: ! Cannot check the component. Stop another output component 1. 2. 3. 4. To stack several codes, select the first code and press Start, then select the next code and press Start. Continue to enter up to eleven codes. The selected ID appears in the ID column of the Active Stack box and the state changes to Run; H or L as applicable. Stop a highlighted component by pressing Stop or double click the active component in the Active Stack Box. To switch off all components and clear the screen, press Stop All.
dC305, dC330
12/05 6-12
NOTE: When exiting dC330, the machine resets and communication between the PWS and the machine is momentarily lost. The PWS will automatically reconnect.
Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT The meaning of HIGH Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub 1-1 1-10 1-11 1-12 71-300 71-301 71-302 71-303 PH TRAY PH COVER Name L/H COVER TRAY MODULE COVER L/H Low COVER FRONT COVER Port Level H L H H Connector Level L L H L Meaning Cover is open (Interlock switch off) Cover is open (Interlock switch off) Cover is open (Interlock switch off) Cover is open (Interlock switch off) When L/H Cover is open, the Front Cover status cannot be detected due to the hardware mechanism. Therefore the Front Cover is considered as "closed" regardless of the Front Cover being open/closed. EXIT TTM does not have Digital Sensor (always 0) Out of paper Out of paper Out of paper Out of paper Remarks
1-13 7-5 7-7 7-8 7-9 7 -10
71-304 71-112 71-106 71-107 71-108 71-109
PH TRAY TRAY TRAY TRAY TRAY
L/H High COVER TRAY4 SIZE digital SENSOR TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR TRAY2 NO PAPER SENSOR TRAY3 NO PAPER SENSOR TRAY4 NO PAPER SENSOR
H L L L L
H L L L L
Cover is open (Interlock switch off) EXIT
7-12 7-13 7-14 7-15 7-16 7-24 7-25 7-26 7-27 7-28 7-30 7-31
71-111 71-112 71-113 71-114 71-115 47-200 47-201 71-119 71-120 71-121 -
TRAY TRAY TRAY TRAY TRAY PH PH TRAY TRAY TRAY PH PH
SMH/ENV NO PAPER SENSOR TRAY1 LEVEL SENSOR TRAY2 LEVEL SENSOR TRAY3 LEVEL SENSOR TRAY4 LEVEL SENSOR FACE UP TRAY DETECTED OCT2 DETECTED TRAY1 SIZE digital SENSOR TRAY2 SIZE digital SENSOR TRAY3 SIZE digital SENSOR FACE DOWN TRAY1 FULL STACK SENSOR FACE DOWN TRAY2 FULL STACK SENSOR
L L L L L L L L L
L L L L L L L L L
Out of paper Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position) Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position) Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position) Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position) Detected Detected EXIT EXIT
TTM does not have Digital Sensor (always 0) Paper full Paper full EXIT
12/05 6-13
dC330
Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT The meaning of HIGH Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub 7-32 7-33 47-205 PH PH Name Port Level Connector Level L L Meaning Paper full OCT1 is at its home position Remarks EXIT EXIT (FIO/SHEETA) PH (CHIHIRO) 7-34 8-5 8-6 8-8 8-9 8-20 8-21 8-31 8-32 47-206 89-100 71-306 71-308 71-309 71-314 89-101 PH PH TRAY TRAY TRAY TRAY TRAY PH PH OCT2 HOME POSITION SENSOR REGI SENSOR FEED OUT#2 SENSOR T/A F/O3 SENSOR T/A F/O4 SENSOR PreFEED SENSOR3 PreFEED SENSOR4 DUP WAIT SENSOR REGI SENSOR (DM) L L L L L L L L H L L L L L L L L H OCT2 is at its home position Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Sensor level detected by 8-33 8-35 71-315 89-102 TRAY PH DUP INTERLOCK REGI CLUTCH (DM) H L H L Open Regi Clutch (DM) ON Signal detected by DM MODULE 8-39 89-103 PH REGI CLUTCH(EXIT) L L Regi Clutch (EXIT) ON Signal detected by EXIT MODULE 8-47 71-316 TRAY FEED READY SIGNAL H H Level is high. Hot-Line Control 8-48 71-317 TRAY T/A F/O3 SENSOR L L Paper detected Hot-Line Control 8-49 71-318 TRAY T/A F/O4 SENSOR L L Paper detected Hot-Line Control 9-2 10-23 10-26 91-200 10-100 10-101 XERO PH PH DRUM DETECT EXIT SENSOR EXIT SENSOR1(EXIT) H L H L L H EP Cartridge installed Paper detected Paper detected Sensor level detected by EXIT MODULE 10-52 10-60 12-26 71-319 73-200 12-110 PH FUSER Finisher EXIT SENSOR2 FUSER FAN FAIL MONITOR SIGNAL Regi Clutch ON L H H L H L IOT Regi Clutch ON Paper detected EXIT EXIT EXIT DM DM DM EXIT
FACE UP TRAY FULL STACK SEN- L SOR OCT1 HOME POSITION SENSOR L
dC330
12/05 6-14
Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT The meaning of HIGH Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub 12-27 12-28 12-29 12-30 12-31 12-32 12-33 12-34 12-35 12-36 12-37 12-38 12-39 12-49 12-50 13-33 13-34 13-35 13-36 13-37 13-38 13-39 13-40 13-41 13-42 13-43 13-44 13-45 13-46 13-48 13-49 13-50 13-51 13-53 13-54 13-55 13-55 13-56 12-111 12-190 12-191 12-100 12-150 12-151 12-250 12-251 12-280 12-287 12-220 12-221 12-240 12-241 12-242 12-234 12-244 12-260 12-262 12-303 12-302 12-301 12-267 12-268 Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Name IOT Exit SNR H-Xport Ent. SNR H-Xport Exit SNR Xport Ent. SNR Buffer Path SNR Top Tray Exit SNR Top Tray Full SNR Compile Exit SNR Compile Tray No Paper SNR Side Regi SNR 1 Side Regi SNR 2 Eject Clamp Home SNR Set Clamp Home SNR Compiler Cover Safety Switch Decurler Cum Home Position Sensor Puncher Move Home SNR Puncher Home SNR Puncher Front SNR Punch Hole Select SNR Puncher Motor SNR Punch Box Set SNR Front Tamper Home SNR Rear Tamper Home SNR Stapler Move Home SNR Stapler Move Position SNR Low Staple SNR Self Priming SNR Staple Home SNR Upper Limit SNR Stacker No Paper SNR Stack Encoder SNR Stack Height SNR 1 Stack Height SBR 2 H-Xport Interlock SNR Finisher Front Cover SW Eject Cover SW Top Cover SW Stacker Height Sensor L L H H L H L L L L L L H H L L H L H H H H H H H L L L L L L L L H H H H H H H Port Level L L L L L L L L L L L H L Connector Level H H H H H H H H H H H L H Meaning Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Paper detected Other than home position Other than home position Compiler Upper Chute open Other than home position Other than home position Other than home position Other than home position Other than home position Other than home position No dust box Other than home position Other than home position Other than home position Other than home position Staples low Not Ready Other than home position Upper limit position No finisher When the encoder pulse passes the slit Paper detected Paper detected H-Xport is closed Finisher Front Cover is closed Eject Cover is closed Top Cover is closed Paper detected Remarks
12/05 6-15
dC330
Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT The meaning of HIGH Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub 13-57 13-58 12-268 12-269 Finisher Finisher Name Stacker Stock A Sensor Stacker Stock B Sensor Port Level Connector Level Meaning Cover Position Cover Position Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT The meaning of ON ChainFunc 4-1 4-2 Chain-Link Sub 42-1 42-2 PH FUSER Name MAIN MOTOR ON FUSER FAN MOTOR (HIGH SPEED) ROS FAN MOTOR ON ROS MOTOR ON TRAY1 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse) Connector Port Level Level H H L Fuser Fan changes from Low to High Rotation. ROS Fan Motor Start and Stop ROS Motor Start and Stop Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 1 Level Sensor is L (lowered down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 1 Level Sensor is H (lifted up). Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 2 Level Sensor is L (lowered down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 2 Level Sensor is H (lifted up). Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 3 Level Sensor is L (lowered down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 3 Level Sensor is H (lifted up). Meaning Multiple Output Prohibited Items Timer Off X X Cyclic Operation X X Remarks Remarks
4-3 6-15 7-18
42-3 61-1 71-1
ROS ROS TRAY
H H -
L L -
X X O
X X X
7-19
TRAY
TRAY2 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)
7-20
71-3
TRAY
TRAY3 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)
dC330
12/05 6-16
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT The meaning of ON ChainFunc 7-21 Chain-Link Sub 71-4 TRAY Name TRAY4 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse) Connector Port Level Level Meaning Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 4 Level Sensor is L (lowered down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 4 Level Sensor is H (lifted up). Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 5 Level Sensor is L (lowered down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 5 Level Sensor is H (lifted up). Multiple Output Prohibited Items Timer Off O Cyclic Operation X Remarks
7-22
TRAY
HCF LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR H Reverse)
8-1
71-36
PH
MAIN MOTOR ON
The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously. *Switching CF=5345(CL=751-560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs.
8-2 8-4
73-6 71-37
TRAY PH
T/A MOTOR DRUM MOTOR ON
H H
L L
X X
X X The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously. * Switching CF=5345(CL=751-560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs.
8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-15 8-16 8-17 8-18 8-24
89-2 71-7 71-8 73-9 73-10 71-12 73-13 -
PH TRAY PH TRAY TRAY TRAY TRAY PH TRAY TRAY
REGI CLUTCH HCF T/A MOTOR(242mm/s) TRAY1 FEED MOTOR TRAY2 FEED MOTOR TRAY3 FEED MOTOR TRAY4 FEED MOTOR HCF FEED MOTOR SMH FEED CLUTCH TM T/A CL STM T/A CLUTCH
H H H H H H
L H H L L L
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
12/05 6-17
dC330
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT The meaning of ON ChainFunc 8-38 8-41 8-51 8-42 Chain-Link Sub 73-16 73-18 PH TRAY TRAY TRAY Name DUP MOTOR HCF Nudger Solenoid (High Power) HCF Nudger Solenoid(Low Power) HOT-LINE CHECK with alternative signal Connector Port Level Level L L H H Hot-Line Control MCU toggles FEEDSTOP signal alternatively in periods of 400600ms. Tray Module toggles FEED-READY signal in periods of 19002100ms. 8-44 8-45 8-46 8-50 8-56 9-1 9-3 73-19 73-20 73-26 91-6 91-5 TRAY TRAY TRAY PH TRAY XERO XERO TRAY3 FEED MOTOR(Hot-Line) H TRAY4 FEED MOTOR(Hot-Line) H STM T/A MOTOR H DUP MOTOR Rotate for sending paper out to regi HCF T/A MOTOR(500mm/s) MAIN MOTOR ON DRUM MOTOR ON H H H L L L H L L In low speed ( =process speed) Hot-Line Control Hot-Line Control X X X X X X X X X X X X X X To be deleted The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously. *Switching CF=5345(CL=751-560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. 9-23 91-2 XERO BCR AC BIAS X X The Drum Motor, BCR DC, DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously. *Switching CF=5345(CL=751-560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. Meaning In high speed ( > process speed) Multiple Output Prohibited Items Timer Off X X X O Cyclic Operation X X X X Remarks DM
dC330
12/05 6-18
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT The meaning of ON ChainFunc 9-24 Chain-Link Sub 91-3 XERO Name BCR DC BIAS Connector Port Level Level Meaning Multiple Output Prohibited Items Timer Off X Cyclic Operation X Remarks The Drum Motor, BCR AC, DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously. *Switching CF=5345(CL=751-560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. 9-27 9-29 91-4 94-1 XERO XERO DTS BTR(+) BIAS H <X X X X The Drum Motor, BCR AC, BCR DC, and DEVE DC output simultaneously. *Switching CF=5345(CL=751-560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. 9-33 91-7 XERO Deve DC BIAS X X The Drum Motor, BCR AC, BCR DC, and BTR output simultaneously. *Switching CF=5345(CL=751-560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. 9-36 91-10 XERO BTR(-) BIAS X X The Drum Motor, BCR AC, BCR DC, and DEVE DC output simultaneously. *Switching CF=5345(CL=751-560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. 10-1 10-4 47-6 47-2 PH FUSER MAIN MOTOR FUSER FAN MOTOR (HIGH SPEED) OFFSET MOTOR1 FORWARD ROTATION OFFSET MOTOR1 REVERSE ROTATION EXIT DRIVE MOTOR FORWARD(Eject Paper out) H H L Fuser Fan changes from Low to High Rotation. X X X X
10-6 10-7 10-8
47-1 47-5 47-22
PH PH PH
X X X
X X X
EXIT (FIO/SHEETA) PH (CHIHIRO) EXIT (FIO/SHEETA) (CHIHIRO) PH
12/05 6-19
dC330
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT The meaning of ON ChainFunc 10-9 10-24 10-25 10-51 10-53 12-1 12-2 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-6 12-7 12-8 12-9 12-10 12-11 12-12 12-13 12-14 12-15 13-1 13-2 13-3 13-4 13-5 13-6 13-7 13-8 13-9 13-10 Chain-Link Sub 47-23 47-3 47-4 47-24 47-25 PH PH PH PH PH Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Name Connector Port Level Level H L Switch Gate to Exit2/ FUT Switch FUT Gate to Face Up Tray Meaning Multiple Output Prohibited Items Timer Off X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Cyclic Operation X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X EXIT EXIT EXIT Remarks
EXIT DRIVE MOTOR REVERSE(send paper into Dup) OFFSET MOTOR2 FORWARD ROTATION OFFSET MOTOR2 REVERSE ROTATION EXIT GATE SOLENOID FACE UP GATE SOLENOID H XPORT Motor 145 ON/OFF H XPORT Motor 242 ON/OFF H L -
Fin Transport Motor 350 ON/OFF Fin Transport Motor 600 ON/OFF Regi Motor 285F ON/OFF Regi Motor 350F ON/OFF Regi Motor 600F ON/OFF Regi Motor 285R ON/OFF Exit Motor 285F ON/OFF Exit Motor 350F ON/OFF Exit Motor 600F ON/OFF Exit Motor 285R ON/OFF Transport Gate Solenoid TOP Transport Gate Solenoid STACKER Sub Paddle Solenoid ON/OFF Puncher Move Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF Puncher Move Motor High FRONT ON/OFF -
Puncher Move Motor Low REAR ON/OFF Puncher Move Motor High REAR ON/OFF Puncher Mot 2Hole Home Move Puncher Mot 3Hole Home Move Puncher Mot 4Hole Home Move Punch (2Hole) Punch (3Hole) Punch (4Hole) -
dC330
12/05 6-20
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT The meaning of ON ChainFunc 13-11 13-12 13-13 13-14 13-15 13-16 13-17 13-18 13-19 13-20 13-21 13-22 13-23 13-24 13-25 13-26 13-27 13-28 13-29 13-30 12-16 12-17 12-18 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Chain-Link Sub 12-20 12-21 12-22 12-23 12-24 12-25 12-26 12-27 12-28 12-29 12-30 12-31 12-40 12-42 12-43 12-45 12-46 12-47 12-51 Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Name Front Tamper Mot Low FRONT ON/OFF Connector Port Level Level 12/05 6-21 Meaning Multiple Output Prohibited Items Timer Off X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Cyclic Operation X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X General procedures information Remarks
Front Tamper Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF Front Tamper Mot High FRONT ON/OFF Front Tamper Mot Low REAR ON/OFF Front Tamper Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF Front Tamper Mot High REAR ON/OFF Rear Tamper Mot Low FRONT ON/OFF -
Rear Tamper Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF Rear Tamper Mot High FRONT ON/OFF -
Rear Tamper Mot Low REAR ON/ OFF Rear Tamper Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF Rear Tamper Mot High REAR ON/OFF Stapler Move Mot Low FRONT ON/OFF -
Stapler Move Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF Stapler Move Mot High FRONT ON/OFF Stapler Move Mot Low REAR ON/OFF Stapler Move Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF Stapler Move Mot High REAR ON/OFF Staple Motor FORWARD ON/ OFF Set Clamp CLUTCH ON/OFF Set Clamp Paddle Eject Clamp Motor UP ON/OFF -
Staple Motor REVERSE ON/OFF -
dC330
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT The meaning of ON ChainFunc 12-19 12-20 12-21 12-22 12-23 12-31 12-32 12-24 12-25 12-40 12-41 12-42 12-43 12-44 12-45 12-46 12-47 12-48 15-63 Chain-Link Sub 12-80 12-81 12-82 12-83 12-84 12-85 12-86 12-87 12-88 93-1 Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Finisher Procon Name Eject Clamp Motor DOWN ON/ OFF Connector Port Level Level Meaning Multiple Output Prohibited Items Timer Off X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X H L O Cyclic Operation X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X The Drum Motor, BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously. *Switching CF=5345(CL=751-560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. 15-63 Procon Dispense Motor H L O X The Main Motor, BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously. *Switching CF=5345(CL=751-560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. 6-16 ROS ROS Vref Out (Analog Output) X X Remarks
Eject Motor Low FORWARD ON/ OFF Eject Motor High FORWARD ON/ OFF Eject Motor Low REVERSE ON/ OFF -
Eject Motor High REVERSE ON/ OFF Stacker Motor UP ON/OFF Stacker Motor DOWN ON/OFF Buffer Gate SOL STK Buffer Gate SOL BUF Main Drive Motor ON/OFF Eject Motor FORWARD ON/OFF Eject Motor REVERSE ON/OFF Eject Clamp Low DOWN Eject Clamp Middle DOWN Eject Clamp UP Set Clamp Paddle Solenoid ON Decurler Cam Clutch ON Decurler Penetration Change Dispense Motor -
dC330
12/05 6-22
Table 3 Input Component Control Codes IIT The meaning of HIGH ChainLink 062-201 062-212 062-272 062-300 062-240 062-251 IN/OUT CONTENT IN IN IN IN IN IN Sheet Abort IIT Regi Sensor ScanStart Platen I/L Switch ADF Exist APS Sensor1 English Sheet Abort IIT Regi Sensor ScanStart Platen I/L Switch ADF Exist APS Sensor1 Timer ON/OFF Off Multiple Output Prohibited Items Port Level H H H H H APS SNR1:H APS ON: H 062-253 IN APS Sensor3 APS Sensor3 APS SNR3:H APS ON: H 062-280 062-281 062-282 062-301 005-102 005-110 005-119 005-150 005-151 005-115 005-301 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN CCD Fan Fail IPS Fan Fail Lamp Fan Fail Angle Sensor CCD Fan Fail IPS Fan Fail Lamp Fan Fail Angle Sensor H H H H H H H H H H H H H H L H L L H H L H FAN Fail FAN Fail FAN Fail Platen opened No paper detected by Document Sensor Paper detected by Regi Sensor Paper detected by Dup Sensor No paper detected by #1 Size Sensor No paper detected by #2 Size Sensor Paper detected by Exit Sensor Top Cover Interlock open When either one of the two I/L Switches becomes H, input also becomes H. Platen Cover open Document Exchange Instruction ON from IISS The tray is at HOME position. Nudger Roll has lifted up. APS SNR3:L Document detected APS ON: H Connector Level L L L L H Meaning Document Regist Deactuation of Regi Sensor Scan available Platen closed DADF is not installed Remarks
APS SNR1:L Document detected APS ON: H
Document Sensor (Belt Document Sensor DADF/CVT) Regi Sensor (Belt DADF/CVT) Regi Sensor (Belt DADF/CVT)
Belt DADF Dup Sensor Dup Sensor Belt DADF #1 Size Sen- #1 Size Sensor sor Belt DADF #2 Size Sen- #2 Size Sensor sor Belt DADF Exit Sensor Exit Sensor
Belt DADF Top Cover I/ Top Cover I/L Switch L Switch Belt DADF Platen I/L Switch Belt DADF Exchange From IISS CVT Bottom Sensor (PF1) CVT Level Sensor (PF1) Platen I/L Switch Exchange From IISS CVT-DADF Bottom Sensor CVT-DADF Level Sensor
005-300 005-201 005-202 005-203
IN IN IN IN
H H H H
H L H H
12/05 6-23
dC330
Table 3 Input Component Control Codes IIT The meaning of HIGH ChainLink 005-204 005-205 005-206 IN/OUT CONTENT IN IN IN CVT Feed Sensor (PF1) CVT Feed Out Sensor (PF2) CVT Pre-Reg. Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT Lead Reg. Sensor (PF1) English CVT-DADF Feed Sensor CVT-DADF Feed Out Sensor CVT-DADF PreReg.Sensor CVT-DADF Lead Reg.Sensor Timer ON/OFF Off Multiple Output Prohibited Items Port Level H H PF1: H PF2: L 005-207 005-208 005-209 005-210 005-211 IN IN IN IN IN H L L L PF1: H PF2: L 005-212 IN CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (PF1 and 2) CVT DADF Interlock Switch (PF1) CVT-DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Switch CVT-DADF Platen Interlock Switch PF1: H PF2: H H H PF1: H PF2: L 005-216 IN CVT #2 Tray APS Sen- CVT-DADF #2 Tray APS Sensor sor (PF1 and 2) CVT #3 Tray APS Sen- CVT-DADF #3 Tray APS Sensor sor (PF1 and 2) CVT APS No.1 Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT APS No.2 Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT APS No.3 Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT-DADF #1 APS Sensor CVT-DADF #2 APS Sensor CVT-DADF #3 APS Sensor PF1: H PF2: L 005-217 IN PF1: H PF2: L 005-218 IN PF1: L PF2: L 005-219 IN PF1: L PF2: L 005-220 IN PF1: L PF2: L General procedures information H H PF1: H PF2: L PF1: H PF2: L PF1: H PF2: L PF1: L PF2: L PF1: L PF2: L PF1: L PF2: L 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) No paper detected by APS No.1 Sensor (PF2) No paper detected by APS No.1 Sensor (PF2) No paper detected by APS No.1 Sensor (PF2) Light is blocked by the actuator (PF2) Light is blocked by the actuator (PF2) Platen Interlock open Tray Interlock open Light is blocked by the actuator (PF2) Connector Level L H PF1: L PF2: H L L L L PF1: L PF2: H Feeder Cover open Paper detected by Lead Reg. Sensor Paper detected by Out Sensor Paper detected by #1Exit Sensor Paper detected by #2Exit Sensor Paper detected by Inverter Sensor (PF2) Meaning Paper detected by Feed Sensor Paper detected by Feed Out Sensor Paper detected by PreReg. Sensor (PF2) Remarks
CVT Out Sensor (PF1) CVT-DADF Out Sensor CVT #1 Exit Sensor (PF1) CVT #2 Exit Sensor (PF1) CVT Invert Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT-DADF #1 Exit Sensor CVT-DADF #2 Exit Sensor CVT-DADF Invert Sensor
005-213 005-214 005-215
IN IN IN
CVT Tray Interlock Sen- CVT-DADF Tray Intersor (PF1) lock Sensor CVT #1 Tray APS Sen- CVT-DADF #1 Tray APS Sensor sor (PF1 and 2)
dC330
12/05 6-24
Table 3 Input Component Control Codes IIT The meaning of HIGH ChainLink 005-221 005-222 005-223 005-224 005-225 005-226 IN/OUT CONTENT IN IN IN IN IN IN CVT Tray Size SNR No.1 (PF2) CVT Tray Size SNR No.2 (PF2) L/H Cover Interlock Sensor(PF1) Scan Start(PF1, PF2) Nudger Position Snr(PF2) #2Invert Sensor(PF1) English CVT-DADF Tray Size SNR No.1 CVT-DADF Tray Size SNR No.2 Left Hand Cover Switch Scan Start Nudger Position Snr CVT-DADF #2Invert Sensor Timer ON/OFF Off Multiple Output Prohibited Items Port Level L L H H H H Connector Level L L H H H H Meaning No paper detected by Tray Size SNR No.1 No paper detected by Tray Size SNR No.2 Left Hand Cover open Scan Start Signal ON The Nudger Roll is at HOME position. Paper detected by #2 Invert Sensor Remarks
Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT Meaning of Output ON ChainLink Connector Level Each has 4 phases. H/L Switching 062-006 OUT IIT Scan Motor (Return direction) IIT Scan Motor (Return) X O Mot ON: H Mot FWD: L H/L Switching 062-086 OUT IIT Image Area IIT Image Area O X H P727 LVDS (Differential) H 062-002 OUT IIT Exposure Lamp IIT Exposure Lamp IPS Cooling Fan(Low speed) O O H L Turn the Lamp ON for 180sec -> Auto OFF Turn it OFF when Stop command is received before Auto OFF. IMG-AREA Signal Output Each has 4 phases. Move it 50mm from current position in Return direction -> Auto OFF 062-005 Stop command is not accepted before Auto OFF. Multiple Output Prohibited Items 062-006
IN/OUT CONTENT IIT Scan Motor (Scan Direction)
English IIT Scan Motor (Scan)
ON/OFF Timer Off X O
Port Level Mot ON: H Mot FWD: H
Meaning Move it 50mm from current position in Scan direction -> Auto OFF
Remarks Stop command is not accepted before Auto OFF.
062-005 OUT
062-004 OUT
IPS Cooling Fan (Low speed)
FAN ON: H FAN Slow: L->H
FAN ON: 24V After operating the IPS Cooling Fan at high speed FAN Slow: L- for 5sec, operate it at low speed. >H (approx. 13V) FAN ON: 24V Operate the IPS Cooling Fan at high speed. FAN Slow: L FAN ON: H FAN Slow: L Operate the Lamp Cooling Fan at high speed. -
062-014 OUT
IPS Cooling Fan (High speed) Lamp Cooling Fan
IPS Cooling Fan(High speed)
FAN ON: H FAN Slow: L
062-015 OUT
Lamp Cooling Fan O
FAN ON: H FAN Slow: L
12/05 6-25
dC330
Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT Meaning of Output ON ChainLink Connector Level FAN ON: H FAN Slow: L L Turn ON the document exchange command signal to the DADF Operate the DADF Feed Motor for 2sec -> Auto OFF Rotate the DADF Belt Motor forward. Multiple Output Prohibited Items -
IN/OUT CONTENT Ccd CoolingFan
English Ccd Cooling Fan
ON/OFF Timer Off O X
Port Level FAN ON: H FAN Slow: L
Meaning Operate the Ccd Cooling Fan at high speed.
Remarks Output not from CPU but from TOTO.
062-017 OUT
062-091 OUT
Exchange To ADF
Exchange To ADF O
005-040 OUT
Belt DADF Feed Mot.
Feed Mot.
Each has 4 phases. H/L Switching
005-055 OUT
Belt DADF Belt Motor (Forward revolutions)
Belt Motor Non CVT Mode (CW)
Belt Mot: L FWD/Rev: L
005-056
005-056 OUT
Belt DADF Belt Motor (Reverse revolutions)
Belt Motor Non CVT Mode (CCW)
Belt Mot: L FWD/Rev: H
Rotate the DADF Belt Motor backward.
005-055
005-081 OUT
Belt DADF Exit Motor
Exit Motor Non CVT Mode
Operate the DADF Exit Motor
005-011 OUT
Belt DADF Set Gate Sole- Set Gate Solenoid Open noid Open
Turn Set Gate Open ON (Towards bottom of Nudger Roll) for 5sec -> Auto OFF
005-012 OUT
Belt DADF Set Gate Sole- Set Gate Solenoid Close noid Close Belt DADF Regi Gate Solenoid Regi Gate Solenoid
Turn Set Gate Close ON (Towards top of Nudger Roll) for 5sec -> Auto OFF The arm pushes Regi Gate. ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF -
005-075 OUT
005-084 OUT
Doc Set LED
Doc Set LED
X(Belt) O(CVT)
Belt: Turn ON the DOC SET LED
005-083 OUT
Doc Ready
Doc Ready
Turn ON the Doc Ready signal.
dC330
12/05 6-26
Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT Meaning of Output ON ChainLink Connector Level Multiple Output Prohibited Items
IN/OUT CONTENT CVT Feed Motor PF1:CCW55.0mm/sec PF2:CW37.5mm/sec
English CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed1)
ON/OFF Timer Off O O
Port Level PF1 Mot ON: H Mot CCW: H PF2 Mot ON: H Mot Reverse:H
Meaning
Remarks
005-001 OUT
ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-002~005014
005-002 OUT
CVT Feed Motor PF1:CCW73.3mm/sec PF2:CW50.0mm/sec
CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed2)
PF1 Mot ON: H Mot CCW: H PF2 Mot ON: H Mot Reverse:H
ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-001 005-003~005014
005-003 OUT
ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-001~005002 005-004~005014
12/05 6-27
dC330
Port Level F1 Mot ON: H Mot CCW: H PF2 Mot ON: H Mot Reverse:H
Meaning
Remarks
005-004 OUT
005-005 OUT
005-006 OUT
dC330
12/05 6-28
Port Level PF1 Mot ON: H Mot CCW: H PF2 Mot ON: H Mot Reverse:H
Meaning
Remarks
005-007 OUT
005-008 OUT
005-009 OUT
CVT Feed Motor PF1:CCW330.0mm/sec PF2:CW 66.7mm/sec
Mot ON: H Mot CCW: H
PF1: ON for 5sec -> Auto 005-001~005OFF 008 005-010~005014
005-010 OUT
005-013 OUT
CVT Feed Motor(CCW440.0mm/ sec) (PF1)
ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-001~005010 005-014
12/05 6-29
dC330
IN/OUT CONTENT CVT Feed Motor PF1:CW700.0mm/sec PF2:CCW350.0mm/sec
English CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Reverse)
Port Level PF1 Mot ON: H Mot CW: L PF2 Mot ON: H Mot Forward:L
Meaning
Remarks
005-014 OUT
PF1: ON for 5sec -> Auto 005-001~005OFF 013 PF2: ON for 3sec -> Auto OFF
005-015 OUT
CVT PreCVT-DADF PreO Reg.Motor(CCW55.0mm/ Reg.Motor(Speed sec) (PF1) 1) CVT PreCVT-DADF PreO Reg.Motor(CCW73.3mm/ Reg.Motor(Speed sec) (PF1) 2) CVT PreCVT-DADF PreO Reg.Motor(CCW82.5mm/ Reg.Motor(Speed sec) (PF1) 3)
Mot ON: H
ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-016~005025 ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-015 005-017~005025
005-016 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-017 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-018 OUT
CVT PreCVT-DADF PreO Reg.Motor(CCW110.0mm Reg.Motor(Speed /sec) (PF1) 4)
Mot ON: H
005-019 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-020 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-021 OUT
Mot ON:H
dC330
12/05 6-30
IN/OUT CONTENT
English
ON/OFF Timer Off O
Port Level Mot ON:H
Meaning
Remarks
005-022 OUT
005-023 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-024 OUT
CVT PreCVT-DADF PreO Reg.Motor(CCW440.0mm Reg.Motor(Speed /sec) (PF1) 10) CVT PreCVT-DADF PreO Reg.Motor(CCW700.0mm Reg.Motor(Speed /sec) (PF1) 11) CVT Reg.Motor PF1:CCW55.0mm/sec PF2CCW37.5mm/sec CVT-DADF O Reg.Motor(Speed 1)
Mot ON: H
005-025 OUT
Mot ON: H
ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-015~005024 ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-027~005036
005-026 OUT
PF1 Mot ON: H Mot CCW: H PF2 Mot ON: H Mot Reverse:L
005-027 OUT
CVT Reg.Motor PF1:CCW73.3mm/sec PF2:CCW50.0mm/sec
CVT-DADF O Reg.Motor(Speed 2)
ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-026 005-028~005036
12/05 6-31
dC330
IN/OUT CONTENT CVT Reg.Motor PF1:CCW82.5mm/sec PF2:CCW75.0mm/sec
English
ON/OFF Timer Off O
Port Level PF1 Mot ON: H Mot CCW: H PF2 Mot ON: H Mot Reverse:L
Meaning
Remarks
005-028 OUT
005-029 OUT
005-030 OUT
dC330
12/05 6-32
IN/OUT CONTENT CVT Reg.Motor PF1:CCW165.0mm/sec PF2:CCW200.0mm/sec
English
ON/OFF Timer Off O
Port Level PF1 Mot ON: H Mot CCW: H PF2 Mot ON: H Mot Reverse:L
Meaning
Remarks
005-031 OUT
005-032 OUT
005-033 OUT
005-034 OUT
005-035 OUT
CVT CVT-DADF O Reg.Motor(CCW440.0mm Reg.Motor(Speed /sec) (PF1) 10)
12/05 6-33
dC330
IN/OUT CONTENT CVT Reg.Motor PF1:CW35.2mm/s PF2:CW300.0mm/sec
English
ON/OFF Timer Off O
Port Level PF1 Mot ON: H Mot CW: L PF2 Mot ON: H Mot Forward:H
Meaning
Remarks
005-036 OUT
CVT-DADF O Reg.Motor(Revers e)
005-037 OUT
CVT Platen Motor(CCW55.0mm/sec) (PF1) CVT Platen Motor(CCW73.3mm/sec) (PF1) CVT Platen Motor(CCW82.5mm/sec) (PF1)
CVT-DADF Platen O Motor(Speed1) CVT-DADF Platen O Motor(Speed2)
Mot ON: H
ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-038~005047 ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-037 005-039~005047
005-038 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-039 OUT
CVT-DADF Platen O Motor(Speed3)
Mot ON: H
005-041 OUT
CVT Platen CVT-DADF Platen O Motor(CCW110.0mm/sec) Motor(Speed4) (PF1)
Mot ON: H
005-042 OUT
CVT Platen Motor(CCW146.7mm/ sec) (PF1)
Mot ON: H
005-043 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-044 OUT
Mot ON: H
dC330
12/05 6-34
IN/OUT CONTENT CVT Platen Motor(CCW293.3mm/ sec) (PF1)
English
ON/OFF Timer Off O
Port Level Mot ON: H
Meaning
Remarks
005-045 OUT
005-046 OUT
CVT Platen Motor(CCW330.0mm/ sec) (PF1) CVT Platen Motor(CCW440.0mm/ sec) (PF1) CVT Exit. Motor(CCW55.0mm/sec) (PF1) CVT Exit. Motor(CCW73.3mm/sec) (PF1) CVT Exit. Motor(CCW82.5mm/sec) (PF1)
Mot ON: H
005-047 OUT
CVT-DADF Platen O Motor(Speed10) CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed1) CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed2) O
Mot ON: H
ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-037~005046 ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-049~005061 ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-048 005-050~005061
005-048 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-049 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-050 OUT
CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed3)
Mot ON: H
005-051 OUT
CVT Exit. CVT-DADF Exit Motor(CCW110.0mm/sec) Motor(Speed4) (PF1)
Mot ON: H
005-052 OUT
CVT Exit. Motor(CCW146.7mm/ sec) (PF1)
Mot ON: H
005-053 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-054 OUT
Mot ON: H
12/05 6-35
dC330
IN/OUT CONTENT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW293.3mm/ sec) (PF1)
English CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed8)
Meaning
Remarks
005-057 OUT
005-058 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-059 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-060 OUT
CVT Exit. Motor(CCW700.0mm/ sec) (PF1) CVT Exit. Motor(CCW460.0mm/ sec) (PF1) CVT Feed Clutch (PF1) CVT Nudger Solenoid (suction) (PF1) CVT Nudger Solenoid (Restore) (PF1) CVT Baffle Solenoid (PF1)
Mot ON: H
005-061 OUT
CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed12) CVT-DADF Feed Clutch Nudger Solenoid Release Nudger Solenoid Nip Baffle Solenoid Close
Mot ON: H
ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-048~005060 ON for 2sec -> Auto OFF 005-069 ON for 100msec ON for 100msec 005-064~005065 005-063 005-065
005-062 OUT 005-063 OUT 005-064 OUT
O O O
O O O
L L L
L L L
005-065 OUT
ON for 320msec (Turn the suction part ON for 100msec -> Turn the retained part ON for 220msec)
005-063~005064
005-067 OUT
CVT Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid (suction) (PF1)
Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid Dup Open
ON for 100msec
005-068 005-070
005-068 OUT
CVT Simp/Dup Gate Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid (Restore) (PF1) Solenoid Simp Open CVT Exit Gate Solenoid(PF1)
ON for 100msec
005-067 005-070
005-069 OUT
Exit Gate Solenoid O
ON for 2sec -> Auto OFF 005-062
dC330
12/05 6-36
Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT Meaning of Output ON ChainLink Connector Level L L L Multiple Output Prohibited Items
IN/OUT CONTENT CVT Nip Release Solenoid Nip (PF1) CVT Nip Release Sol (PF2) CVT Stamp Sol (PF2) CVT Feed Motor PF1:CCW460.0mm/ sec(PF1)
English
ON/OFF Timer Off O O O O
Port Level H H H PF1 Mot ON: H Mot CCW: H
Meaning
Remarks
005-070 OUT 005-072 OUT 005-073 OUT 005-074 OUT
Nip Release Sole- O noid CVT Nip Release Solenoid CVT Stamp Solenoid CVT-DADF Feed Motor O O O
Operates intermittently in 005-067~0053sec intervals 068 3sec on ON for 10msec -> Auto OFF -
005-076 OUT
CVT PreCVT-DADF PreReg.Motor(CCW460.0mm Reg.Motor /sec) (PF1) CVT PreCVT-DADF PreReg.Motor(CCW750.0mm Reg.Motor /sec) (PF1) CVT CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(CCW460.0mm Reg.Motor /sec) (PF1) CVT Reg.Motor(CW110.0mm/ sec) (PF1) CVT-DADF Reg.Motor
Mot ON: H
ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-015~005025 ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-015~005025 ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-026~005036 ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-026~005036 005-078
005-077 OUT
Mot ON: H
005-078 OUT
005-079 OUT
Mot ON: H Mot CW: L
005-080 OUT
CVT CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(CW220.0mm/ Reg.Motor sec) (PF1) CVT Platen Motor(CCW460.0mm/ sec) (PF1) Tray Lift Up Operation 1 (PF1)
Mot ON: H Mot CW: L
005-085 OUT
CVT-DADF Platen O Motor Tray Lift Up O
Mot ON: H
ON for 5sec -> Auto OFF 005-037~005047 Initialization -> Stop for 005-087 500msec -> Lift Up operation when starting a job. When 10sec has passed after Lift Up, the motor energizes and turns OFF.
005-086 OUT
Mot ON: H
12/05 6-37
dC330
Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT Meaning of Output ON ChainLink Connector Level Multiple Output Prohibited Items 005-086
IN/OUT CONTENT Tray Lift Up Operation 2 (PF1)
English
ON/OFF Timer Off O
Meaning Initialization -> Stop for 500msec -> Slowly lift it up. Stop lifting when 200sec has passed after Level Sensor ON. When 10sec has passed after Lift Up, the motor energizes and turns OFF. ON for 5sec
Remarks
005-087 OUT
Tray Lift Up In Job O
005-088 OUT 005-089 OUT
Image Area ON
Image Area
O O
O O
H Mot ON: H
H -
CVT PreCVT-DADF PreReg.Motor(CCW650.0mm Reg.Motor /sec) (PF1) Nudger Lift Motor Initialize(PF2) Sheet Abort IIT Regi Sensor ScanStart Platen I/L Switch ADF Exist APS Sensor1 APS Sensor3 CCD Fan Fail IPS Fan Fail Lamp Fan Fail Angle Sensor Document Sensor (Belt DADF/CVT) Nudger initialize Sheet Abort IIT Regi Sensor ScanStart Platen I/L Switch ADF Exist APS Sensor1 APS Sensor3 CCD Fan Fail lIPS Fan Fail Lamp Fan Fail Angle Sensor Document Sensor
ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF 005-015~005025 Performs Nudger Roll initialization.
005-090 OUT 062-201 IN 062-212 IN 062-272 IN 062-300 IN 062-240 IN 062-251 IN 062-253 IN 062-280 IN 062-281 IN 062-282 IN 062-301 IN 005-102 IN 005-110 IN 005-119 IN 005-150 IN 005-151 IN 005-115 IN 005-301 IN
Mot ON: H
Output not from CPU but from TOTO.
Regi Sensor (Belt DADF/ Regi Sensor (Belt CVT) DADF/CVT) Belt DADF Dup Sensor Belt DADF #1 Size Sensor Belt DADF #2 Size Sensor Belt DADF Exit Sensor Belt DADF Top Cover I/L Switch Belt DADF Platen I/L Switch Dup Sensor #1 Size Sensor #2 Size Sensor Exit Sensor Top Cover I/L Switch Platen I/L Switch When either one of the two I/L Switches becomes H, input also becomes H.
005-300 IN
dC330
12/05 6-38
IN/OUT CONTENT Belt DADF Exchange From IISS CVT Bottom Sensor (PF1)
English Exchange From IISS CVT-DADF Bottom Sensor
ON/OFF Timer Off
Port Level
Meaning
Remarks
005-201 IN 005-202 IN 005-203 IN 005-204 IN 005-205 IN 005-206 IN 005-207 IN 005-208 IN 005-209 IN 005-210 IN 005-211 IN 005-212 IN
CVT Level Sensor (PF1) CVT-DADF Level Sensor CVT Feed Sensor (PF1) CVT Feed Out Sensor (PF2) CVT Pre-Reg. Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT Lead Reg. Sensor (PF1) CVT Out Sensor (PF1) CVT #1 Exit Sensor (PF1) CVT #2 Exit Sensor (PF1) CVT Invert Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (PF1 and 2) CVT DADF Interlock Switch (PF1) CVT Tray Interlock Sensor (PF1) CVT #1 Tray APS Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT #2 Tray APS Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT #3 Tray APS Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT APS No.1 Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT APS No.2 Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT APS No.3 Sensor (PF1 and 2) CVT-DADF Feed Sensor CVT-DADF Feed Out Sensor CVT-DADF PreReg.Sensor CVT-DADF Lead Reg.Sensor CVT-DADF Out Sensor CVT-DADF #1 Exit Sensor CVT-DADF #2 Exit Sensor CVT-DADF Invert Sensor CVT-DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Switch CVT-DADF Platen Interlock Switch CVT-DADF Tray Interlock Sensor CVT-DADF #1 Tray APS Sensor CVT-DADF #2 Tray APS Sensor CVT-DADF #3 Tray APS Sensor CVT-DADF #1 APS Sensor CVT-DADF #2 APS Sensor CVT-DADF #3 APS Sensor
005-213 IN 005-214 IN 005-215 IN 005-216 IN 005-217 IN 005-218 IN 005-219 IN 005-220 IN
12/05 6-39
dC330
IN/OUT CONTENT
English
ON/OFF Timer Off
Port Level
Meaning
Remarks
005-221 IN 005-222 IN 005-223 IN 005-224 IN 005-225 IN 005-226 IN
CVT Tray Size SNR No.1 CVT-DADF Tray (PF2) Size SNR No.1 CVT Tray Size SNR No.2 CVT-DADF Tray (PF2) Size SNR No.2 L/H Cover Interlock Sensor(PF1) Scan Start(PF1, PF2) Left Hand Cover Switch Scan Start
Nudger Position Snr(PF2) Nudger Position Snr #2Invert Sensor(PF1) CVT-DADF #2Invert Sensor
dC330
12/05 6-40
dC351 NVM Background Processing

Purpose
Consists of 5 subroutines: Machine Settings - This routine saves the current machine settings or restores the previously-saved machine settings. Special Batch Write - Automatically loads a region-specific set of values into NVM. Dust Off Reset - This routine sets all HFSI counters to zero.
b. c.
Chains 751 -753 Chain 760 Chain 762 Chain 764 Chain 769
If IIT is selected, Machine Settings in NVM Chains 710 and 715 will be restored. If IOT is selected, Machine Settings in the following NVM chains will be restored: Chains 700 -701 Chain 720 Chain 730 Chain 770 Chain 780 Chain 785 Chain 790 Chains 801 - 803 Chain 810 Chain 820 Chain 823 Chain 830 Chain 840 Chain 850 Chain 860
NOTE: The following subroutines are intended for engineering/manufacturing use. They should not be performed as part of normal repair or maintenance unless you are specifically directed to use them. 1. 2. 3. 4. NVM Background Read - This routine polls all NVM locations in the machine, and stores the values in the diagnostic tool database. Save / Restore NVM - Saves current NVM settings or restores previously saved settings. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select the Adjustments tab. Select the NVM Init, S/R tab. Select the NVM Background Processing (dC351) tab.
Procedure
Machine Settings NOTE: The radio buttons (IOT, IIT, SYS, or ALL) are not selectable when saving Machine Settings; the default is ALL. 1. Press the Save Machine Settings button to record the values of approximately 636 NVM locations containing data unique to a specific machine. The data is saved in on the PWS hard drive. The data remains available until the PWS is connected to a different machine. To make a permanent record of the machine settings, perform the following: a. Go to dC188. Select Temporary Call Closeout, then exit the PWS tool.
Special Batch Write This routine is intended primarily for initial setup prior to shipment to a customer location, but it can be used to restore machine setting to their as-delivered state. This may be necessary if the NVM was initialized without saving the machine settings, or in the case of a 103-208 fault code. 1. 2. Select the market region for the installation. Press the Batch Write NVM button.
NOTE: With the multiproduct PWS Tool, you can select a different drive and/or directory when saving the database. b. When the PWS displays the message Would you like to copy Machine Data to the a: drive? Yes or No, insert a diskette into the floppy drive, then select Yes. The PWS will write Machine Data to the diskette and the diagnostic tool will close. Restart the PWS tool and select Read from Floppy on the opening screen. This loads the data from the diskette into the PWS tool database, but does not load data into the machine NVM.
Save/Restore NVM 1. Press the Background Read button. This will read all locations in the dC 131 database. This will require approximately 20 minutes to complete. CAUTION The NVM data is saved in RAM only. If the PWS Tools program is closed or if the PWS is switched off, the data will be lost. 2. Press the Save Current NVM Settings button. This will store the NVM data in the PWS memory. CAUTION If the PWS is disconnected from the machine during NVM Restore, ALL NVM data may be lost 3. To load the saved data into the machine NVM, press the Restore Saved NVM Settings button. This will require approximately 20 minutes to complete, and must not be interrupted.
c.
2.
To load previously saved machine settings into the NVM, press the Restore Machine Settings button. Four choices can be made: IOT, IIT, SYS, or ALL. a. If IOT is selected, Machine Settings in the following NVM chains will be restored: Chains 740 - 742 Chain 744 Chain 746
12/05 6-41
dC351
dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostic Program

Purpose
NOTE: For details on dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostic Program, see Adjustments: [ADJ 9.8].
dC371 Configuration Page

Purpose
Allows easy viewing and setup of machine configuration.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select Adjustments on the Service Entry Screen. Select NVM Init, S/R (the default screen). Select Configuration Page (dC371). The Configuration Page Screen is displayed. Make selections on the screen from the following categories: a. Market Place b. c. d. 6. XC (NASG) XE (ESG) FX FX / AP Digital Copier Copier / Printer Copier / Printer / Scanner Printer with UI Simple Catch Tray Offsetting Catch Tray Finisher DADF Platen Only
Machine Config
Output Device(s)
Input Device
Select Save to save the options or select Reset to restore default settings prior to entering the Configuration Page (dC371).
dC355, dC371
12/05 6-42
dC527 DADF Document Calibration

Purpose
NOTE: For details on dC527 DADF Document Calibration, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 5.6].
dC612 Test Pattern Print

Purpose
Prints the test patterns in the machine, to help identify Image Quality problems.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS. Select Diagnostics in the Service Entry Screen. Select Test Pattern (dc612). Select the Pattern Number from the menu.
NOTE: Not all of the following parameters are applicable to all test patterns; patterns 5 through 36-3 require A4 paper and can be output only from Tray 1. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Select the Paper Tray. Select Simplex/Duplex. Select Paper Type. Select Screen Type. Select Color Mode.
10. Set the number of prints to output in the Print Count Box and select Start.
Test Patterns
For details on the test pattern generation location and output path, see Table 1.
Table 1 Test Patterns No. 1 Description ROS Check Overview Purpose Location IOT ROS window Cleaning Guide: 20% Half Tone Full Band Width KCMY Fast The engine where defect has occurred can be determined as an Scan direction output sheet contains ROS window smearing. To determine defect engine. Full Band Width Half Tone. Select the color, and density from Cin = 0 to 100. Can be detected/evaluated for streaks, uneven density, banding.
2 2-1 2-2 3
Halftone (IOT) Halftone 4 Color Halftone 3 Color Grid 1dot
IOT IOT IOT IOT
Full Band Width Half Tone. Select density from Cin = 0 to 100. 4 color mode Can be detected/evaluated for streaks, uneven density, banding. Full Band Width Half Tone. Select density from Cin = 0 to 100. 3 color mode Can be detected/evaluated for streaks, uneven density, banding. 512 dot Pitch Grid Pattern with 1 dot width - Around Alignment and Color Regi - Secondary Transfer part magnification failure
4 5
8 level scanning A1 Patch
8 tone levels in scanning direction
For ASIC debug.
IOT
Forms a bi-axial near the IN and OUT edges in full color. (Chevron Pattern) For Color Regi adjustment in Diag DC685-1 (Skew Fine Setup) and Controller At normal Regi Control cycle: Approx. half cycle of IBT Belt (2 sheets of A4 DC685-2 (In/Out Setup) during JOB, at beginning of JOB and end continuous) At Diag Regi Control cycle: Approx. 1 cycle of IBT Belt (1: 4 of JOB. Also, for Color Regi reading in DC681 and DC684. sheets of A4 continuous) Forms a 1 axial near CNT for approx. 1 cycle (1: 4 sheets of A4 continuous) For Color Regi adjustment in Diag DC685-3 (Center Setup). of IBT Belt in full color. (Chevron Pattern) Forms a bi-axial near the IN and OUT edges for approx. 1 cycle (1: 4 sheets of A4 continuous) in full color. ("<" pattern) For Color Regi rough adjustment in Diag DC685-1 (Skew Fine Setup) and 685-4 (Skew Rough Setup). Controller Controller
6 7
A2 Patch B1 Patch
12/05 6-43
dC527, dC612
Table 1 Test Patterns No. 8 9 12-0 Description B2 Patch C Patch Overview Purpose Location Controller Controller Forms a 1 axial near CTR for approx. 1 cycle (1: 4 sheets of A4 continuous) For Color Regi adjustment in Diag DC685-3 (Center Setup). of IBT Belt in full color. ("<" pattern) Forms a three-axis IN/CTR/OUT in approx. 1 cycle (1: 4 sheets of A4 con- For Diag DC683 (to check Sensor, Cyan and position shift). tinuous) of IBT Belt in single color (Cyan). (Chevron Pattern)
Binary Process Control (Density adjustment, gradation check) Gradation pattern for density adjust- The primary color/secondary color/tertiary color gradation reproduc- IPS ment ibility can be checked by crossing over to entire gradation. For checking TRC. LUT: Ctrax off; IOT off Binary Process Control (Density adjustment, gradation check) Gradation pattern for density adjust- The primary color/secondary color/tertiary color gradation reproduc- IPS ment ibility can be checked by crossing over to entire gradation. For checking TRC. LUT: Ctrax off; IOT ON Binary Process Control (Density adjustment, gradation check) Gradation pattern for density adjust- The primary color/secondary color/tertiary color gradation reproduc- IPS ment ibility can be checked by crossing over to entire gradation. For checking TRC. LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT off Binary Process Control (Density adjustment, gradation check) Gradation pattern for density adjust- The primary color/secondary color/tertiary color gradation reproduc- IPS ment ibility can be checked by crossing over to entire gradation. For checking TRC. LUT: Ctrax ON IOT ON Binary Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment LUT: Ctrax off; IOT off In the gradation reproducibility of primary color/secondary color/ter- IPS tiary color, the highlight parts easily varied can be checked in detail. For checking TRC. In the gradation reproducibility of primary color/secondary color/ter- IPS tiary color, the highlight parts easily varied can be checked in detail. For checking TRC. In the gradation reproducibility of primary color/secondary color/ter- IPS tiary color, the highlight parts easily varied can be checked in detail. For checking TRC. In the gradation reproducibility of primary color/secondary color/ter- IPS tiary color, the highlight parts easily varied can be checked in details. For checking TRC. Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. IPS IPS IPS
12-1
12-2
12-3
13-0
13-1
Binary Highlight PG
(Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment LUT: Ctrax off; IOT ON
13-2
Binary Highlight PG
(Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT off
13-3
Binary Highlight PG
(Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT ON
19 20 21 22
IIT FS Increment Gradation IIT SS Increment Gradation Shading Data Output COSAC Count Mode YMCK Process Direction Stripe COSAC Count Mode 8 level pattern COSAC Solid PG ALL A4
Fast Scan direction gradation YMC process BK pattern Slow Scan direction gradation YMC process BK pattern Shading RAM data output pattern 10.84mm width YMCK process direction stripe pattern
It determines the defective locations when an error image was out- IPS put. Normal: Pre IPS Asic onwards can be determined as normal. Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. IPS IPS
23 24
21.67x10.84mm 8 gradation patch pattern Solid Data Pattern.
dC612
12/05 6-44
Table 1 Test Patterns No. 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 35-0 Description AES L* Pass Check VIPER Grid 4C VIPER Grid BW Overview 32.51mm grey + 10.84mm white, vertical stripe pattern. 10.84mm grid pattern. 4 color mode 10.84mm grid pattern. black mode Purpose Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. Location IPS IPS IPS
FSRE Count Mode Grid 5.42mm YMCK Grid Pattern. FSRE Count Mode/ Slanting Grid VIPER Fixed Pattern Output/BW Binary VIPER Fixed Pattern Output/4C Binary 5.42mm YMCK Slanting Grid Pattern. Connection between IPS-Controller CHK Entire 2 dots width Horizontal Ladder Pattern. Entire 2 dots width Horizontal Ladder Pattern.
It determines the defective locations when an error image was out- IPS put. Normal: Pre IPS Asic onwards can be determined as normal. Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. Determine the defective locations when IPS defect and ASIC poor installation etc. has occurred. IPS IPS IPS IPS IPS
TAG fixed binary copy 1 TAG='0' fixed copy. TAG fixed binary copy 2 TAG='1' fixed copy. Multi-level_Process Control PG Multi-level_Process Control PG Multi-level_Process Control PG Multi-level_Process Control PG Gradation pattern for density control LUT: Ctrax off; IOT off
The primary color/secondary color/tertiary color gradation reproduc- IPS ibility can be checked by crossing over to entire gradation. For checking TRC. The primary color/secondary color/tertiary color gradation reproduc- IPS ibility can be checked by crossing over to entire gradation. For checking TRC. The primary color/secondary color/tertiary color gradation reproduc- IPS ibility can be checked by crossing over to entire gradation. For checking TRC. The primary color/secondary color/tertiary color gradation reproduc- IPS ibility can be checked by crossing over to entire gradation. For checking TRC. In the gradation reproducibility of primary color/secondary color/ter- IPS tiary color, the highlight parts easily varied can be checked in detail. For checking TRC. In the gradation reproducibility of primary color/secondary color/ter- IPS tiary color, the highlight parts easily varied can be checked in detail. For checking TRC. In the gradation reproducibility of primary color/secondary color/ter- IPS tiary color, the highlight parts easily varied can be checked in detail. For checking TRC. In the gradation reproducibility of primary color/secondary color/ter- IPS tiary color, the highlight parts easily varied can be checked in detail. For checking TRC.
35-1
Gradation pattern for density control LUT: Ctrax off; IOT ON
35-2
Gradation pattern for density control LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT OFF
35-3
Gradation pattern for density control LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT ON
36-0
Multi-level_Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment LUT: Ctrax OFF; IOT OFF
36-1
Multi-level_Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment LUT: Ctrax OFF; IOT ON
36-2
Multi-level_Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT OFF
36-3
Multi-level_Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT ON
12/05 6-45
dC612
dC685 Registration
Purpose
NOTE: For details on dC685 Registration, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.6].
dC921 TC/ATC Sensor Setup

Purpose
NOTE: For details on dC921 TC/ATC Sensor Setup, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.2].
dC685, dC921
12/05 6-46
dC922 TRC Control

Purpose
NOTE: For details on dC922 TRC Control, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.3] dC922 TRC Control Adjustment.
dC924 TRC Adjust

Purpose
To manually fine adjust the low/medium/high densities (TRC) for each color. NOTE: For details on TRC Adjust, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.5].
12/05 6-47
dC922, dC924
dC929 Max Setup

Purpose
NOTE: For the execution sequence of the Max Setup Functions, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.1].
dC934 ADC/AGC Setup

Purpose
Automatically adjusts the ADC Sensor Gain. NOTE: For details on dC934 ADC/AGC Setup, see Adjustment Section 4: [ADJ 9.4].
dC929, dC934
12/05 6-48
dC945 IIT Calibration

Purpose
Functional details: Computes and sets the White Reference Correction Coefficient. Corrects the IIT Sensitivity Dispersion.
dC956 Belt Edge Learn Mode

Purpose
NOTE: For details on dC956 Belt Edge Learn Mode, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.6].
NOTE: For details on dC945 IIT Calibration, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.7].
12/05 6-49
dC945, dC956
dC945, dC956
12/05 6-50
GP 1 Network Printing Simulation

Purpose
This procedure details a method of troubleshooting network printing problems. CAUTION This procedure was written based on pre-release data. The software installation procedure and the screens described may be different in the final version.
4. 5. 6. 7.
Select Add Printer. On the Add Printer Wizard screen, click Next. When the Add Printer Wizard asks which port you want to use, select LPT1:, then click Next. If the printer driver was previously loaded on the PWS, select the printer from the list and click Next. Otherwise, click Have Disk. Print Drivers can be found on the customer Drivers CD, or the latest driver can also be downloaded from the Xerox website. Navigate to the CD or downloaded driver for your PWS operating system. Click OK. On the Name Your Printer screen, enter a name for the printer. Do not set this printer as the default. Click Next. Select No when asked if you want to print a test page, then click Finish. In the Printers folder, right-click on the new printer and select Properties. Click Add Port. In the Add Port screen, click Other, then select Xerox TCP/IP Port and click OK. Enter the IP address of the printer. If not available, this can be determined from Tools mode, or by printing the Configuration pages (GP 12). Click Next. Select Custom, then Setup. The port will auto configure. Click Next. Click Finish to close the Wizard and return to the Properties screen. Click Apply to save the port configuration. A simple test of the printing function can be performed by selecting the General tab then clicking Print Test Page.
Procedure
Prerequisites Crossover Cable and a PWS equipped with a Network Interface Card. Windows 2000/Windows XP 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Connect the PWS to the printer with the Crossover Cable. Click the Windows Start button. Select Settings, then Printers. Select Add Printer. On the Add Printer Wizard screen, click Next. On the next screen, select Local printer, then click Next. When the Add Printer Wizard prompts you to select the printer port, select Create a new port. In the Type: menu, select Standard TCP/IP Port, then click Next. This will open the Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard. Click Next. Enter the IP address of the printer. If not available, this can be determined from Tools mode, or by printing the Configuration pages (GP 12). Click Next. Select Custom, then click Settings...
8. 9. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Configuring the printer port
8. 9.
10. In the Protocol box, select LPR. In the LPR Settings box, type RAW for Queue Name:, then click OK. 11. Click Next. Click Finish to return to the Add Printer Wizard. 12. If the printer driver was previously loaded on the PWS, select the printer from the list and click Next. Otherwise, click Have Disk. Print Drivers can be found on the customer User Software CD, or the latest driver can also be downloaded from the Xerox website. Navigate to the CD or downloaded driver for your PWS operating system. Click OK. 13. On the Name Your Printer screen, enter a name for the printer. Do not set this printer as the default. Click Next. 14. Select Do not share... 15. Select Yes when asked if you want to print a test page. Correct printing indicates a functioning network connection. Windows 95/Windows 98 NOTE: The GSN Release 9 CD contains an LPR Spooler application (Xerox TCP/IP Port Monitor), which must be manually installed before performing this procedure. To install, navigate the following path: [your CD drive letter]:\pwsother\LPR_PortMonitor\Win95_98. Run Setup.exe. Creating a printer on the PWS 1. 2. 3. Connect the PWS to the printer with the Crossover Cable. Click the Windows Start button. Select Settings, then Printers. 12/05 6-51 General procedures information
GP 1
GP 2 Machine Startup Troubleshooting

Purpose
This procedure describes methods of recovering from machine failure to successfully complete the self-test/startup procedure.
Description
When power is applied to the machine, a five-step self test/initialization process is started. Progress through this routine is indicated by the five circles that appear on the UI. These circles change from greyed-out, to blinking white, then to steady-on white as the routine progresses. Table 1 lists the five stages of this process. Table 1 Startup Display O (1st dot blinking) Status UI initialization complete Operation Possible cause for stalling Waiting for ESS initial- ESS boot-up failed. Loose connection on ESS, bad ESS PWB, software corization. ruption. Perform the following: Switch power off, then on. Switch off the power. Remove and reseat NVM PWBs, PS-1 and PS2 ROM PWBs, and ESS PWB. Perform all of GP 3. If the problem continues, replace the ESS NVM PWB, next, the PS1 and PS-2 ROM PWBs (PL 13.1). If the problem continues, replace the ESS PWB (PL 13.1).
OO (2nd dot blinking) OOO (3rd dot blinking) ESS initialization Communication complete between ESS and UI OK. Waiting for ESS system data (NVM). ESS NVM initial- System data ready. ization complete Transfer from ESS starts.
System data not ready. ESS NVM problem: bad PWB, loose connection. Perform the steps listed above
System data transfer problem. IOT failure, IIT/IPS PWB, or ESS PWB. NOTE: PWS can be connected at this stage. Perform the steps listed above
OOOO (4th dot blinking) OOOOO (5th dot blinking)
UI Ready
System data transfer from ESS done.
IOT or IIT boot-up failure. Perform the steps listed above
Pre-ready
(momentary display)
N/A
GP 2
12/05 6-52
GP 3 Special Boot Modes

Purpose
This procedure describes methods of recovering from certain unclearable faults.
To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 3, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.
Procedure
Some boot-up failures, as well as some unclearable fault codes, may be caused by software corruption, or by structural flaws in a command sent to the machine. In these cases, it is sometimes possible to bypass or delete the offending code during the startup process. CAUTION There are four special boot modes. Each mode performs a different set of initializations to bypass a specific set of problems. There is information lost in each procedure, thus, they should not be used unless specific directions are given. The following list gives these procedures, in the order from least-invasive to most-invasive. If you are instructed to perform a specific initialization, perform only that procedure. If you are asked to perform the entire series, perform the steps in the order given, until the problem is resolved. Log Initialization This step will delete any print or copy job that is in process, and then perform a reboot. To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 1, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink. Spool Initialization This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the job queue, and then perform a reboot. To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 6, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink. HDD Initialization This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the IOT job queue (DC 3535 does not delete any job data stored in the Network Controller), initializes the IOT HDD (refer to [ADJ 9.8] for details), and will and then perform a reboot. All customer data on the HDD will be deleted. To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 4, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink. ESS NVM Initialization CAUTION This routine will set all IOT ESS NVM values to default. Do not attempt this procedure unless there is a usable Machine Settings floppy, an accurate Configuration Report and/or other data that will enable you to reload the correct NVM values for this machine. This step will initialize the IOT ESS NVM (SYS-System and SYS-User) and then perform a reboot.
12/05 6-53
GP 3
GP 4 Intermittent Problem RAP

The purpose of this RAP is to provide guidance for resolving an intermittent problem. This is not an exact procedure, but a set of recommended actions that use the resources of the service manual to help locate the cause of an intermittent problem.
9.
Wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving components Misaligned, misadjusted, or incorrectly installed components Slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids Damaged components Excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a component Loose cables or wires
Procedure
1. Check the service log. Recent service actions may provide information about the problem. For example, a component that was recently replaced to correct another problem may be the cause of the new intermittent problem. Run the machine in a mode that vigorously exercises the function that is suspected. The machine may fail more frequently or may fail completely under these conditions. Look for signs of failure or abnormal operation. An intermittent problem can usually be associated with a RAP, since when it does fail, it results in a fault code, a jam code, or some other observable symptom. 3. Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, examine all of the components that are referenced in the RAP. Look for: 4. Contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner Wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY COUNT value Wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving components Misaligned, misadjusted, or incorrectly installed components Slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids Damaged components Excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a component Loose cables or wires
2.
Perform the adjustments for the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Check to ensure that the adjustment CAN BE MADE and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and that it can be set to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the cause of the problem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the problem
10. Operate all of the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that is failing with dC330 Component Control. Refer to the BSDs. Observe the components for any symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound. 11. Replace any components or consumables that are known to be a frequent cause of the problem. When doing this, consider the cost and time required. If the suspected item is inexpensive, can be installed quickly, and has a high probability of resolving the problem, then it is reasonable to replace it. 12. Leave an accurate and detailed record of your actions in the service log. Describe what you have observed, what actions you took, and what else needs to be done.
Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, perform all of the adjustments for the components or functions that are referenced in the RAP. Check to ensure that the adjustment can be made and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and that it can be set to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the cause of the problem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the problem. Operate all of the components in the appropriate RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem with DC330 Component Control. Observe the components for any symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound. Check that the AC and DC power are within specifications. Get technical advice or assistance where appropriate. This will depend upon the situation and the established local procedures. Examine the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Look for: Contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner Wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY COUNT value 12/05 6-54 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
5.
6. 7. 8.
GP 4
GP 5 Fax Diagnostics
Purpose
This procedure describes the process for running fax diagnostic tests found in UI Diagnostic Mode. Signal No. 014 015 016 017 019 020 021 022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 1. 2. 3. 4. From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Signal Sending Test. Select the line number you wish to test (standard line is 1. Lines 3 and 5 are for optional additional lines, 0, 2, and 4 are for FX use only). Enter the Signal Number you wish to test and select Send Signals. Refer to Table 1 for the list of signal numbers. An audio tone or tones corresponding to the selected signal should be heard. This verifies communication from the UI to the ESS PWB, from the ESS to the Fax I/F PWB, from the Fax I/F to the Fax PWB, and demonstrates the ability of the system to generate the specific signal being tested. If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. 5. To stop the test, select Cancel Sending. Relay On/Off Test This test turns on/off various relays that are used in the NCU. To run this test: 1. 2. 3. From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Relay On/Off. Select the Line Number and select Relay On. If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. Listen for the Relay to pick up the Line. To stop the test, select Relay Off. 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 039 040 041 042 043 080 081 082 083 084 085 Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers Signal No. 011 012 013 Output Tonal Signal Output Tonal Signal Output Tonal Signal Output Description 462Hz 1080Hz 1100Hz 096 097 098 099 100 101 12/05 6-55
Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers Output Tonal Signal Output Tonal Signal Output Tonal Signal Output Tonal Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output V.21 (H) Signal Output V.27ter Signal Output V.27ter Signal Output V.29 Signal Output V.29 Signal Output V.17 Signal Output V.17 Signal Output V.17 Signal Output V.17 Signal Output V.8 Signal Output V.8 Signal Output V.8 Signal Output V.8 Signal Output V.8 Signal Output V.8 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output Description 1300Hz 1650Hz 1850Hz 2100Hz Dual Tone 1 Dual Tone 2 Dual Tone 3 Dual Tone 4 Dual Tone 5 Dual Tone 6 Dual Tone 7 Dual Tone 8 Dual Tone 9 Dual Tone 0 Dual Tone * Dual Tone # Dual Tone A Dual Tone B Dual Tone C Dual Tone D HDLC Flag 2400 bps (HDLC Flag) 4800 bps (HDLC Flag) 7200 bps (HDLC Flag) 9600 bps (HDLC Flag) 7200 bps (HDLC Flag) 9600 bps (HDLC Flag) 12000 bps (HDLC Flag) 14400 bps (HDLC Flag) ANSam CM JM INFOc INFOa PPh+ALT 2400/2400 (HDLC Flag) 4800/2400 (HDLC Flag) 7200/2400 (HDLC Flag) 9600/2400 (HDLC Flag) 12000/2400 (HDLC Flag) 14400/2400 (HDLC Flag) General procedures information
Procedure
To Access Fax Diagnostics: 1. 2. 3. 4. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode. Press the Access button on the Control Panel On the display, select System Settings, then Common Settings, then Diagnostics. Select Fax Diagnostics.
There are two tests for Fax Diagnostics, the Signal Sending Test and the Relay Test Signal Sending Test This test checks the ability of the Fax system to generate and transmit a specific signal. To run this test:
GP 5
Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers Signal No. 102 103 104 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 142 143 144 145 146 147 Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output Description 16800/2400 (HDLC Flag) 19200/2400 (HDLC Flag) 21600/2400 (HDLC Flag) 4800/2743 (HDLC Flag) 7200/2743 (HDLC Flag) 9600/2743 (HDLC Flag) 12000/2743 (HDLC Flag) 14400/2743 (HDLC Flag) 16800/2743 (HDLC Flag) 19200/2743 (HDLC Flag) 21600/2743 (HDLC Flag) 24000/2743 (HDLC Flag) 4800/3000 (HDLC Flag) 7200/3000 (HDLC Flag) 9600/3000 (HDLC Flag) 12000/3000 (HDLC Flag) 14400/3000 (HDLC Flag) 16800/3000 (HDLC Flag) 19200/3000 (HDLC Flag) 21600/3000 (HDLC Flag) 24000/3000 (HDLC Flag) 26400/3000 (HDLC Flag) 28800/3000 (HDLC Flag) 4800/3200 (HDLC Flag) 7200/3200 (HDLC Flag) 9600/3200 (HDLC Flag) 12000/3200 (HDLC Flag) 14400/3200 (HDLC Flag) 16800/3200 (HDLC Flag) 19200/3200 (HDLC Flag) 21600/3200 (HDLC Flag) 24000/3200 (HDLC Flag) 26400/3200 (HDLC Flag) 28800/3200 (HDLC Flag) 31200/3200 (HDLC Flag) 4800/3429 (HDLC Flag) 7200/3429 (HDLC Flag) 9600/3429 (HDLC Flag) 12000/3429 (HDLC Flag) 14400/3429 (HDLC Flag) 16800/3429 (HDLC Flag) 12/05 6-56 Signal No. 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167
Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output Description 19200/3429 (HDLC Flag) 21600/3429 (HDLC Flag) 24000/3429 (HDLC Flag) 26400/3429 (HDLC Flag) 28800/3429 (HDLC Flag) 31200/3429 (HDLC Flag) 33600/3429 (HDLC Flag) Signal Tone 697Hz Signal Tone 770Hz Signal Tone 852Hz Signal Tone 941Hz Signal Tone 1209Hz Signal Tone 1336Hz Signal Tone 1477Hz Signal Tone 1633Hz
GP 5
GP 6 Resetting the Administrator Password

Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to allow the CSE to recover the Administrator Password in situations where the customer has changed the password from the default value, and subsequently lost or forgotten the password.
GP 10 Replacing Billing PWBs

Purpose
This procedure is used to maintain serial number and billing data integrity when Billing PWBs must be replaced.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode. Press the Access button on the Control Panel On the display, select System Settings, then Common Settings, then Diagnostics. Select NVM Read/Write. Enter location 700-171 and press Confirm/Change. This is the current password. You can provide this number to the customer, or set the location to the default value (11111) and allow the customer to enter a new number from Tools mode.
Procedure
CAUTION To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data never replace all three PWBs at once. If any of the following billing data PWBs needs replacing, replace them ONE AT A TIME according to this procedure: ESS PWB (PL 13.1). MCU NVM PWB (PL 13.1). ESS NVM PWB (PL 13.1).
Ensure that the correct version of software is installed on the PWBs before and after PWB replacement. Print the System Settings List (GP 12), and compare the ROM values to the table in the software installation instructions on the current software upgrade CD. 1. Connect the PWS. Select dC132 in the DC Quick pull-down menu. 2. Compare the serial numbers and billing counters displayed for the three PWBs with the serial number on the data plate. Note any that do not agree.
NOTE: If any of the following conditions exist, escalate the call to Field engineering or the NTC: The displayed serial numbers match each other but do not match the data plate. 3. Two or more numbers do not agree with the data plate and the third number. The displayed numbers are all different. If one serial number or billing counter does not match the others, highlight that column. The Set Serial Number button will become active. Click the button. A series of pop-up windows will open. Follow the instructions on the screen to synchronize the serial numbers. CAUTION To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data never replace all three PWBs at once. Replacing all three PWBs at once will cause unrecoverable NVM corruption. If a PWB needs replacing, only replace ONE AT A TIME. If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the original PWB and re-enter the serial number (if necessary) before attempting to replace a different PWB. 4. If any PWB will not synchronize, replace that PWB and re-synchronize.
12/05 6-57
GP 6, GP 10
GP 12 Printing Reports
Description
This procedure describes how to print the various reports that are available. Printing reports can help you troubleshoot and configure the machine.
Procedure
Printing the Settings List (Configuration Report) NOTE: Make sure dC371 is set for the correct Market Region. If paper size errors still occur when attempting to print reports, check that NVM location 700-397 is set for the appropriate paper size (44 = 8.5 x 11 in.; 5 = A4). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. Select the Billing Meter/Print Report tab on the display. Press the Print Report/List button. Select the Copy Mode Settings button. Select the Settings List button. Press the Start button.
Other Reports The following reports can be printed from the UI Diagnostic Mode: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Debug Log HFSI Report Jam Report Shutdown Report Fail Report Protocol Monitor Report
GP 12
12/05 6-58
Space Requirements
Installation space requirements are shown in Figure 1 (DC 236/286, CC C123/C128, WC M123/M128 w/out Finisher), Figure 2 (DC 236/286, CC C123/C128, WC M123/M128 w/Finisher).
Figure 2 Space Requirement - DC 236/286, CC C123/128, WC M123/128 w/Finisher (j0st61002)
Figure 1 Space Requirement - DC 236/286, CC C123/128, WC M123/128 w/out Finisher (j0st61001)
12/05 6-59
Space Requirements
Product Specs.
Product Specs.
12/05 6-60
Product Codes
Table 1 Product Codes DC 236/286 Item DC236/286 IOT 120 VAC DC236/286 IOT 220 VAC Scanner/UI/DADF (XC) 120 VAC Scanner/UI/DADF (XE) 220 VAC Finisher Token Ring Kit Foreign Interface Kit Product Code T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D Item
Table 3 Product Codes WC M123/128 Product Code T.B.D T.B.D Finisher Foreign Interface Kit
Table 2 Product Codes CC C123/128 Item CC C123/128 IOT 120 VAC CC C123/128 IOT 220 VAC Scanner/UI/DADF (XC) 120 VAC Scanner/UI/DADF (XE) 220 VAC EFI Network Controller 2-Tray Module Tandem Tray Module CC C123/128 IOT/Network Controller/2TM - preconfigured CC C123/128 IOT/Network Controller/TTM - preconfigured Finisher Option Foreign Interface Option Product Code T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D
Table 3 Product Codes WC M123/128 Item WorkCentre M24 IOT 120 VAC WorkCentre M24 IOT 220 VAC Scanner/UI/DADF (XC) 120 VAC Scanner/UI/DADF (XE) 220 VAC Scanner/UI/Platen (XC) 120 VAC Scanner/UI/Platen (XE) 220 VAC Cabinet 2-Tray Module Tandem Tray Module Std. G3 Fax Kit (XC) Std. G3 Fax Kit (XE) Convenience Stapler (XC) Convenience Stapler (XE) 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Product Code T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D General procedures information
12/05 6-61
Product Specs.
Component Weights
Table 4 Component Weights Component IOT w/2TM or TTM IIT and Platen DADF Finisher Network Controller Weight (approx.) 90/99 kg (264 lb.) 15 kg (46 lb.) 9 kg (31 lb.) 30 kg (77 lb.) 6 kg (13 lb.)
FCOT/FPOT
First Copy Output Time (original on platen); 8.5 x 11 (A4); Tray 1; 4.5 sec. max
First Print Output Time (does not include ESS process time for prints); 8.5 x 11 (A4); Tray 1; 12 sec. max Single phase (two wires plus ground) 110 - 127 VAC/60 Hz (100 - 135 VAC, 50/60 +/- 3 Hz) 220 - 240 VAC/50 Hz (210 to 246 VAC, 50/60 +/- 3 Hz)
Voltage Requirements
Paper Capacities
Table 5 Paper Capacities Specification Paper Sizes Paper Trays 1 - 4 Tray 1 & 2 (TTM); Tray 1 -4 (2TM) Min: A5 SEF (148 x 210 mm) Max: A3/11 x 17 in. Paper Min: 100 x 140 mm (postcard) Max: 305 x 483 mm/12 x 19 in. Tray 5 (Bypass)
Power Consumption (5 minute average)

Machine Running: 1.33 kVA - NASG; 1.92 kVA ESG max. Low Power: T.B.D watts max. Sleep Mode: 7.8 watts max.
Warm up time: 12 sec. max.
Trays 3 & 4 (TTM only) Paper Weights A4, 8.5 x 11 in., and B5 LEF only
Envelopes Min: 98 x 190 mm (Monarch 7 3/ 4 size)
Environmental Data and Requirements

Ambient Temperature and Humidity requirement: Minimum: 10 C/50F at 15% humidity Maximum: 35 C/99F at 85% humidity
Optimum: 24 lb./90 gsm Range: 60 - 216 gsm
Range: 60 - 216 gsm
IIT/DADF Specifications
Table 6 DADF Specifications Document Size: Platen Max size: 334 x 452 mm Max scannable area: 297 x 432 mm Document Size: DADF 5.5 x 8.5 (A5) LEF to 11 x 17 SEF (A3) Max: 297 x 432 mm Min: 148.5 x 210 mm Document Weight: DADF Min: 50 gsm/16lb Max: 128 gsm/32lb (110 gsm in Duplex mode) Document Capacity: DADF 50 sheets 100 gsm or less 40 sheets 101 to 128 gsm
Capacities 24 lb. TTM: 3040 sheets total: (90 gsm) Tray 1: 500 sheets Tray 2: 500 sheets Tray 3: 800 sheets Tray 4: 800 sheets
100 sheets
2TM: 200 sheets total: Tray 1: 500 sheets Tray 2: 500 sheets Tray 3: 500 sheets Tray 4: 500 sheets
Copy Speed
B/W (plain paper; simplex; fed from Tray 1) Letter size LEF: 23/28 ppm Letter size SEF: 18/22 ppm Legal size: 9/11 ppm A3/11x17 in.: 13/15 ppm
Product Specs.
12/05 6-62
Table 6 DADF Specifications R/E Capability: Variable Percentages: 25% to 400% in 1% increments Preset Percentages: 25% 50% (A3 to A5) 64% (11 x17 in. to 8.5 x 11 in.) 70% (A3 to A4; B4 to B5) 100% 129% (8.5 x 11 in. to 11 x17 in.) 141% (A4 to A3; B5 to B4) 400%
Common Tools
Table 1 Common Tools Description Screw Driver (-) 3 x 50 Screw Driver (+) 6 x 100 Screw Driver (+) NO.1 Stubby Driver (+) (-) Screw Driver (-) 100MM Spanner and Wrench 5.5 x 5.5 Spanner and Wrench 7x 7 Hex Key Set Box Driver 5.5MM Side Cutting Nipper Round Nose Pliers Digital Multi-meter Set Interlock Cheater Silver Scale 150MM CE Tool Case Magnetic Screw Pick-up Tool Scriber Tool Magnetic pickup Loupe Flash Light Brush Tester Lead Wire (red) Tester Lead Wire (black) Part Number 600T40205 600T1989 499T356 600T40210 499T355 600T40501 600T40502 600T02002 600T1988 600T40903 600T40901 600T2020 600T91616 600T41503 600T1901 600T41911 600T41913 600T41911 600T42008 600T1824 600T41901 600T 9583 600T2030
Presets can be changed in Tools mode.
12/05 6-63
Product Specs., Common Tools
Product Tools and Test Patterns

Table 1 Tools and Test Patterns Description Geometric Test Pattern HVPS test probe (1/10X) HVPS test probe adapter Copy Paper Carrying Case Copy Paper Zip Lock Bag Colotech + - 90 gsm - A3 Service and Machine NVM Log Serial cable Network Interface (Crossover) cable Parallel printer cable PWS power cord adapter L Probe Machine Resident Disk Kit (Machine Settings Floppy) A3 (11 x 17) Test Pattern A4 Test Pattern 8.5 x 11 Test Pattern SIR 542.00 Solid area density Scale SIR 494.00 Visual Scale 82E2000 82E2010 82E2020 82E8230 82P448 Part Number 82E8220 600T1653 600T1996 600T1999 600T2000 3R94642 700P97436 600T2058 600T02252 117E19340 600T2018 600T02177 300K63850
Cleaning Materials
Table 1 Cleaning Materials Description Cleaning fluid (8oz., Formula A) Film remover (8 oz.) Lens/mirror cleaner Lint-free (white) cleaning cloth Lint-free Optics cleaning cloth Cleaning towels Drop cloth Cotton Swab 43P45 43P81 19P3025 499T90417 35P3191 35P1737 35P2162 8R90176 8R90178 19P3025 499T90417 600S4372 35P1737 35P2162 NASG Part Number 43P48 ESG Part Number 8R90034
Product Tools and Test Patterns, Cleaning Materials
12/05 6-64
Machine Consumables
Table 1 Consumables Name Drum Cartridge Black Toner Cartridge Finisher Staple Cartridge Convenience Stapler Cartridge Fuser T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D Part Number
Glossary of Terms
Table 1 Term A3 A4 AC ACT A/D ADJ Bit CCD CD Chip CRU CVT DADF DC DMM Description Paper size 297 millimeters (11.69 inches) x 420 millimeters (16.54 inches). Paper size 210 millimeters (8.27 inches) x 297 millimeters (11.69 inches). Alternating Current is type of current available at power source for machine. Advanced Customer Training: teaches customers to perform some of service that is normally performed by Xerox Service Representative. Analog to Digital refers to conversion of signal. Adjustment Procedure Binary digit, either 1 or 0, representing an electrical state. Charge Coupled Device (Photoelectric Converter) 1: Circuit Diagram; 2: Compact Disc Integrated Circuit (IC) Customer Replaceable Unit Constant Velocity Transport Duplexing Automatic Document Feeder Direct Current is type of power for machine components. Machine converts AC power from power source to DC power. Digital Multimeter is generic name for meter that measures voltage, current, or electrical resistance. Electromagnetic Emissions are emitted from machine during normal operation and power of these emissions are reduced by machine design features. Electrostatic Discharge. A transfer of charge between bodies at different electrostatic potential. Fast Scan (direction) - Inboard to Outboard Ground High Frequency Service Item High Voltage Power Supply Hertz (Cycles per second) Image Input Terminal - Scanner/CCD portion of the machine Image Output Terminal - ROS/Xero/paper handling/fusing portion of the machine Image Quality 1000 copies Liquid Crystal Display Lead Edge of copy or print paper, with reference to definition of term TE Light Emitting Diode Long Edge Feed Letter size paper (8.5 x 11 inches) Look Up Table - array of NVM locations that store process control data Low Voltage Power Supply
Duplex 2-sided printing or copying EME ESD FS GND HFSI HVPS Hz IIT IOT IQ KC LCD LE LED LEF LTR LUT LVPS
12/05 6-65
Machine Consumables, Glossary of Terms
Table 1 Term MF MN NIC NVM OEM OGM PC PL PO PWB PWS PJ RAM RAP R/E REP RIS ROM ROS SAD SCP SEF Selftest SIMM FS TE UM UI USB W/ W/O XBRA XE XLA XMEX Description Multi-Function Multinational Network Interface Card Non Volatile Memory Original equipment manufacturer On-going Maintenance Personal Computer Parts List Part of (Assembly Name) Printed Wiring Board Portable Workstation for Service Plug Jack (electrical connections) Random Access Memory Repair Analysis Procedure for diagnosis of machine status codes and abnormal conditions. Reduction/Enlargement refers to features selection or components that enable reduction or enlargement. Repair Procedure for disassembly and reassembly of component on machine Raster Input Scanner Read Only Memory Raster Output Scanner. Device that transfers digitally processed image, using laser light, to photoreceptor. Solid Area Density Service Call Procedure Short Edge Feed An automatic process that is used to check Control Logic circuitry. Any fault that is detected during self-test is displayed by fault code or by LEDs on PWB. Single Inline Memory Module used to increase printing capacity Fast Scan (direction) - LE-to-TE Trail Edge of copy or print paper, with reference to definition of term LE Unscheduled Maintenance User Interface Universal Serial Bus With - indicates machine condition where specified condition is present Without - indicates machine condition where specified condition is not present Xerox Brazil Xerox Europe - also referred to as ESG (European Solutions Group) Xerox Latin America Xerox Mexico
Simplex Single sided copies
Glossary of Terms
12/05 6-66
Change Tag Introduction

Important modifications to the copier are identified by a tag number which is recorded on a tag matrix. The tag matrix for the IOT (Processor) is molded into the inside of the Front Door. The DADF tag matrix is a label affixed to the rear cover of the DADF. This section describes all of the tags associated with the copier, as well as multinational applicability, classification codes, and permanent or temporary modification information.
IOT/Processor (P) Tags

The following IOT/Processor change tags have been issued for the DocuColor 2240/1632:
TAG:
CLASS: USE: NAME:
P1
R T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D T.B.D
MFG SERIAL NUMBERS:
Classification Codes
A tag number may be required to identify differences between parts that cannot be interchanged, or differences in diagnostic, repair, installation, or adjustment procedures. A tag number may also be required to identify the presence of optional hardware, special nonvolatile memory programming, or whether mandatory modifications have been installed. Each tag number is given a classification code to identify the type of change that the tag has made. The classification codes and their descriptions are listed in the table below. Table 1 Classification Code M N O R Description Mandatory tag Tag not installed in the field Optional tag Repair tag
PURPOSE: KIT NUMBER: REFERENCE:
12/05 6-67
Change Tag Introduction, IOT/Processor (P) Tags
Change Tag Introduction, IOT/Processor (P) Tags
12/05 6-68
7 Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Plug/Jack Locations ........................................................................................................ 3 33 61 65 69 75 76 82 87 100 107 111 118 127 128
Wirenets
Wirenets ..........................................................................................................................
BSDs
Chain 1 Standby Power................................................................................................................... Chain 2 User Interface .................................................................................................................... Chain 3 Machine Run Control ........................................................................................................ Chain 4 Start Print Power ............................................................................................................... Chain 5 Document Transportation.................................................................................................. Chain 6 Imaging.............................................................................................................................. Chain 7 Paper Supply ..................................................................................................................... Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transpotation ........................................................................................... Chain 9 Xerographics ..................................................................................................................... Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing ..................................................................................... Chain 12 Finishing......................................................................................................................... Chain 16 Printer .............................................................................................................................. Chain 17 FAX .................................................................................................................................
12/05 7-1
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
12/05 7-2
Plug/Jack Locations
How to use the Plug/Jack Location List
The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electrical termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure. NOTE: Connectors numbered CN and FS are listed after the P and J connectors. Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Number P1 P/J1 P/J2 P/J2 P/J3 P/J6 P/J7 P/J11 P/J12 P/J50 P/J56 P/J57 P/J68 P/J69 P/J50 P/J72 P/J73 P/J74 P/J75 P/J100 P/J101 P/J101A P/J101A P/J101B P/J101B P/J102 P/J102A P/J102A P/J102B P/J102B P/J103 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Figure Number Figure 10 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 25 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 15 Figure 15 Figure 15 Figure 15 Figure 15 Figure 9 Figure 9 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 9 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 9 Item Number 13 22 24 11 16 14 15 21 18 6 4 1 3 2 6 4 2 1 5 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 Figure Title ESS 1 of 2 LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch Finisher Rear Location LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch Power Unit LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch Power Unit Power Unit Power Unit Power Unit Power Unit L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder 12/05 7-3 Connector Number P/J104 P/J105 P/J106 P/J107 P/J108 P/J109 P/J110 P/J111 P/J112 P/J116 P/J117 P/J120 P/J121 P/J123 P/J124 P/J125 P/J126 P/J127 P/J130 P/J131 P/J132 P/J140 P/J150 P/J160 P/J170 P/J201 P/J201 P/J202 P/J202A P/J220A P/J202B P/J220A P/J204 P/J205 P/J206 P/J207 P/J208 P/J209 P/J212 P/J214 Figure Number Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 9 Figure 7 Figure 7 Figure 13 Figure 13 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 13 Figure 16 Figure 7 Figure 7 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 6 Figure 6 Figure 4 Figure 8 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 9 Figure 9 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 13 Figure 7 Figure 13 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 7 Figure 13 Item Number 3 4 7 9 10 11 12 2 3 1 1 4 23 2 1 1 1 2 8 3 4 10 2 12 13 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 7 1 5 6 4 6 7
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Figure Title Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder Duplex Unit, MSI Duplex Unit, MSI IOT Rear Location IOT Rear Location Exit2 Exit2 Exit2 No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly IOT Rear Location LVPS, Main Switch Duplex Unit, MSI Duplex Unit, MSI HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor ROS Unit, Exit PWB HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor ROS Unit, Exit PWB No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly ROS Unit, Exit PWB Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch ROS Unit, Exit PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) IOT Rear Location Duplex Unit, MSI IOT Rear Location Exit2 Exit2 Exit2 Duplex Unit, MSI IOT Rear Location Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Number P/J215 P/J216 P/J219 P/J300 P/J301 P/J303 P/J304 P/J310 P/J311 P/J320 J330 J331 J338 J340 J341 J342 J345 P/J360 P/J361 P/J362 P/J363 P/J367 P380 P382 P388 P/J400 P/J401 P/J402 P/J403 P/J404 P/J405 P/J406 P/J407 P/J408 P/J409 P/J410 P/J411 P/J412 P/J413 P414 Wiring-data Figure Number Figure 8 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Item Number 1 3 4 1 14 7 8 7 5 2 3 4 13 10 11 10 9 12 14 8 1 6 12 9 11 18 19 3 5 4 7 2 1 6 9 8 10 20 14 12 Figure Title Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB Connector Number P415 P416 J416 P/J417 P/J419 P/J420 P/J421 P/J429 P/J430 P/J431 P/J432 P/J433 P/J434 P/J500 P/J502 P/J505 P/J521 P/J522 P/J523 P/J524 P/J526 P527 P/J540 P/J541 P/J541 P/J541 P/J542 P/J548 P/J548 P/J549A P/J549A P/J549B P/J549B P/J552 P/J552 P/J552 P/J554 P600 J600 P/J601 Figure Number Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 25 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 3 Figure 25 Figure 25 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 7 Figure 7 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 7 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 6 Figure 13 Figure 9 Item Number 11 16 9 13 23 22 21 15 4 3 5 7 6 5 12 13 8 7 10 9 5 6 3 4 2 1 5 1 11 8 10 8 10 9 9 3 2 2 5 8
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Figure Title MCU PWB MCU PWB Finisher Rear Location MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor Finisher Rear Location Finisher Rear Location LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch Duplex Unit, MSI Duplex Unit, MSI 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location Duplex Unit, MSI 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly IOT Rear Location L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-4
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Number P/J602 P/J605 P/J606 P/J608 P/J609 P/J610 P/J613 P/J620 P/J661A P/J661A P/J661B P/J661B P/J702 P/J703 P/J710 P/J719 P/J720 P/J721 P/J722 P/J723 P/J725 P/J726 P/J727 P/J728 P/J741 J750 P750 P/J751 P/J752 P/J753 P/J754 P/J755 P/J756 P/J757 P/J758 P/J759 P/J760 P/J761 P762 P763 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Figure Number Figure 9 Figure 13 Figure 13 Figure 9 Figure 7 Figure 3 Figure 13 Figure 4 Figure 17 Figure 20 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Item Number 6 8 3 5 8 6 2 9 8 4 9 7 6 5 15 4 10 1 14 9 2 8 16 7 12 3 15 16 14 13 12 11 5 4 3 2 1 19 18 17 Figure Title L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder IOT Rear Location IOT Rear Location L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder Duplex Unit, MSI HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor IOT Rear Location ROS Unit, Exit PWB Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) TTM Rear Location Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) TTM Rear Location IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 Connector Number P/J764 P/J765 P/J766 P/J767 P/J769 P/J770 P/J771 P/J772 P/J774 P/J775 P/J776 P/J777 P/J778 P/J779 P/J780 P/J781 P/J782 P/J785 P/J786 P/J787 P/J788 P/J791 P/J812 P/J812 P/J820 P/J820 P/J821 P/J821 P/J822 P/J822 P/J824 P/J824 P/J825 P/J825 P/J826 P/J826 P/J841 P/J841 P/J842 P/J842 Figure Number Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 17 Figure 20 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 17 Figure 20 Item Number 9 10 3 18 8 7 14 15 13 16 17 7 6 5 12 11 10 20 6 9 8 4 11 8 4 5 7 6 4 7 5 4 6 3 7 8 5 5 10 6
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Figure Title DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) TTM Rear Location 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) TTM Rear Location Wiring-data
12/05 7-5
Plug/Jack Locations
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Number P/J869 P/J871 P/J2011 P/J7261 P/J7262 P/J8379 P/J8380 P/J8381 P/J8382 P/J8800 P/J8801 P/J8802 P/J8803 P/J8805 P/J8806 P/J8807 P/J8808 P/J8809 P/J8810 P/J8811 P/J8812 P/J8813 P/J8814 P/J8815 P/J8817 P/J8818 P/J8819 P/J8820 P/J8822 P/J8823 P/J8824 P/J8825 P/J8827 P/J8843 P/J8844 P/J8845 P/J8846 P/J8847 P/J8848 P/J8849 Wiring-data Figure Number Figure 25 Figure 24 Figure 4 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 23 Figure 23 Figure 23 Figure 23 Figure 25 Figure 25 Figure 25 Figure 25 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 25 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 26 Figure 26 Figure 26 Figure 26 Figure 26 Figure 26 Figure 26 Item Number 14 16 2 11 13 2 1 3 4 7 6 4 3 1 4 5 6 17 7 11 12 14 2 1 10 8 9 15 5 3 2 13 10 7 6 4 3 5 1 2 Figure Title Finisher Rear Location Finisher Front Location ROS Unit, Exit PWB IIT IIT H-Transport Assembly H-Transport Assembly H-Transport Assembly H-Transport Assembly Finisher Rear Location Finisher Rear Location Finisher Rear Location Finisher Rear Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Rear Location Finisher Rear Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Rear Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Front Location Finisher Rear Location Finisher PWB Finisher PWB Finisher PWB Finisher PWB Finisher PWB Finisher PWB Finisher PWB Connector Number P/J8850 P/J8851 P/J8852 CN1 CN1 CN1 CN1 CN2 CN2 CN2 CN3 CN3 CN4 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN102 CNP352 CNP353 CNP354 CNP355 CNP356 CNP357 CNJ359 CNJ360 CNJ361 F1 F2 FS10 Figure Number Figure 26 Figure 26 Figure 26 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 10 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 10 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 10 Figure 1 Figure 10 Figure 13 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 6 Item Number 10 8 9 5 7 10 4 1 9 3 4 11 6 2 3 5 6 4 5 6 2 7 3 8 9 1 2 1 5
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Figure Title Finisher PWB Finisher PWB Finisher PWB Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel ESS 1 of 2 Control Panel Control Panel ESS 1 of 2 Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel ESS 1 of 2 Control Panel ESS 1 of 2 IOT Rear Location Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-6
Plug/Jack Illustrations
Figure 1 Control Panel (j0st7201)
12/05 7-7
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 2 IIT (j0st7202)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-8
Figure 3 HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor (j0st7203)
12/05 7-9
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 4 ROS Unit, Exit PWB (j0st7204)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-10
Figure 5 Exit 2 (j0st7205)
12/05 7-11
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 6 No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly (j0st7206)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-12
Figure 7 Duplex Unit, MSI (j0st7207)
12/05 7-13
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 8 Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch (j0st7208)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-14
Figure 9 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder (j0st7209)
12/05 7-15
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 10 ESS 1 of 2 (j0st7210)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-16
Figure 11 ESS 2 of 2 (j0st7211)
12/05 7-17
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 12 Fax Box Assembly (j0st7212)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-18
Figure 13 IOT Rear Location (j0st7213)
12/05 7-19
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 14 MCU PWB (j0st7214)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-20
Figure 15 Power Unit (j0st7215)
12/05 7-21
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 16 LVPS, Main Switch (j0st7216)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-22
Figure 17 Tray 3/4 Feeder (2TM) (j0st7217)
12/05 7-23
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 18 2TM Rear Location (j0st7218)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-24
Figure 19 Tray 3/4 Feeder (TTM) (j0st7219)
12/05 7-25
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 20 TTM Rear Location (j0st7220)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-26
Figure 21 DADF 1 of 2 (j0st7221)
12/05 7-27
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 22 DADF 2 of 2 (j0st7222)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-28
Figure 23 H-Transport Assembly (j0st7223)
12/05 7-29
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 24 Finisher Front Location (j0st7224)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-30
Figure 25 Finisher Rear Location (j0st7225)
12/05 7-31
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 26 Finisher PWB (j0st7226)
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
12/05 7-32
Wirenets
Figure 1 WIRE NET AC POWER(HOT) (j0st7301) 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Wiring-data
12/05 7-33
Wirenets
Figure 2 WIRE NET AC POWER(NUT) (j0st7302)
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-34
Figure 3 WIRE NET +3.3VDC (j0st7303)
12/05 7-35
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Figure 4 WIRE NET DC COM(+3.3VRTN) (j0st7304)
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-36
Figure 5 WIRE NET +5VDC-1 (j0st7305)
12/05 7-37
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-38
12/05 7-39
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-40
Figure 9 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-1 (j0st7309)
12/05 7-41
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-42
12/05 7-43
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-44
12/05 7-45
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-46
12/05 7-47
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-48
12/05 7-49
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-50
12/05 7-51
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-52
Figure 21 FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-1 (j0st7321)
12/05 7-53
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-54
Figure 23 FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-1 (j0st7323)
12/05 7-55
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-56
12/05 7-57
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-58
12/05 7-59
Wiring-data
Wirenets
Wiring-data
Wirenets
12/05 7-60
Chain 1 Standby Power
Figure 1 MAIN POWER ON (j0st90101)
12/05 7-61
Wiring-data
Figure 2 DC POWER DISTRIBUTION (j0st90102)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-62
Figure 3 POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING (j0st90103)
12/05 7-63
Wiring-data
Figure 4 INTERLOCK SWITCHING (j0st90104)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-64
Chain 2 User Interface
Figure 1 CONTROL PANEL(LEFT) (j0st90201)
12/05 7-65
Wiring-data
Figure 2 CONTROL PANEL SWITCHES(RIGHT) (j0st90202)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-66
Figure 3 CONTROL PANEL(LENS) (j0st90203)
12/05 7-67
Wiring-data
Figure 4 LCD CONTROL (j0st90204)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-68
Chain 3 Machine Run Control
Figure 1 PWBS COMMUNICATION (ESS-IOT, ESS-IIT/IPS) (j0st90301)
12/05 7-69
Wiring-data
Figure 2 PWBS COMMUNICATION(ESS-UI) (j0st90302)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-70
Figure 3 PWBS COMMUNICATION (OPTION:IOT-TRAY MODULE, IOT-DUPLEX) (j0st90303)
12/05 7-71
Wiring-data
Figure 4 PWBS COMMUNICATION (OPTION:IOT-EXIT, IOT-FINISHER) (j0st90304)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-72
Figure 5 PWBS COMMUNICATION (OPTION:IIT/IPS-DADF) (j0st90305)
12/05 7-73
Wiring-data
Figure 6 ELECTRIC BILLING (j0st90306)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-74
Chain 4 Start Print Power
Figure 1 MAIN DRIVE CONTROL (j0st90401)
12/05 7-75
Wiring-data
Chain 4 Start Print Power
Chain 5 Document Transportation
Figure 1 DOCUMENT SIZE SENSING (j0st90501)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-76
Figure 2 DOCUMENT SETTING (j0st90502)
12/05 7-77
Wiring-data
Figure 3 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORTATION (1 OF 2) (j0st90503)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-78
Figure 4 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORTATION (2 OF 2) (j0st90504)
12/05 7-79
Wiring-data
Figure 5 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORT MECHANISN (j0st90505)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-80
Figure 6 DOCUMENT EXIT TRANSPORTATION (j0st90506)
12/05 7-81
Wiring-data
Chain 6 Imaging
Figure 1 PLATEN DOCUMENT SETTING (j0st90601)
Wiring-data
Chain 6 Imaging
12/05 7-82
Figure 2 IMAGE INPUT (j0st90602)
12/05 7-83
Wiring-data
Chain 6 Imaging
Figure 3 CARRIAGE SCAN (j0st90603)
Wiring-data
Chain 6 Imaging
12/05 7-84
Figure 4 LASER CONTROL AND SCANING (j0st90604)
12/05 7-85
Wiring-data
Chain 6 Imaging
Figure 5 ROS MOTOR CONTROL (j0st90605)
Wiring-data
Chain 6 Imaging
12/05 7-86
Chain 7 Paper Supply
Figure 1 TRAY1 PAPER SIZE SENSING (j0st90701)
12/05 7-87
Wiring-data
Figure 2 TRAY2 PAPER SIZE SENSING (j0st90702)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-88
Figure 3 TRAY3 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION:2TRAY MODULE) (j0st90703)
12/05 7-89
Wiring-data
Figure 4 TRAY4 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION:2TRAY MODULE) (j0st90704)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-90
Figure 5 TRAY3 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MODULE) (j0st90705)
12/05 7-91
Wiring-data
Figure 6 TRAY4 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MODULE) (j0st90706)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-92
Figure 7 TRAY1 PAPER STACKING (j0st90707)
12/05 7-93
Wiring-data
Figure 8 TRAY2 PAPER STACKING (j0st90708)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-94
Figure 9 TRAY3 PAPER STACKING (OPTION:2TRAY MODULE) (j0st90709)
12/05 7-95
Wiring-data
Figure 10 TRAY4 PAPER STACKING (OPTION:2TRAY MODULE) (j0st90710)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-96
Figure 11 TRAY3 PAPER STACKING (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MODULE) (j0st90711)
12/05 7-97
Wiring-data
Figure 12 TRAY4 PAPER STACKING (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MODULE) (j0st90712)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-98
Figure 13 MSI PAPER STACKING (OPTION:MSI) (j0st90713)
12/05 7-99
Wiring-data
Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transpotation
Figure 1 TRAY1-4 AND MSI PAPER FEEDING (j0st90801)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-100
Figure 2 TRAY2 TRANSPORTATION (j0st90802)
12/05 7-101
Wiring-data
Figure 3 2TRAY MODULE TRANSPORTATION (OPTION:2TRAY MODULE) (j0st90803)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-102
Figure 4 2TRAY MODULE PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL (2TRAY MODULE OPTION) (j0st90804)
12/05 7-103
Wiring-data
Figure 5 TANDEM TRAY MODULE TRANSPORTATION (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MODULE) (j0st90805)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-104
Figure 6 TANDEM TRAY MODULE PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MODULE) (j0st90806)
12/05 7-105
Wiring-data
Figure 7 REGISTRATIONj (0st90807)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-106
Chain 9 Xerographics
Figure 1 CRU LIFE CONTROL (j0st90901)
12/05 7-107
Wiring-data
Figure 2 CHARGING AND EXPOSURE (j0st90902)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-108
Figure 3 DEVELOPMENT AND TONER DISPENSE CONTROL (j0st90903)
12/05 7-109
Wiring-data
Figure 4 TRANSFER AND STRIPPIONG AND CLEANING (j0st90904)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-110
Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing
Figure 1 FUSING HEAT CONTROL (j0st91001)
12/05 7-111
Wiring-data
Chain 10 Copy Transportation
Figure 2 FUSING (j0st91002)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-112
Figure 3 EXIT TRANSPORTATION (j0st91003)
12/05 7-113
Wiring-data
Figure 4 EXIT TRANSPORTATION MECHANISM (j0st91004)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-114
Figure 5 DUPLEX (OPTION:DUPLEX) (j0st91005)
12/05 7-115
Wiring-data
Figure 6 OFFSET CONTROL (EXIT1) (j0st91006)
Wiring-data
12/05 7-116
Figure 7 OFFSET CONTROL (OPTION:EXIT2) (j0st91007)
12/05 7-117
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 1 FINISHER DC POWER AND INTERLOCK SWITCHING (j0st91201)
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
12/05 7-118
Figure 2 HORIZONTAL TRANSPORTATION (j0st91202)
12/05 7-119
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 3 FINISHER TRANSPOETATION (j0st91203)
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
12/05 7-120
Figure 4 TAMPING AND OFFSET (j0st91204)
12/05 7-121
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 5 STAPLE POSITIONING (j0st91205)
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
12/05 7-122
Figure 6 STAPLE CONTROL (j0st91206)
12/05 7-123
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 7 SET EJECT (j0st91207)
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
12/05 7-124
Figure 8 STACKER TRAY CONTROL (1 OF 2) (j0st91208)
12/05 7-125
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 9 STACKER TRAY CONTROL (2 OF 2) (j0st91209)
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
12/05 7-126
Chain 16 Printer
Figure 1 PRINTER (j0st91601)
12/05 7-127
Wiring-data
Chain 16 Printer
Chain 17 FAX
Figure 1 FAX (j0st91701)
Wiring-data
Chain 17 FAX
12/05 7-128
8 Accessories
8.1 Installation of Main Processor
8.1Installation of Main Processor ................................................................................................... 3 9 16
8.2 Fax Kit

8.2.1Fax Kit .................................................................................................................................... 8.2.2Foreigen I/F.............................................................................................................................
12/05 8-1
Accessories
Accessories
12/05 8-2
8.1Installation of Main Processor

Perform installation based on this installation procedure. 1. Check the packaged accessories. 2. Installation manual XERO/DEVE Cartridge Toner Cartridge Power cord User Guide NVM list
1.
Connect to the IIT.
Remove the package tape and visually check the overall appearance. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 Connecting the Cables (j0st81002) NOTE: After connecting cables, tighten the fixing knobs at both sides to connect the connectors securely. 4. 5. Remove the package materials from the Toner Cartridge and swing the Toner Cartridge a few times horizontally. Open the Front Door. (Figure 3) 1. Open the Front Door.
Figure 1 Peeling the package tape (j0st81001) 3. (DADF machine) Connect the DADF Cable to the IIT. (Figure 2) 2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12/05 8-3 Accessories
Figure 3 Open the Front Door (j0st81010) 6. Install the Toner Cartridge. (Figure 4) 1. Install the Toner Cartridge. 7.
Figure 4 Installing the Toner Cartridge (j0st81003) Open the Left Upper Chute. (Figure 5) 1. Open the Left Upper Chute.
Accessories
12/05 8-4
Figure 5 Opening the L/H Upper Cover (j0st81004) 8. Install the XERO/DEVE Cartridge. (Figure 6) 1. Push in the XERO/DEVE Cartridge securely. 9.
Figure 6 Installing the XERO/DEVE Cartridge (j0st81005) NOTE: Closing the L/H Upper Cover forcedly when the XERO/DEVE Cartridge Handle is not latched will damage the L/H Upper Cover or the XERO/DEVE Cartridge DRUM Cover. Close the L/H Upper Cover and Front Door. Tray1: (Initial Value) XX Tray2: (Initial Value) XX 10. Load paper in Trays 1/2.
How to change the paper size in the Tray that suits the need of the customer [For Standard Sizes] (Figure 7) 1. 2. Hold the Lever and move the End Paper Guide. Hold the Lever and move the Side Paper Guide.
12/05 8-5
Accessories
Figure 7 Changing the Standard Sizes (j0st81006) [For Non-Standard Sizes] (Figure 8) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the Stopper. Move the Spacer. Install the Stopper. Hold the Lever and move the Side Paper Guide. Hold the Lever and move the End Paper Guide.
Figure 8 Changing to the Non-Standard Sizes (j0st81007) 11. Paste the Paper Size Label. (Figure 9) 1. Paste the Paper Size Label.
Accessories
12/05 8-6
Figure 9 Pasting the Paper Size Label (j0st81008) 12. Connect the power cord to the IOT. 13. Connect the power supply. 120V machines: Independent power supply of 120V and xx A is required for the power plug connection. 220V machines: Independent power supply of 220V and xx A is required for the power plug connection. "Ready to copy" is displayed approx. 12secs later.
Figure 10 Turning on the power switch (j0st81011) 15. Check overall installation status. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. Check copy quality, paper feed, and lead registration in the Platen mode. Check the current count in "Meter Check". Check the functions of the Auto Paper Selection/Auto Magnification Selection. Check the current count in "Meter Check". Feed original paper in simplex/duplex mode to check for a failure. Check the Side Registration.
14. Turn on the power switch. (Figure 10)
16. For DADF machines, check the following.
17. Check overall operation. 18. For the machines with Printer function, connect the Printer.
12/05 8-7
Accessories
Accessories
12/05 8-8
8.2.1Fax Kit
Product Code XC:EL200333 EU:EL200334
Packaged Accessories (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Fax Box:1 Box Cover:1 FMO PWB:1 Fax PWB:1 One Touch Panel:1 Screw:14 Data Cable:1 Line Cable:1
Figure 1 Packaged Accessories (j0st82017)
12/05 8-9
Accessories
8.2.1
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power switch is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models]: Check that the "Stored Documents" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. Installation Procedure 1. 2. 3. Remove the IIT Rear Cover. (PL 10.2) Remove ESS Box Cover. (PL 9.2) Install the FMO PWB. (Figure 2) 1. 2.. Install the FMO PWB. Tighten the screws (x2).
Figure 2 Installing the FMO PWB (j0st82001) 4. Install the Fax Box. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Install the FAX BOX. Tighten the screws (x4).
Accessories
8.2.1
12/05 8-10
Figure 3 Installing the Fax Box (j0st82002) 5. Install the FAX PWB. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Insert the FAX PWB. Connect the Speaker P/Jxxx. 6.
Figure 4 Installing the FAX PWB (j0st82003) Install the Box Cover. (Figure 5) 1. 2. Install the Box Cover. Tighten the screws (x8).
12/05 8-11
Accessories
8.2.1
Figure 5 Installing the Box Cover (j0st82004) 7. Remove the IIT Rear Cover Blind Board. (Figure 6) 1. Remove the Blind Board. 8.
Figure 6 Removing the Blind Board (j0st82005) Remove the Control Panel Unit. (Figure 7) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the screws (x2). Shift the Control Panel Unit towards you with your hands supporting it. Disconnect P/Jxxx. Remove the Control Panel Unit.
Accessories
8.2.1
12/05 8-12
Figure 7 Removing the Control Panel Unit (j0st82006) 9. Remove the Control Panel Assembly. (Figure 8) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x5). Remove the Control Panel Assembly.
Figure 8 Removing the Control Panel Assembly (j0st82007) 10. Remove the Left Panel. (Figure 9) 1. Remove the Left Panel.
12/05 8-13
Accessories
8.2.1
Figure 9 Removing the Left Panel (j0st82011) 11. Install the One Touch Panel. (Figure 10) 1. 2. Install the One Touch Panel. Connect P/Jxxx.
Figure 10 Installing the One Touch Panel (j0st82008) 12. Connect the Data Cable. (Figure 11) 1. Connect the Data Cable.
Accessories
8.2.1
12/05 8-14
Figure 11 Connecting the Data Cable (j0st80209) 13. Restore the machine to the original state. 14. Connect the Line Cable. (Figure 12) 1. Connect the Line Cable.
Figure 12 Connecting the Line Cable (j0st82010) 15. Plug the machine into the power outlet to turn power on. 1. 2. FAX in Basic Screen . . . . . . Date/Time Self-Terminal, Sender Name, ID, Dial Type, Line Type 16. Set the following communication specifications.
12/05 8-15
Accessories
8.2.1
8.2.2Foreigen I/F
Product Code
Accessories
8.2.2
12/05 8-16

WCP 123 - 128

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

WCP 123 - 128

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Transmittal Page

2nd Draft Version

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 Service Manual 2nd Draft

Revision Control List

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 Draft

Documentation compatible with this revision.

1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9

4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8

DC 236/238, CC C123/128,WC M123/128 No Product Name Assigned

DC 236/238, CC C123/128,WC M123/128 No Product Name Assigned

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

About this Manual

Section 1: Service Call Procedures

Service Manual Revision

Section 2: Status Indicator RAPs

Section 3: Image Quality

Section 5: Parts Lists

Section 6: General Procedures/Information

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

Section 7: Wiring Data

How to Use this Documentation

Use of the Circuit Diagrams

Use of the Block Schematic Diagrams

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

Symbology and Nomenclature

Warnings, Cautions, and Notes

Machine Safety Icons

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Field Service Kit

DC Voltage Measurements in RAPs

Voltage Measurement and Specifications

Logic Voltage Levels

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

4 Repairs and Adjustments

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

1 Service Call Procedures

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

Service Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

Service Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

Service Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures, Initial Actions

Detailed Maintenance Activities (HFSI)

Service Call Procedures

Call Flow, Detailed Maintenance Activities

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

Service Call Procedures

Cleaning Procedures, Final Actions

Service Call Procedures

Cleaning Procedures, Final Actions

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2 Status Indicator RAPs

JAM & Cover Open

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)